Home

MON2000 Software for Gas Chromatographs User Manual

1. 3 9 Keyboard ShortcCuts 3 9 Procedures Guide 3 11 Keylock Switch Control 3 15 Configuring Your Printer 3 16 Using Online Help in e nr nn rmn kn 3 18 Operating Modes for Model 700 3 19 About MON2000 3 19 Auto Sequence ENEE 4 1 Single Stream EE 4 2 EE A E A E E EE 4 3 GAaliDFAtION issu de ai l ve m EE 4 4 Baseline FUN EE 4 5 Getting Started iv TABLE OF CONTENTS APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 4 6 4 7 4 7 1 4 7 2 4 8 5 1 5 2 5 2 1 Dus ait 5 2 4 xo 5 3 5 4 5 4 1 5 4 2 5 4 3 5 5 Gute Pie Ma 5 6 5 7 MON2000 Valve TIMING sss sess bREERRYESREAVETERUUPERQE DER E PEERS 4 7 GG got 4 9 View GC Tmme eeeeeeeeneeeuneseunees 4 9 Det GG TIM rcm 4 10 SIOD Iert 4 11 OVSIBITI E dde adde HENRI Cena 5 1 Component Data 5 6 Select Standard Component s 5 10 Select Standard values see 5 11 Update Standard Component s 5 11 View Raw EE 5 12 Sort Retention Time 5 14 Timed Events 5 14 Timed Events Description 5 14 VAN EE 5 15 Integration Events 5 15 spectrum GAIN Events Luo rri c c eie 5 16 User Def
2. 7 GROUND A DSR 6 DSR out 3 RxD 3 RxD out 2 xD 2 TxD in 1 RLSD DCD GE Male DB 25 plug for connecting to external modems serial port Figure 5 3 GC DB 9 Port to External Modem DB 25 Port female DB 9 jack 5 16 2 GC Phoenix Plug to Ext Modem DB 25 To make an RS 232 serial connection between one of the Phoenix Plug serial ports of the GC and an external modem with DB 25 serial port you will need to manufacture the cable and its DB 25 male plug cable end as illustrated in Figure 5 4 AUG 2005 GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations 5 66 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 E aoe EE EE o 2 9RI 22RI t gt 2 8 CTS 5 CTS out 7 RTS mE E 6 DSR 6 DSR out J 5 GROUND 7 GROUND 4 DIR S 3 RxD 3 RxD out 42 TxD 2 TxD in 3 1 RLSD DCD mE Male DB 25 plug for connecting to external modem s serial port GC Phoenix Plug Figure 5 4 Phoenix Plug Port to External Modem DB 25 Port 5 16 3 Com ID The GC Controller Com ID is usually preset at the factory and defined by the DIP switch settings on the controller system interface board Five switches are reserved for defining the Com ID therefore Com ID values range from 1 to 81 Normally it 1s not necessary to chang
3. 5 65 Zeien i pre 5 66 He gIS FS ca 5 68 Setting Optional Base Pressures 5 74 Setting Optional Base Results 5 78 TCP IP Subnet and Gateway Menu 5 82 Chromatogram Viewer Function 6 1 Viewing a Live Chromatogram 6 2 From Online GC ii rsen xc iio ra n eto docs 6 2 From GC JATChiV8 sais tasa aris apa fan kika a 020083 bibi re pads 6 3 From File on Disk eeeetrreeseereeossereooseseoeosens 6 4 Chromatogram Viewer V Reports TABLE OF CONTENTS REPORTS 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 5 1 6 5 2 0 5 3 6 6 6 6 1 6 6 2 6 6 3 6 6 4 6 6 5 6 6 6 6 6 7 6 6 8 6 7 6 8 6 9 7 1 7 1 1 Fek 741 9 7 1 4 7 1 5 MON2000 Removing a Chromatogram from View 6 8 Saving a Chromatogram to Disk 6 8 Graph Functions 6 9 Editing the Chromatogram Graph 6 9 Changing Cursor Size 6 10 Printing the Chromatogram 6 11 Chromatogram Functions 6 11 Editing the Chromatogram 6 12 Editing TEVs from CGM Viewer 6 13 Editing Retention Times from CGM Viewer 6 15 Editing TEVs from Cursor 6 15 Viewing
4. 9 15 Event Log Command 9 20 Registers Command 9 23 Reports Command 9 27 Maintenance Log Command 9 30 Disconnect Command 9 32 AVAN COImmBsliil sese ve nubere E pe RE EGO RR sa a 9 33 Delay Command vv bain exui ON Fur EE ni 9 36 Repeat Cu AT eoe usas uin a d Vb a atr RET 9 37 Run Command WEE 9 38 Ena Comia D 9 39 9 3 Data Collection E 9 40 Auto Sequencing Status 9 42 Stop Auto Sequencing 9 45 Transaction Loq 9 45 MODBUS TEST 10 1 Starting WinMB 10 1 10 2 Establishing Communications 10 2 10 2 1 Comparison of Modbus Protocols 10 3 10 2 2 Set GC Com Parameters via MON2000 10 4 10 2 3 Set Up Port via WinMB 10 5 10 3 Getting Modbus Data 10 7 10 3 1 Use Single Data Type 10 9 10 3 2 Use Template Mixed Data Types 10 10 MON2000 Plus Data Collection Auto Polling AUG 2005 MON2000 APPENDIX A PC CONFIG REPORT APPENDIX B COMPONENT DATA TABLE APPENDIX C DATA COMPUTATIONS APPENDIX D ANALOG OUTPUT CAL FOR 2350A AUG 2005 10
5. C 17 Calibrating by Volts D 1 Calibrating by Percentages D 5 Appendix A PC Config Report x 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS APPENDIX E UPGRADE E 1 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS E2 E E 4 E 4 1 E 4 2 E E 6 E 7 E 8 E 8 1 E 8 2 E 8 3 E 9 E 10 eet E 10 2 E 10 3 APPENDIX F MODBUS F 1 REG LIST FOR 2350A GC E11 E F 2 FE MON2000 Connect to GC and Halt Analysis E 1 OFFLINE EDIT TO UPLOAD APP 8 RENAME E 1 Upgrade User Defined Applications E 3 Upgrade from Disk E 3 Upgrade from GC Controller E 6 Configure GC Connection E 9 Disconnect Power and Disassemble E 10 Replace EPROMS Reset CPU E 12 Reassembly Procedures E 13 Set Up and Programming E 14 PROCEQUIO WEEN E 14 Reprogramming the DiskOnChip E 16 GC R ASSEMDIY ute ous tek exi rak a p REA a C a E 17 Connect to GC for Upgraded App E 18 Guide to Standard Application Files E 19 Importance of Standard Application Files E 19 Standard Applications v1 50 and Later E 20 Standard Applications Prior to v1 50 E 22 Introduction SIM 2251 amp User Modbus F 1
6. SEE Mot used Not used Geet Selection field 3 Use the provided Discrete Input pull down menu to select the identification number of the discrete hardware input to be used for alarm purposes Input values can range from 1 to N per the discrete hardware output identification number and the GC application A discrete input of 0 Not used indicates that no input has been assigned To configure discrete inputs see Section 5 11 4 Usethe provided Discrete Output pull down menu to select the identification number of Discrete Alarms All alarms from digital inputs with assignments other than O are recorded in the Alarm Log AUG 2005 Application System Component Data F Timed Events FS User Defined Calculations k Limit Alarms Discrete Alarms Streams Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Valves Temperature Control Serial Ports TCP IP 5 8 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS q 5 33 the discrete hardware output to be used for alarm purposes A discrete output can be used to monitor one or more inputs If you are using discrete outputs to reflect the status of GC analysis data alarms ensure that the output assignments set here coordinate with those set in the Limit Alarms dialog see Section 5 6 Output values can range from 1 to N per the discrete hardware output identification
7. Streams Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Valves Temperature Control Apc Preamp Serial Ports TCP IP AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 79 MON2000 d If you wish to enter different pressure values do so now and then click the UK button to accept your RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR Ca changes Otherwise click the Cancel button to return to the main window 2 Use the Application gt Serial Ports menu to access this function Serial Ports 1 Report Mone Mone Ei None None 3 Report kalt None Mone 17 Ore Ore Registers F3 Cancel 3 From the Serial Ports dialog click the Registers F3 button or press the F3 key The Registers dialog appears Registers EN Variable Stream Component Avg Molecular Weight Stream 1 12 Avg Molecular Weight Stream 1 Motused 000 0 de Avg Molecular Weight Stream 1 Motused gt 33 Gas Density kg m3 Stream 3 Motused 00 0 36 Heating Value Gross BTU Dry Stream 3 Motused gt 344 Gallons 1000 SCF Stream 3 1 ba 47 35 17 0 COOC OO OO OO OH Get Seales F2 Siecle El Deg Gem Sea Gem Ce ee Caneel Integer field 0 8990 AUG 2005 GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations 5 80 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 4 From the Registers dialog use the Variable pull down menu to select the Results Opt Base P
8. AUG 2005 Upgrade from Disk E 6 E 4 1 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS 10 Use the ARROW ENTER keys to select the 11 12 desired application settings to upgrade Press the SHIFT ENTER keys to select multiple settings Press the F2 key to select all the available settings Press the F3 key to clear your selected settings Press the F4 key to begin the upgrade When the upgrade 1s done press the ESC key or use the Communication gt Exit menu to close the Update BIN program Ensure that you inspect the upgraded application file for any errors Upgrade from GC Controller To upgrade a user defined application file BIN currently being used by the GC Controller It is recommended that you upload a copy of your application file before performing the upgrade Launch the Update BIN software by either clicking the uf Start button and using the Programs gt MON2000 gt Update BIN menu e double click the Update BIN icon on your PC desktop Upgrade from Disk Up Connect Disconnect Directory File Selection Version Update BIN Opd bin exe MON2000 AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 Up 4 1 Disconnect Directory File Selection Version Exit UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS E 7 2 The Update BIN software program launches inside a DOS window upd bin exe Communication Update Con UPDATE BIN USING NEW STANDARD APPLICATI
9. Both A AUG 2005 MON2000 Available Chromatograms Last Analysiz Stream 1 Stream 3 3 Stream 5 Stream Last Analysis Last Analysis Last Analysis AUG 2005 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER 6 3 coded use the Chromatogram pull down menu to select a specific chromatogram x 1000 127 50 45 00 Event Type Value Time 90 0 i H bul 80 0 W A o Summation 2 Ot 140 0 70 0 o o ve EE j8 e E SO el 2 50 0 r Component Det Time ES E ANNA d H fU S 40 0 el e male Ja E MERE rg ea W e oral Wa ERE 30 0 a l Lel RAE 20 0 m it E a Sr KE Co f A ML Jet ass MES Uu II D VA S It n RA 2 1400 CU TAK Montan n Ch a E T a 25 pi d XUMATA LA T ET t poro Con umm pee 10 0 Save A D values DEE 00 255 510 765 1020 1275 1530 1785 2040 2295 2550 P ntatendofrun HE PC File anan Save at end of run Baselines Chromatogram Graph Edit Results Desc Save Remove Forced Cal Cur All Save Co Raw Data Edit Cursor Print Close ll CGM 1 2350 PI Stream 1 Det 1 1 5 2004 12 18 23 lll CGM 2 2350 P1 Stream 1 Det 2 1 5 2004 12 18 23 era sa Aen DH Gi ee VLL 4 1 ANNs 14 94 69 6 2 2 From GC Archive To view the most recent chromatogram trace from the online GC archive x 1 Click the BE Archive button The Available Chromatograms dialog appears 2 Double click the desired entry If a chroma
10. Modbus Test Program Settings Print Setup Register MONZOOO Update MON2000 Recent File Exit AUG 2005 2 8 2 INSTALLATION AND SETUP q 2 13 MON2000 appears the connection status dialog while dialing the selected unit X Device Conexant 850 DEE V 3 DF Yc Modem Properties Number to dial 4850 Line call state Dialing Connect Disconnect Close The messages Reading dictionary Reading GC Application data and Logon appears in the status bar and an information screen appears Reading GC application data L LIELILILILLILILLLILILL Cancel Once connected the name of the GC unit displays 1n the lower left hand corner of the MON2000 main window Disconnect from GC Unit Use this process to terminate an active PC connection to a GC unit The menu driven procedure for disconnecting is completely optional MON2000 intelligently and automatically disconnects when you exit MON2000 or connect to a second GC Controller 1 Use the File gt Disconnect menu or click the toolbar icon to access this function 2 MON2000 automatically terminates all open connections Communications 2 14 INSTALLATION AND SETUP A Terminating communications message appears 1n the status bar If MON2000 does not detect an active connection to terminate an Invalid selection or not downloaded message appears 2 9 CUSTOMIZING MON2000 Use the following
11. AT amp WO Write to stored profile 0 zero AT amp YO Use stored profile 0 zero when turned on AUG 2005 Customizing MON2000 2 30 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 At the PC use amp F596C1MO which indicates a factory default with v 42bis flow control disabled compression ON speaker OFF 2 10 2350 TO 2350A RETROFIT INSTRUCTIONS The 2350A GC Controller CPU assembly has been designed to include all digital I O and COM3 and COMA serial ports This eliminates the requirement and additional cost for an I O assembly or DSPI O assembly In addition BOS is now resident in the DiskOnChip instead of an EPROM set The DiskOnChip provides additional expanded memory for archiving data instead of having to purchase a memory expansion board assembly The BOS file in the DiskOnChip may be upgraded in the field through the MON2000 Software Optional boards may be plugged directly into the PC 104 Bus connectors J19 and J20 on the CPU Board assembly The COM4A Board provides four additional serial ports COM5 through COMS8 A Modem Board and or Ethernet Board may be also be plugged directly into the PC 104 Bus for additional communications requirements 2350 to 2350A Retrofit Instructions AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 31 MON2000 The PC 104 Bus 1s designed to allow any combination of option boards to be installed in any order with the exception of the CSA approved Radicom modem board which must be
12. Averages Direct Access to single averages and or blocks of averages includes support for acquiring results from most recent averaging period as well as those for previous averaging periods number limited by number supported by specific model and application Access to average value maximum value minimum value and number of samples for the period to be supported Alarms Selection of Alarm Log Active Alarms or Unacknowledged Alarms Event Log Selection of complete Log or events since last collection Reports Archive data accessible via Reports gt Archive Data gt View Data menu are available selection based on most recent number of days date range single stream or all streams Selections are based on the various GC model and are consistent with the capabilities of those models and specific applications Maintenance Log Selection of entire log date range and most recent number of days Access to the following data is dependent on support of the specific GC 2350A GC Controller and Model 700 and the applications downloaded Overview AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 3 MON2000 9 2 AUG 2005 Calibration Access to special structures containing calibration data for the most recent calibration sequences date range single or all streams Data is included for each of the individual calibration runs included in the averages and the final calibration report DATA COLLECTIO
13. Place the MON2000 Install Disk 1 in your floppy drive 7 Open the Disk1 folder on your CD Copying MON20OOO to Disks Customize this Folder Arrange Icons Line Up Icons Refresh RE Adobe Acrobat Reader Eg D analyzer Brochure PDFs BMC GC Manual PDFs EM MON Installation Disks H Disk a MON Software User Manual PDF EHE Standard GC Applications B syel cab m user Gab j datal cab AUG 2005 2 4 ea Control Panel xs Pr BIB Taskbar amp Start Menu ES Folders amp Icons EFI Active Desktop n k e Help Bun Log OFf Amelark tap Suspend tap Shut Down INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 5 8 Copy all files from the Disk1 folder to the MON2000 Install Disk 1 floppy 9 Remove the MON2000 Install Disk 1 from your floppy drive 10 Repeat Steps 5 through 8 to copy the Disk2 and Disk8 folders to your MON2000 Install Disk 2 and MON2000 Install Disk 3 floppy disks 11 Remove the MON2000 CD from your CD ROM drive UNINSTALLING MON2000 To uninstall MON2000 using Windowsg 95 Windowsg 98 Windowsg 2000 or Windowse NT 1 Click the uH Start button see the taskbar 2 Click Settings and then Control Panel The Control Panel dialog appears J Control Panel wu MIS 2m s x Hack Porter Up Cut Copy Paste Undo Address Control Panel debit ODBC 3ComPACE Accessibility Add Mew Add Remove Date Time onfig Options H
14. Thus some settings for MON2000 and WinMB depend on which Modbus protocol 1s used The protocol you need depends ultimately on the hardware used for data acquisition from the GC Controller Modbus register contents The following comparison should help clarify the differences between these protocols as well as the utility of each Table 10 1 Comparison of SIM 2251 and User Modbus Protocols SIM 2251 serial slave port modified protocol that allows floating point numbers to be transmitted over Modbus via 2251 emulation slave type most register contents are predefined some registers can be user defined data types are predefined for registers 1000 to 9000 variables assigned to registers can be listed 1n the PC Config Report for instructions see Section 2 14 3 for an example report see Appendix A See Appendix F for more detail about individual registers When using WinMB set Register Mode to DANIEL to view register contents It is not necessary to assign scales to regis ters AUG 2005 User Modbus serial slave port standard Gould protocol that accommodates PLC Emulation LO HI PLC LH predefined Boolean coils user defined Numeric registers data types are user defined variables assigned to registers can be listed 1n the PC Config Report for instructions see Section 2 14 3 for example report see Appendix A When using WinMB set Register Mode to PLC LH or PLC HL to view reg
15. powering off the PC 2 Exit the MON2000 program by using the File gt Exit menu pressing the ESC key clicking the X button 3 3 MON2000 USER INTERFACE Use the following sections to familiarize yourself with the MON2000 user interface AUG 2005 Logging Off 3 4 GETTING STARTED 3 3 1 Main Window The MON2000 main window typically looks like this menu bar titlebar with connection data File Application Reports Logs Chromatogram Control View Help MON2000 l x m amp A Bm E ut Vui UN 2 O O i Bei J GC E Mode Stream Next amp nly Cycle Run 49 EE v For Help press F1 O O MON2000 Status bar Use the available menus icons see toolbar area and Section 3 3 4 and function keys see Section 3 4 to access the desired functions MON2000 User Interface 2 eb gt EL AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 3 3 2 GETTING STARTED 3 5 GC Status Bar The status bar appears across the bottom of the application window To display or hide the status bar click the Status Bar command using the View menu ALT V G Access this menu command from the View menu ALT V S to display and hide the GC Status Bar which displays the following GC name of the GC currently online Alarm status Unacknowledged Detector number e Mode e g analysis Calibration mode or Analysis mode Strea
16. Displays chromatogram trace signals for strip chart V generation from Detectors 1 and or 2 trace 1 only Identifies the analog output number If this field 1s set to 0 then no analog output will produce the CGM signal When assigning a CGM Analog Output also check the Analog Outputs dialog see Section 5 10 A CGM Analog Output setting that uses a previously assigned analog output number will produce erratic CGM trace output possibly with incorrect scaling Do not assign this item analog output number 1 if the connected GC unit supports bargraph output see Section 5 10 3 for details A fixed offset percent of full scale added to the CGM analog output to allow the user to conveniently position the chromatogram on a strip chart recorder Displays chromatogram trace signals for strip chart generation from Detectors 1 and or 2 Identifies the baseline offset Identifies the Standard GC Application software from which this GC application or configuration was developed 1 e the number of the standard configura tion file that was used to generate the current applica tion Enables metric or disables off whether MON2000 V displays the GC Control Calculation in metric units See Section 5 5 1 for details AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 5 MON2000 Table 5 1 Description of Items in System Dialog Continued Item Function Edit Max Archive Averages maximum number of averages 1 254 V Max Archive Avg Records maxim
17. Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Re 1526 Vd WD 1929 1950 Goo JOD N u thun 7534 KSE TO 937 TIL 1339 7540 1541 Jd Ro 1544 Jud 7546 1544 7548 7549 rb T391 Pipe 2 T993 7554 E 39900 Too avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum mi
18. Not Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used E D KE 7164 Be Re Tuo EWO 7168 LOS 7170 Cae JU TZ FES LEA ELO LLO EDT J179 Vi 7180 FIGI Pro Z EE E 7184 EK 7186 FES 7188 718939 WIS TIS TLOZ ILIS 7194 avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avg maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum 36 10 Li 12 13 14 La 1 5 LT 18 IRS 20 ad Lid 23 24 Zo 26 AT 28 Ee 30 Sch 32 Not Not NOU Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not
19. Note that the contents of all SIM 2251 Modbus registers are predefined and the values for component variables are predetermined However a cross index to these predefined assignments can be developed With the Multifunction board installed COMS 1s the assigned port baud rate setting Range 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 For high performing PCs set the baud rate to 19200 If you experience a com munications failure at this rate set the baud rate to 9600 Baud rate settings less than 9600 may result in real time delivery that 1s unacceptably slow number of data bits Range 7 8 Default 8 number of stop bits Range 1 2 Default 1 AUG 2005 MON2000 Setting Parity Handshake RTS On RTS Off Protocol Com ID RW AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 59 Table 5 13 Description of Serial Port Settings Continued Description parity check method Range None Even Odd Default None handshaking method Range None RTS CTS XON XOFF Default None delay in milliseconds between RTS activation and the start of data transmission Note If used it may be necessary to set an extra delay in the GC Direc tory accessed via the File gt GC Directory menu Range 0 to 5000 delay in milliseconds between RTS termination and the end of data transmis sion Range 0 to 5000 transmission protocol Range ASCII RTU Default ASCII Modbus slave address To use the address defined by th
20. Or button to apply your Click the Cancel button to return to the View Data window MON2000 displays the message Reading GC Data in the status bar 4 The Select Archive Record dialog appears Select Archive Record 250 af 255 Total Stream 1 Anl 3 18 2004 Stream 1 38 2004 7 3351 Stream 1 3 18 2004 73351 Stream 1 3 18 0104 07 29 51 Stream 1 3 18 2004 07 25 51 Stream 1 318 2004 07 21 51 Stream 1 318 2004 07 17 51 Stream 1 3 18 2104 07 13 51 Stream 2 3 18 2014 07 09 51 Stream 1 M2004 06 57 51 Stream 1 3 18r2 04 06 53 51 Stream 1 3 18 2004 06 49 51 Stream 1 3 18 2004 06 45 51 Stream 1 3 18 2004 06 47 51 Stream 1 38 2004 06 37 51 Stream 1 3 18 2004 06 33 51 Stream 1 3 18 2004 06 23 51 Stream 1 3 18 2004 06 25 51 Stream 1 3 18 2004 06 21 51 Stream 1 3 18 2004 06 17 51 Double click the desired archived report or record If no records are found an information dialog displays Select a range multiple of records to archive by left clicking the mouse at the beginning record and dragging the pointer to the last record to be archived Then press the ENTER key Or Left click the mouse pointer on the beginning record then move the mouse pointer to another location either further up or down the list and while holding down NOTICE the Shift key click the ending record All highlighted records will be automatically MON2000 limits the selected Press the Enter
21. Use the provided data fields check and combo boxes to select the desired settings See Table 7 9 for detailed descriptions 3 Click the il button to accept your selections and return to the main window interrupts all current functions Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window Table 7 9 Description of Settings for MON2000 Printer Control Setting Anly Cal FCal Time AUG 2005 Description enable disable report printing after each analysis run regardless of report type selected enable disable report printing after each calibration run regardless of report type selected enable disable report printing after every final calibration run regardless of report type selected time at which report should print every 24 hours 00 00 disables 24 hour setting 12 00 AM disables 12 hour setting Note that the Time setting will override the Hours setting MON20OOO Printer Control 7 20 REPORTS MON2000 Table 7 9 Description of Settings for MON2000 Printer Control Continued Setting Hours Description hour interval at report should print Use this setting for intervals less than 24 hours For example use this setting if you wish to print a report every 8 hours Ensure that the Time value is 00 00 to disable the 24 hour setting or 12 00 AM to disable the 12 hour setting average type to be used 1n the report calculations calculations are lt numbe depen
22. When using the Modbus Test software set Register Mode to PLC LH to view register contents see Section 10 2 3 Section F 2 lists only variables included in the User Modbus Boolean Modbus registers These registers are not user defined and primarily contain alarm flags possibly useful for debugging purposes To use the Modbus Test software to view the contents of these registers you will need to set the Function parameter to 1 Read Coil See Section 10 2 through Section 10 4 for details on using the Modbus Test software AUG 2005 Introduction SIM 2251 amp User Modbus F 2 MODBUS REG LIST FOR 2350A GC MON2000 All other User_Modbus registers can be defined by the user To define User_Modbus register contents through assignment of variables see Section 5 16 4 To obtain a complete list of register assignments both SIM_2251 and User_Modbus use Model 700 to produce a PC Config Report To print a PC Config Report see Section 2 14 3 for an example report see Appendix A Section F 2 and Section F 2 1 F 1 2 NOTES ON SIM 2251 MODBUS To use the Modbus Test software and view the contents of SIM 2251 registers you will need to set Register Mode to Daniel as noted in Table F 1 To obtain a complete list of register assignments both SIM 2251 and User Modbus use MON2000 to produce a PC Config Report Introduction SIM 2251 amp User Modbus AUG 2005 MON2000 F 2 MODBUS Reg USER MODBUS R
23. l to access additional settings click push buttons to activate features MON2000 User Interface AUG 2005 MON2000 Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 0 or later is required to view a spreadsheet file saved in HTML format Keystroke ARROW keys DELETE ENTER ESC FI INSERT SHIFT TAB AUG 2005 moon 3 3 6 Action Move cursor 3 4 GETTING STARTED q 3 9 Shortcut to Save or Print Data From any active dialog right click the displayed data to access this menu Choose the Save Sheet option to save data to disk or the Print Sheet option to queue data to your PC printer MON2000 prints the report to your configured printer see Section 3 7 KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS MON2000 supports keystrokes as well as a standard PC mouse interface Use a mouse to perform point and click operations Refer to the following table for common keyboard shortcuts See Table 3 2 for function keys that can be used after an application has been downloaded to the GC Controller Table 3 1 Frequently Used Keystrokes left or right in a data field up or down in a menu or combo box up or down column left or right row through displayed data entries Delete the character after cursor Delete selected rows from a table or return row values to the default settings Add a blank item or row to selected table Activate the default control element e g the OK button 1n current window Exit application or active
24. sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set Sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set lmtalarm set lmtalarm set lmtalarm set lmtalarm set imtalarm set 80 81 ga 83 84 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 gs 72 KE RER 75 76 E 78 79 Ul E wN I PB B EB B B IB B B iO a S S RB B S B B B nan IS pa S S B B S B BD B S BB E B pa BB p S ES ES S E pa ES S po S Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 O 1 Oy Ul PW ND 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Analyzer Failure Power Failure Fused Peak Overflow Noisy Baseline CPU Battery Low GC Idle Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Input Input Input Input In
25. toggle cursor from coarse less accurate to fine more accurate toggle graph from line s to dots raph cursor follows movement of mouse while tooltip displays exact coordinates of the current point raph cursor follows movement of mouse cursor zoom in on entire graph zoom out from entire graph zoom in on X axis zoom out from X axis zoom in on Y axis zoom out from Y axis AUG 2005 LOGS 8 1 MON2000 LOGS The options 1n the Logs pull down menu allows you to keep a maintenance record keep a parameter record and view the Alarm and Event Logs 8 1 MAINTENANCE LOG Use this function to track maintenance Heniensnce ng activities performed on a given GC unit Parameter List Alarms CleanfAck All Active Alarms Event Log em Chromatogram Control To read and edit the Maintenance Log 1 Use the Logs gt Maintenance Log menu to access this function MON2000 retrieves the data from the GC unit 2 The Maintenance Log dialog appears Maintenance og m nn x EE es Message F4 Edit Message F3 Print F5 Cancel gt AUG 2005 Maintenance Log 8 2 LOGS MON2000 3 To add the log entry text a Click the Add Message F4 button or click the last Log Message cell and press the RETURN key The Maintenance Log message dialog displays Maintenance Log ES _ X Log Message This is a maintenance log test Add Message F4 Edi
26. 22 Click the changes button to accept your The voltage output could change slightly from time to time and the MON2000 software will now maintain the correct span Calibrating by Percentages AUG 2005 MON2000 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS q E APPENDIX E UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND E 1 When halted GC runs have finished the status for Detector 1 mode will indicate Idle see GC Status bar see Section 3 3 E 2 AUG 2005 2350 EPROMS To upgrade the Model 500 2350A GC software and the 2350 EPROMs perform all steps in the order they appear In this appendix Before beginning the upgrade procedure ensure that you have identified which standard i e factory released application file was used to form the current user application for this GC See Section E 10 for more information on standard applications CONNECT TO GC AND HALT ANALYSIS 1 Ensure that the MON2000 software is running and you are connected to the GC that is to be upgraded Use the File gt Connect menu to access this function See Section 2 8 1 for more information 2 Use MON2000 to halt any ongoing analysis or calibration runs Use the Control gt Halt menu to access this function See Section 4 3 for more information OFFLINE EDIT TO UPLOAD APP amp RENAME 1 Use MON2000 to upload from the GC unit to the PC the most current parameters that are in use at the GC Use the File gt Offline Edit gt Up
27. Connect Disconnect Director File Selection 4 Use the ARROW keys to select the File Selection option and then press ENTER TESST Exit 5 The File Selection screen displays Communication Update Config l mm lt 1 UPDATE BIH USING HEU STANDARD APPLICATION Connec c Discon File Name Maximum of 8 characters Ce g 77777777 BIH Direct Versio Exit C GC APP Files Dirs Drives 23581801 23581802 23581803 235 0NWA1 235H HH1 235H_HH2 235H 003 235H HHE 235H HB 236H HH1 Select Application File Fi Help ESC Exit Upgrade from Disk AUG 2005 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS E 5 MON2000 Use the TAB and ARROW keys to select the desired application file from disk This file is the file you will be upgrading 6 Press the TAB key to access the Upgrade Config menu 7 Use the ARROW keys to select the Merge option and then press ENTER Update Confi 8 The File Selection screen displays Communication Update Confi File Name L Maximum of 8 characters Ce g 77777777 BIH C GC APP Dirs Drives 35H BBE BIN 235H HB 7 BINM 236H AG1 BIN F Select File to be copied for Data to be Merge into Fi Help ESC Exit Use the TAB and ARROW keys to select the desired application file from disk This file is the new application file you wish to merge into the existing file see Step 5 9 The Merge screen displays
28. Delay RTS Off Delay and Extra Delay values The Extra Delay field accepts numerical values 0 to 9000 milliseconds for additional time to be added to the current communication timeout delay 10 Use the Protocol pull down menu to select the desired Modbus communications protocol 11 If you plan to connect remotely to the GC unit via a modem or Ethernet connection use the Connection Type Direct Remote pull down menu for a Direct Connect option or a previously configured modem Customizing MON2000 2 20 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 2 9 3 Dial up Connection Use this command to run the Dial up dialog to configure the GC Controller modem The default properties from Windowsg Control Panel are used so you must ensure that the modem connects at the GC Controller s configured baud rate It may be necessary to enter a modem initialization string The Direct Connect option allows you to connect from the PC to the GC Controller via a serial port per its default settings If you select a modem the modem property dialog appears allowing you to change its attributes To configure the modem and make a connection 1 Use the File gt GC Directory menu and the GC Directory appears GC Directory x Data Bits Stop Bits COM3 19200 19200 COM3 3600 Modem Properties F2 DK Cancel Edit the modem properties For the selected GC directory record For Help press F1 2 Click the Station
29. Stream data Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc Stream data Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc Stream data Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc Stream data Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc Stream data Op pres calc Op pres cale Op pres calc ssat kcal m3 sact kcal m3 idry kcal m3 isat kcal m3 iact kcal m3 STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO zx Si 1 9 SAA 20 32 rO 202 34 I3 AD So 12 24 36 146 68 186 69 Le AR 188 alt 199 T2 STRING STRING VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE Stream data Stream data Stream data Stream data Stream data Stream data Stream data Stream data Stream data Stream data Stream data Stream data SdrEy kcal Kg idry kcal kg real rd gas real rd lad rden lqd 15 ou 71011114 avg_molwgt wobbe gas_density gas_dens_m3 lqd
30. Upgrade from Disk AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 Up 1 Connect Directory File Selection Version Exit Upi E Connect Disconnect Director File Selection Version Exit UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS E 9 10 When the upgrade is done use the Communications gt Disconnect menu to cease communications with the GC unit 11 Press the ESC key or use the Communication gt Exit menu to close the Update BIN program Ensure that you inspect the upgraded application file for any errors E 4 2 Configure GC Connection To configure the GC communications parameters for the Update BIN software 1 Use the Communication gt Directory menu to access a list of communication settings for each GC unit 2 The Directory screen displays Directory Comments DEFAULT Station Name 3 Use the ARROW keys to select the desired GC unit and then press the F2 key to edit its communications parameters You can also press F3 to edit the modem initialization string Upgrade from Disk E 10 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS MON2000 4 The Parameters screen displays Director Station Comm Name ID Comments DEFAULT Parameters For DEFAULT FG Communications Port Baudrate Humber Data Bits 7 8 Humber Stop Hits 1 2 Parity Handshaking RTS OM Delay RTS OFF Delay Extra Delay Modbus Protocol Autodial Modem Tone Pulse Dialing Telephone Humber Station Name nace bar
31. Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used TAIZ 71493 7494 71495 1496 JAN 7498 7499 4500 7501 TOOL TOUS 7504 J 099 7506 AU 7508 FOU PILO Todd Tolz 1013 1514 ToL 7951 0 quod T T918 EE 1920 Aco Zk qo 2792 3 7524 avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum minimum minimum 10 LX L2 d 14 15 16 17 18 1 9 20 Z Z Z3 24 Zo 2 0 21 28 2 9 0 Sak 32 SE 34 53 36 Not Not Not Not Not Not Not
32. VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE STRING STRING STRING STRING STRING STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE Variable SubField Name anlyzr_name rpt headerl rpt header avg data avg data avg data avg data avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archive2 avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archive2 avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archive2 number label avg minimum maximum avg minimum maximum avg minimum maximum indicates index is incremented l EA JES l A 1x 1x 1x 1x JA 1x 1x 1x 1x A JC Indices ACkCk KC CK Ck ck KO Ck ok k ok ok Kk Kk Kok k KC Kok A Ko Kok ok K KC Ck Kk KK KC A KK KK KK KU AE kk Ak A kkk A KO KU KU A KO KO KK KK KO KG KG KK kkk A Ek Ek Commun Cation Report Trom 2350 00T 2350 DESEN 6 2 2000 15702719 Slave Name Slave ID Slave Type USER_MODBUS Re USER_MODBUS Modbus REG Variable Name Field Name PLC Emulation Low Hi Daniel 2500 Emulation Indices S c Data String Type Length Override Keylock Boolean Coils 0 1 10 Ek dE de 14 15 16 Tu sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set Sysalarm set Sysalarm set
33. accurate click the Cursor button Graph Functions AUG 2005 MON2000 To save the displayed chromatogram to disk see Section 6 4 To remove a chromatogram from view see Section 6 3 To toggle the TEV and CGM Component spreadsheet display see Section 6 6 8 AUG 2005 Edit Results Desc Save Remove CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER 6 11 6 5 3 Printing the Chromatogram To print a currently displayed area of the chromatogram 1 Use the Chromatogram pull down menu to select a specific chromatogram Chramatogram Edit Results Desc Save Remove Forc ed Cal Curt Save E E CGH H2 23504 Streams Det 1 3 29 2001 8 13 51 AM LAST com E CGM Hi ae Stream 1 Det 1 3 3 2001 2 44 40 PM O30901 cgm CGH 2 2 tream 1 Det 1 3 23 2001 8 13 51 AM OSO901 com ADA 5 2 Click the Pit button 6 6 CHROMATOGRAM FUNCTIONS Use the Chromatogram buttons to access any of the following chromatogram related functions Chromatogram Cur AI Seve Cmp w Borten Eal B CGM 2 DanalyzerPRO Streams Det 1 3 8 2001 2 44 40 PM 030901 cgm Edit edit the Chromatogram Results view the CGM calculation results Desc save a description of the CGM Save save the displayed chromatogram to disk Remove removes a chromatogram from view Forced Cal perform a forced calibration Cur All toggle the TEV and CGM Component spreadsheet display Save CMP s
34. 4 Stream 1 Cot 497 397 17 PROPANE 1 BUTANE n BUTANE NEOPENTANE 1 PENTANE n PENTANE NITROGEN METHANE METHANE METHANE METHANE METHANE CARBON DIOXIDE ETHANE ETHANE ETHANE ETHANE Override Keylock Boolean Coils 16 BIt 2001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 2007 3008 S009 25010 SOLIL ER E JOL 3014 5015 301 SOTT 2019 3019 3020 3021 3022 2025 3024 SOM 3026 9027 Integer sim compno sim C mpno sim compno sim compno sim compno sim compno sim compno sim compno sim compno sim compno sim compno sim compno sim compno sim compno sim compno sim compno sim Compno sim compno sim compno sim compno sim compno sim compno sim compno sim compno sim_compno sim compno sim compno 10 LE 12 13 14 19 16 1 0 dch 3028 2029 20350 3031 3032 2093 3054 3035 3036 2037 5058 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 29051 2052 202535 3054 3055 20 30 3097 5059 2059 sim compno sim compno sim_compno Sim_compno Sim_compno Sim_anlytime sim stream sim smask sim month sim day Sim year sim hour sim min sim cycomonth SIN cGveday Sim cycyear sim cychour sim cycmin sim alarm sim alarm sim alarm sim alarm sim alarm sim alarm sim alarm sim alarm sim alarm sim alarm sim alarm sim alarm sim newda
35. 6 The in line jack on the remaining end of the Ethernet extension cable attaches to the lower left inside wall of the card cage shield after the CPU assembly is reinstalled and all cables reconnected to the System Interface board see Table 2 7 and Table 2 8 below AUG 2005 2350A Options 2 48 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 No software setup is required for this board Table 2 7 System Interface Board Cable Connections Connection Ribbon Cable J5 and J6 Analog I O J8 Com3 J10 Com4 J4 Printer J11 Com2 J2 and J3 Digital I O J12 Front Panel and Keyboard Gf installed Table 2 8 CPU Board Cable Connections Connection Ribbon Cable J1 Com1 Com2 and Printer J4 and J7 Digital I O J6 Com3 and Com4 a If the 2350A BOS version is v1 84 or later ensure that J6 Jumper on pins 18 14 of J1 has been removed see Figure 2 9 and Figure 2 10 If you are using the CSA approved Radicom modem ensure that it is the top card in the card cage assembly The connection configuration of the Radicom modem requires installation at the top of the assembly 2350A Options AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 49 7 If a modem is installed remove the phone cord 8 Install the Ethernet card and set the jumpers as shown below J J 4 6 B 10 12141618 20 22 24 26 28 2 o 00 a 0 o f 11 a o 1 o 0000 0 o o o 1 3 B5 79 11131517 19 21232527 2 4 6 8 10 1214 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 3 A ga ga g0 d o
36. Averages Average Periods Samipe Result Grouping Output Type By Average Complete Output Starting Average Complete Output Output File Average Single Record Data Collection Configuration 9 14 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 7 Use the Result Grouping pull down menu and select By Period or By Average If the number of averages is greater than one then select whether the results are to be grouped by average or grouped by period When grouped by Period the data from all of the periods of a given average are stored in a single record 1n the output file with the appropriate time stamp included with the data for each period When grouped by Average a record for each period contains the values from each of the averages for that period and a single time stamp value is included in the record 8 Click the DK button to apply the configuration changes 9 MON2000 PLUS displays the Save Changes dialog No Save changes e 10 Click the tes button to write the changes and return to the Configuration for Data Collection window Or Click the changes button to discard your Data Collection Configuration AUG 2005 MON2000 The values from the Component Data Table are stored whether or not they were updated by the MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING Calibration Command Releases to date of the 2350A GC only calibration complete
37. E e 1 1 d 1 16 1 di de 1 1 1 1 1 T i d 1 d 1 1 T 1 1 T 1 1 1 p 1 1 16 4 1 1 d 1 1 1 de de 1 1 1 T 1 1 BA d Type Integer Float Integer ENEEGET Integer Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Long Char Integer Float Integer meege r EE Integer Long Integer Integer No of Chars AS sim dbtu E Float 26 sim dummy 4 Float 2 7 sim gpmwt 16 Float 29 sim hour 1 Integer 29 sim min EE Integer 30 eim molpet 16 Bl ck Sd sim month T Integer 32 sim newdata 1 Integer 23 sim rden_ gas 1 Float 34 gim EE 16 Float 3 5 Sim sbtu 1 Float 36 sim smask i Integer 3 sim stream d Integer 38 Sim totgpm di Float 39 sim unnormal T Float 40 sim wobbe 1 Float 41 sim year 1 Integer kk kk ck KC Kk ck ck kk ck Kk KC Kok kk KR KKK KKK KK KK A KK KK KR KKK E kk Ak A KO KU KK KK KR KKK KO Kk KK KK OK KG K MK X KC Kk Ck RARA AR Streams Data Report from 2350 001 2350 001 BIN 6 2 2000 15 02 19 No Structure Name No of Streams No entries found x kk ck KC KC Ck ck k ok ok Kk Kk Kok k KC KC Ck k Ko KC Ck ok Ko Kok KK KK CK KK KK KK KK KU KU KK KU KU KK kkk KK KO KU KK KK KK OK OK KK KK OK KR KG MK X KC Kk Ck Ek kk Component Data Report from 2350_001 2350_001 BIN oJ 2000 e No Structure Name No of Streams No of Components per Stream No entries found KKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKRKKKKRKKK Kok Ck Ek kk KK KU Ek E kk Ak KK KU KU A KO KU KK KK KO KO KK KK KK OK OK KK KK KG KG KC A Kok ok kk Data
38. MON2000 1 Use the Control gt Baseline Run menu to access this function If the GC unit is in Auto Sequence mode MON2000 prompts that the continuous analysis must be stopped Halt the analysis see Section 4 3 and wait for an Idle status Then continue initiating the baseline run 2 The Start Baseline Run dialog appears Start Baseline Run EN Stream 2 Stream 2 MON2000 displays the stream to be used for the baseline run To select which stream is used for the baseline calibration see Section 5 8 3 Click the il button to continue Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window Use the status bar to monitor the progress ae of this function Use the Report Display option in the Reports menu to view the results of the Baseline Run function Baseline Run AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 Control View Help Auto Sequence F Single Stream Halt F3 Calibration Baseline Aun GC Time k Stop Kow 4 6 CONTROL FUNCTIONS 4 7 VALVE TIMING After each run 1s complete the area of the selected component 1s compared to the area of the previous three runs If the change is less than 1 percent the valve OFF time and the INHIBIT ON time is updated to the current time minus one second Use this function to initiate a valve timing run to determine the optimal valve OFF times An analysis for a stream is rerun up to 10 times During each
39. Not Not Not Not Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used T5 TES O pe TLS TIS 7200 TAOL TLOZ ASE 7204 T2090 7206 7207 1209 J209 KEE DEER dz 5213 TALA Jaka 1216 TALT TALS Re BAZ AZI 322 ND 1224 LALO SAA ERA avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs maximum maximum maximum maximum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum Bs 34 29 36 10 11 EZ bs 14 15 16 17 18 1 9 20 21 2292 23 24 25 26 Ze 28 A9 Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not
40. Parameter Port Baud Rate Data Bits Parity Stop Bits Flow Control Control Options Register Mode Protocol 3 Click the Establishing Communications Typical Setting COMI or COM2 9600 7or 8 Even or None 1 None Read Timeout 500 ms Try 2 Daniel for SIM 2251 PLC LH for User Modbus PLC LH ASCII Modbus RTU Modbus button to access the button to accept your input and return to the main screen MON2000 The serial port settings displayed are for the serial communication parameters at the PC These settings must match the GC Controller settings to verify see Section 10 2 2 For direct connection to the GC Controller ensure that the Port setting is the same as the Com ID number of the serial port used AUG 2005 MODBUS TEST q 10 7 MON2000 10 3 GETTING MODBUS DATA N OTIC E Use the following steps to read or write register contents to the GC Controller or any other To access previous device See the following subsections for settings use the spin additional details arrows to view and select Before retrieving data print a PC Config Report see Section 2 14 3 and check the Communication data for variable names assigned to the Modbus registers Slave Addr Slave Addr Function Data Add Muantity Repeat Record No 1 Inthe Slave Addr data field type the Comm ID of the GC unit or other device WinMB will accept a slave address of 1 to 247 Ent
41. Select Standard Values To read the values for the standard components click the Std Values F3 button or press the F3 key to access the Standard Components dialog Cancel Click the Cancel button to return to the CDT Update Standard Component s Click the Update STD F5 or press the F5 key to upgrade the Standard Components list of this CDT to match the MON2000 Standard Component menu Note that this function updates the standard component list for the current CDT MON2000 displays a confirmation dialog when a standard component is changed Component Data 5 12 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 5 2 4 View Raw Data To view the raw data for the displayed CDT 1 Select the desired row from the currently displayed CDT 2 Click the Baw Data F4 button or press the F4 key to access the Raw Data dialog 3 The Stream Selection dialog appears Double click the desired stream or click the X button to exit Only the streams associated with this CDT will display in the list menu 4 The Raw Data dialog appears listing the peak raw data from the last run of the N OTI C E stream represented by the CDT When first displayed during a session the Select Stream dialog highlights the stream that has the most recent raw data Thereafter the previously selected stream is highlighted Raw Data from Stream 1 EN Peak Height Det Mthd 1 H 1042 73 5 The MON2000 operator can now cop
42. Stream 8 10 CARBON DIDXIDE DO 1 E Stream 8 11 ETHANE DO 1 Not used Not used Not used Not used Copy S F5 ETEO Canad sch sch e e ll ll lo cL 3 To change the assigned variable stream or component click the appropriate cell and NOTICE use the provided pull down menu N OTI CE Note that you must first select a variable You can add a new variable before entering the related data only if an available row is blank The number of 4 To assign the discrete hardware output that allowed limit alarms is fixed will be set when the alarm is active click in by the GC application the appropriate cell and use the provided pull down menu Output values range from 1 to N per the discrete hardware output identification number and the GC application A discrete Limit Alarms AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS q 5 29 MON2000 output of O Not used indicates that no output 1s set A discrete output can be used to monitor one or more inputs If you are using discrete outputs to reflect the status of discrete inputs ensure that the output assignments set here coordinate with those set in the Discrete Alarms dialog see Section 5 7 To set discrete outputs see Section 5 12 5 To change the alarm type click the appropriate cell and use the provided pull down menu Type Purpose All use all 4 limits both Low and both High High use only High and High High li
43. Sysalarm set sysalarm set Sysalarm set Sysalarm set Sysalarm set Sysalarm set sysalarm set Sysalarm set Sysalarm set Sysalarm set sysalarm set Sysalarm set Sysalarm set 10 LI LZ LS 14 its 16 T 18 Application Checksum Failure ROM Checksum Failure RAM Diagnostics Failure A D Converter Failure Detector Oven Failure Liquid Sample Valve Heater Failure Sample System Oven Failure Catalytic Converter Failure Heater 5 Failure Heater 6 Failure Heater 1 Controller Failure Heater 2 Controller Failure Heater 3 Controller Failure Heater 4 Controller Failure Heater 5 Controller Failure Heater 6 Controller Failure FID Flame out Warmstart Calibration Failure 18 19 Zi ZA 222 AG 24 Zio 26 27 Z0 29 30 Sal SZ o 34 D 36 27 20 E 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 DU sysalarm set Sysalarm set Sysalarm set Sysalarm set Sysalarm set Sysalarm set sysalarm set Sysalarm set Sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set Sysalarm set sysalarm set Sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set Sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set Sysalarm set sysalarm set Sysalarm set sysalarm set Sysalarm set sysalarm set Sysalarm set sysalarm set Sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set 1 9 Zi zu PA 23 24 29 26 21 20 Z9 30 ou S JI 34 SO 36 E
44. TALZ sim dE sim ef sim rf sim rf SCHER EE sim cf sim f sim rf SuSE sIm GE Sim E Si CET SOLIDE E Sm er Sin ei Sim EXE SIME SM cer sim rf SII E Sim xu sim rtf Som EE SII rE SIE S Sim rf Sim ET Si eae Sim Ef sim rf SG SEE avgs avgs avg avg 10 de 12 19 14 Lo 16 10 11 1 2 ES 14 Lo 16 Not Used Not Used ER Ee ANSY VAL 74132 EIE US TESA Jub So LL36 TIS KE PASO EM TO 7141 TE TL43 7144 PIAS 7146 7147 7148 7149 VESTE Jl 3192 TRII 7154 TLDS RESE ARSY ELS ELSI ELGO Jed avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg 10 Ll 12 L3 14 1 5 16 17 18 19 A0 zd 22 2 3 24 Zo 26 21 28 A9 0 31 YA So 34 35 Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not
45. To change a variable assignment click the appropriate Variable cell Use the provided pull down menu and click the desired variable to select 1t Variable 3 Heating Value Inf Mums Sat ME Gallons 1000 SCF C3 5 Gallons 1000 SCF C4 a Gallons 1000 SCF Ch Gallons 1000 SCF C6 EH Density Ibm 000 f3 SG as Density kg m EM Heating Value Gross BTU Dry En Heating Value Gross BTU Sat Fr Heating Value Gross BTU Act Heating Value Met BTU Dry Heating Value Met BTU Sat Heating Value Met BTU Act Heating Value Sup MJ m Dry Heating Value Sup Mums Sat Heating Value Sup Mund Act Heating Value Inf MJ m3 Dr Heating Value Inf MJ m3 Sat Heating Value Inf MJ m3 Act Heating Value Sup Ml ko Dry Heating Value Inf MJ ka Dr 5 For voltage values set Zero Scale to 1 0 and Full Scale to 5 0 If the channel is calibrated in milliamperes set Zero Scale to 4 and Full Scale to 20 6 Set the Fixed Var parameter to Fixed Set the Fixed Value to 0 0 8 Set Zero Scale Adjustment and the Full Scale Adjustment to 0 0 9 Click the button to accept your changes and exit from the Analog Outputs dialog 10 Connect a 250 ohm resistor across the signal at the input of the device where this analog output 1s used Connect a Voltmeter across the resistor and measure the result 11 Return to the Analog Outputs dialog and reselect the channel being calibr
46. Upgrade Flash menu to Fle Application Reports Logs Chron Connect access the Select BOS File To Download GE e Download di alog Upgrade Flash FO Confia Report Select BOS File To Download E xi Offline Edit k HE A ek PS ac Directory Users Change Administrator Password Modbus Test Program Settings Print Setup Register MONZOOO Update MON2ODO Recent File File name Files of type eos Files B05 L ancel Exit Zi 2 Click the desired BOS file The file name appears in the File name data field 3 Click the button to download the selected BOS file to the connected GC unit Click the Cancel button to exit and return to the main window Upgrading Flash AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 65 MON2000 2 17 OFFLINE EDIT OF GC APPLICATION Use this function to edit a GC application file that 1s saved on disk or has been downloaded and is currently on or being used by the GC unit When selecting Offline Edit you can choose either File Selection Allows you to edit a GC application file stored on disk Upload Application Allows you to upload the current GC application data from the GC Controller and save to file for future editing Upload BOS Allows you to upload the current BOS 1 e firmware file from the GC Controller to save for future download See the following sections for detailed instructions AUG 200
47. another command 2 Use the Command pull down menu and select DELAY Configuration for Data Collection f x Polling Control File c SGCSBIN AutoPollTest new 1 apc Polling Output File s Default Filename File Format efaultReport efaultD ata Alarms Averages Calibration Event Log Maintenance Log Registers 8 Reports BEEN MI Repo EMM Disconnect Cm jela pup 1 Connect Delay Disconnect End Poll Repeat Run Add Insert Delete Poll Command Details Run Command Details Save Lx Cancel 3 Insert the time delay in one hour increments in the Delay Hour s field 4 Enter a title for the Delay Hours in the Command Description field Data Collection Configuration AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 37 MON2000 Repeat Command Use the Repeat Command to instruct the Auto Sequencing module to restart processing of the commands in the polling control file from the beginning of the file Specify a count that for the number of times to execute the sequence of commands in the file Without a specified count or with a count of zero the sequence of commands will be re executed indefinitely until terminated manually by the user To configure the Repeat command 1 From the Configuration for Data Collection window click the Add button to select another command 2 Use the Command pull down menu and select Repeat Configuration for Data Collection
48. function MON200O0 Printer Control Archive Data k A Trend Data 2 The Trend Data dialog appears Trend Data EN TL n L LLIIIQ zNHGNJIN im Date Time 16 0 12 0 6 0 40 E 0 0 eh 1011 34 12 21 00 03 30 59 gt 40 2 0 12 0 18 0 20 0 0 0 SA 10 2 15 3 20 4 AJI 30 6 FANN 11 5 45 9 51 0 MT Paimta eet Ped E dit Desc Save Remove ETGHIYE Curt PC File Edit Cursor Print E Hi Trend Data GC Variable Heating Value Gross BTU Dm Stream Stream 3 12 21 Close Use the enabled Graph and Trend push buttons to access the Trend Data features See the following sections for detailed information 3 Click the Cancel button to return to the Trend Data main window AUG 2005 REPORTS 7 29 MON2000 7 6 2 View Live Trend Online Model 700 2350A To view a live trend from the online Model 700 2350A GC NOTICE You cannot view a live trend if the corresponding analysis record does not exist in the GC memory An error message will display AN No archive records 1 Click the Trend button 2 The Select menu for variable displays Select EN Avg Molecular eight Gas Density Ibm DIO fta Gas Density kgm Heating Value Gross BTU Dry Heating Value Gross BTU Sat Heating Value Gross BTU Act Heating Value Met BTU Dry Heating Value Met BTU Sat Heating Value Met BTU Act Heating Value Sup Mums Dry Heating Value Sup Mums Sat Heating Value Sup Mun Act H
49. sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set DZ F3 54 DI 56 eg DS 39 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 G7 68 69 70 Ka TA Po 74 75 76 EA 49 Be 80 81 SZ 83 84 Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Output Output OUEPUE Output Output Output EE Output OU DD Output Output Output OUTPUT 4 LOW 5 LOW 6 LOW 7 LOW 8 LOW 9 LOW 10 LOW 11 LOW 12 LOW 13 LOW 14 LOW 15 LOW 16 LOW Analyzer Failure Power Failure CPU Battery Low GC Idle Real Time Clock Failure Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Preamp Preamp Preamp Preamp Preamp NA Input LAPAL DINE Input Input Lnput Input Input Input 1 Out of Range Input 2 Out of Range Input 3 Out of Range Input 4 Out of Range HLEH HIGH HIGH HIGH LOW LOW LOW LOW Failure DET2 Fused Peak Overflow Noisy Baseline DETZ DETZ DETZ DETZ 84 85 86 7 88 89 90 91 22 93 94 95 96 27 98 29 L00 LOT 102 103 104 105 106 TOT LOS 1 09 LI LEL LIZ LES LEA LES e LLZ sysal
50. the symbol name size and assigned text string for all application specific text variables 1 Use the Application gt User Defined gt Text Strings menu to access this function User Defined MON2000 Application System Component Data FE Timed Events FS User Defined Numeric Selection Calculati a ae e Text Strings Limit Alarms Discrete Alarms Streams Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Valves Temperature Control Serial Ports TCP TP Application System Component Data Fe Timed Events FS Muimeric User Defined Selection Calculations Text Strings Limit Alarms Discrete Alarms Streams Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Valves Temperature Control Serial Ports TCPHP AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 21 MON2000 2 The User Defined Text Strings dialog appears Name Size String 1 Company Daniel Industries 2 123456 7890229456 890323456 7890423456 7890523456 7830 i Cancel Double click the desired String cell and type NOTICE the new m 3 Click the button to accept your changes and return to the main window String length i e how many characters you can enter is limited to the number cited in the Size cell Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the mai
51. type Refer to the manufacture s user manual for more information 1 Use the File gt Print Setup menu to access this function Configuring Your Printer MON2000 File Application Reports Logs Chron Connect Disconmeck Download Upgrade Flash Pts Confia Report Offline Edit k ac Directory Users Change Administrator Password Modbus Test Program Settings Print Setup Register MONZOOO Update MON2000 1 2350A Cove Point 175 APP Exil AUG 2005 MON2000 Your configuration will be cleared i e the settings will return to the default values when you exit MON2000 AUG 2005 GETTING STARTED q 3 17 2 The Printer Setup dialog appears Print Setup EES Printer Name Lesmark Optra 5 1650 Properties Status Default printer Ready Type Lexmark Optra 5 1650 Where LPTI Comment Orientation Size Letter Devil in Ge Portrait Source Tray 1 Paper C Landscape Use the provided data fields radio buttons check and combo boxes to select the desired settings Click the Properties button to configure more advanced settings Refer to the printer operator manual for more information Click the printer button to queue the Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window Configuring Your Printer 3 18 3 8 GETTING STARTED MON2000 USING ONLINE HELP Currently the onlin
52. 000 0200 o o 1 3 5 7 9 11131517 19 21232527 Figure 2 10 Ethernet Jumper Configuration BOS v1 84 and Later 2350A Options 2 50 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 13 4 Ethernet TCP IP Settings If you plan to connect via an Ethernet connection use the following instructions To configure the Ethernet TCP IP settings for the 2350A GC Controller 1 Obtain the IP Address Subnet Mask and Gateway addresses numbers for the Target 2350A GC Controller from your supervisor or Information Technology Department If the controller has never been configured for Ethernet communications logon to the Model 500 GC using either the Direct Connect option or connect remotely via a Modem 2 Use the Application gt TCP IP menu to mem access this function TH Component Data 3 The TCP IP dialog appears Leve Calculations Limit Alarms Streams Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Valves dl Cancel Temperature Control Serial Forts Selection field For Help press F1 2350A Options Discrete Alarms MON2000 AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 51 MON2000 4 Goto the Use DHCP Specify an IP Address field and select Specify an IP Address GC Directory P X Station Mame Connection Type Direct Remate Telephone Direct connect MDP3880 vv LI PCI Modem 3Com EtherLink PCI CO 172182310 3Com EtherLink PCI 172 16 23 125 Direct connect
53. 03 PROPANE 1 BUTANE n BUTANE NEOPENTANE 1 PENTANE n PENTANE NITROGEN ME THANE CARBON DIOXIDE ETHANE L96798 93 930 121 41 KALE 12 9 5 45 149 50 149 66 SY LOS 90 009 LOZ OZ 900942 e e EE doe E 394409 13939 SD DA 60 43 dO OT 2055369 49 388 A546 A 95 14 48 949 49 045 Ro SURG O Lado 44 99 46 34 AS wonn A wl 45 06 dO the Na 50 034 d OZ 60803 EE e 5846 16249 IG L C 20099 coy ee Timed Event Table Report from 2350_001 2350 001 BIN 6 27 2000 19590249 Timed Event Table 1 Analysis Time 225 Cycle Time 240 Sample Valve Y N NN N Valve 2 ON BEZ ALOLE ON 1 0 0 Valve 3 ON 2 8 Slope Sens 8 1 GNE Detector 1 6 amp Q 4 0 Valve 1 ON Sui Otrm Switen Sch Peak Width 41 6 ome Valve 1 OFF a 1 0 Valve 2 OFF a 23 50 Innibrt OFF 1 Q 2620 inhibrt ON 1 OO Valve 3 OFF 42 0 TADIBIE OFF 1 46 0 EE ON 1 SP sud Peak Width 8 1 we 100 0 rar bk OPEL de CL H TARLOTE ON 1 ft 139 40 Detector 1 1 140 0 Valve 3 ON 142 0 Peak Width 31 143 0 Err om lau OFF 1 146 0 Detector 1 do dd S690 Lnhibit ON ab od 013050 Peak Width S JL dd 17520 LARIBIT DER d E 140 inant ON W a 22540 KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKRKKKKRKKKKR KKK KKK KK KK A KK A KR KKK KU KU KO KO KKK KKK KR KKK KKK KK MK OK KC KC kK Kok ok k RARA A User Defined Numeric Report from 2350_001 2350 001 BIN By 227 2000 159024
54. 3030 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 14 3031 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 15 3032 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 16 3033 Analysis Time in 1 30ths of second 3034 Current Stream 3035 Mask of streams associated with Component Table 1 Bit 2 1 implies stream n included 303 6 Current Month l 12 3097 3038 Current Day 1 31 Current Year 0 99 E 3039 Current Hour 0 24 3040 Current Minutes 0 59 a Cycle Start Time Month Cycle Start Time Day Cycle Start Time Year Cycle Start Time Hour d Cycle Start Time Minutes i AUG 2005 User Modbus Register List F 8 MODBUS REG LIST FOR 2350A GC MON2000 SIM_ 2251 MODBUS REGISTER LIST G 3 continued Reg No Description BIT NUMBER ed Le 3046 checksum anlyzr D A 3 pti 3 D A 2 D A 2 D A 1 D A 1 spare A D 2 AD2 A D 1 A D 1 spare spare failure failure high high low high low high low high low 3047 spare spare spare spare spare spare Spare spare spare spare spare adjust preamp rf 96 power preamp failure dev fail 3048 stream number 1 I 15 13 12 11 10 8 O D A low dee low low low low low bs 1 low 3049 stream number 1 Wo 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 6 O D A high
55. 5 1nch floppy disks MON2000 Install Disk 1 MON2000 Install Disk 2 and MON2000 Install Disk S Installing MON2000 Software 2 4 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 Place the MON2000 CD in your CD ROM drive 3 Launch Windowsa Explorerg 4 Ensure that the Show all files option 1n Windowsa Explorerg is selected MON2000 a Use the View gt Folder Options menu to en 8 Favorites Too access the Folder Options dialog Won Status Bar Explorer B b Click the View tab cia i as Web Page Folder Options GE e Large Icons Small cons General View Fie Types List Details Folder views Tou can make all your folders look the same Like Current Folder Reset All Folders Advanced settings Remember each folder s view settings DO Display the full path in title bar DO Hide file extensions for known file types Show Map Network Drive button in toolbar Show file attributes in Detail View Show pop up description for folder and desktop items DO Allow all uppercase names 7 Hidden files Do not show hidden or system files Do not show hidden files Show all Files Visual Settings Restore Defaults OF Cancel Apply c In the Advanced Settings pane find the gray folder icon labeled Hidden Files d Click the Show all files radio button e Click the button Use the Windows Explorer directory tree to open the MON2000 Installation Files folder on your CD
56. 7 8 3 10 Component bang Selection field To edit the settings displayed double click the appropriate cell or click and use the provided pull down menus See Section 5 10 1 for more details Analog Outputs MON2000 Variable ze 3 Heating Value Inf MJ ms Sat EN Gallons 1000 SCF Ciy EN Gallons 1000 SCF C4 Een Gallons 1000 SCF C5 Gallons 1000 SCF Cb EH Density lhm1 H f3 SG as Density kg m3 ER Heating Value Gross BTU Dry ETS Heating Value Gross BTU Sat Heating Value Gross BTU Act Heating Value Met BTU Dry Heating Value Met BTU Sat Heating Value Met BTU Act Heating Value Sup Mums Dry Heating Value Sup Mums Sat Heating Value Sup Mums Act Heating Value Inf MJ m3 Dr Heating Value Inf MJ m3 Act Heating Value Sup Ml ko Dry Heating Value Inf MJ ka Dr Multiple streams can be entered by separating the stream numbers with commas e g 2 3 Bargraph results will be produced for each stream AUG 2005 MON2000 Variable Ee 3 Heating Value Inf BENEKE ENA Gallons1000 SCF C34 E Gallons 1000 SCF C4 En Gallons 1000 SCF Gallone 1000 SCF C6 EH Density Ibm 000 f3 SG as Density kon 9 Heating Value Gross BTU Dry as Heating Value Gross BTU Sat Fr Heating Value Gross BTU Act Heating Value Met BTU Dry Heating Value Met BTU Sat Heating Value Met BTU Act Heating Value Sup Mums Dry Heating Value Sup Mums Sat Heating Value Sup Mund Act Heating V
57. A dialog appears asking if the results should be displayed using the calculation control flags 3 Click the Yes button to display the report using the calculations selected 1n the Application Control menu Chromatogram Functions AUG 2005 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER q 6 17 MON2000 Click the Ne button to display the report using ALL calculations Calculation Results from 376326 stream 1 on 1 5 2000 10 45 20 AM EN Cancel Click the Cancel button to return to the Chromatogram Viewer dialog AUG 2005 Chromatogram Functions 6 18 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER MON2000 6 6 6 Entering a Description To enter a description for the selected chromatogram 1 Use the Chromatogram pull down menu to select a specific chromatogram Chromatogram Edit Result Desc Dave Remove Forced Cal Curt Save a lll CGM 2 23504 Streams Det 1 3 29 2001 8 13 51 AM LAST com CGM 1 23504 Steams Det 1 3 9 2001 2 44 40 PM 030901 com CGM 2 23504 Stream 1 Det 1 3729 2001 8 13 51 AM 030907 com 2 Click the Bes button The Edit Description dialog appears Edit Description EN This is the last CGM saved from 1st shift prior to performing routine maintenance 3 Type the desired statement s 4 Press the ENTER key to accept this description Use the X button or press the ESC key to exit this dialog without accepting your entry 5 Click the Sae button to save this description with the ch
58. CTS or NONE RTS On Delay enter in milliseconds O to 3000 the delay between RTS on and start of data transmission RTS Of Delay enter in milliseconds 0 to S000 the delay between the end of data transmission and RTS off Extra Delay The delay 0 to 10000 in milliseconds that is added to the default communications timeout The default communications timeout is 2000 milliseconds Ifthe GC controller s RTS on or off delays are used the extra delay should be set to at least the sum ofthe GC controller s on and off delays since the GC controller does not begin its response until after its RTS on delay has passed andis then not ready to receive another query until after its RTS off delay has passed Protocol select transmission protocol RTU or ASG Auto Dial set automatic dialing of modems toggle on or off See dial up connection Telephone Humber enter complete dialing code up to 35 characters Retries the number of times a failed communication attempt will be retried before itis aborted as a failure 0 to 95 s C multiplier A multiplier applied to the inter character timeout 3 5 character times for RTU protocol 1 to Joo In theory this number could always he set Lol However when using a modem experience has proven that the character timing can be thrown off significantly resulting in premature termination of the GC controllers responses A value of 5 the default appears to handle areasonable p
59. Cable Configurations AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 a Click the c Click the APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 73 11 To check for conflicting Modbus register assignments button or press the F6 key b MON2000 displays the first encountered error AN Bad register number for row 2 For this example you would change the register number for Row 2 You would then verify all subsequent register numbers as well button to accept your changes and return to the Serial Ports dialog MON2000 automatically checks for conflicting Modbus register assignments Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the Serial Ports dialog GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations 5 74 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 5 16 5 Setting Optional Base Pressures As discussed in Section 5 16 4 you can assign GC analysis variables to various Modbus registers Follow the procedure below to add the Optional Base Pressure variable to the Registers List Up to three 3 optional base pressures can be used for GC analysis calculations These optional base pressure values are entered via the Streams function see Section 5 8 Results Opt Base Press A group of 12 GC analysis calculations can be used to reflect the use of different base pressures See Section C 3 for more information To assign the Optional Base Pressure variable 1 Verify the values for optional base pressures a Sea that hav
60. Cancel Select the desired stream from the Stream menu Click the Purge check box to set the purging option Note that the default setting 1s ON Purging allows sample gas to flow through the sample loop for 60 seconds prior to beginning the first analysis Click the Continuous operation check box to perform repetitive analysis runs Note that the default setting is ON Deselect this option if you want to perform only one analysis run Single Stream AUG 2005 MON2000 Use the Report Display option in the Reports menu to view the results of the Single Stream function 4 3 Control View Help Auto Sequence F Single Stream Calibration Baseline Run Valve Timing GC Time k Stop Kow Det H Mode AUG 2005 6 Click the CONTROL FUNCTIONS q 4 3 button to accept your selections and continue Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window 7 The Single Stream GC Analysis begins if you selected the Purge Stream option MON2000 performs this 60 second task first Use the status bar to monitor the progress of this function Det Mode HALT Use this function to stop the current operation mode at the end of the run 1n progress 1 Use the Control gt Halt menu or press the F3 key to access this function 2 MON2000 prompts you to confirm your selection S Halt analysis Click the button to proceed Click
61. Ck ck Ek kk Calculation Average Report from 2350 001 2350 001 BIN 6 27 2000 15 02 49 Resets Time 00 00 Weekday Sun Day of Month 1 No Variable Name er J Hourly No entries found 24 Hour No entries found Weekly No entries found Monthly No entries found Variable No entries found kk kk ck KC KC ck ck Kk ok ok Kk Kk Kok Kk Kk KC Ck ck KK Ck Kk KK CK KK KK KK KI KK KU KK KU KU KK KK A KO KU KK KK KO KU KK KK KO OK KK KK OK OK KK KK KG AX K A Kok ck kk Calculation User Defined Report from 2350 001 2350 001 BIN QUEUE OUO 25202249 No Variable e e 1 label 1 Avg Molecular Weight d 1 T Gallons 1000 SCF 1 1 Gas Density lbm 1000 ft3 1 1 Heating Value Gross BTU Dry 1 d Mole Percent 1 1 2 label 2 Gallons 1000 SCF 1 2 Gallons 1000 SCF 1 3 User Calc Result e d Values dt 1562 J 1 ACkCk KC CkCk ck KC KC Ck ck Kk ok ck Kk Kk kok k KC Kok ok Kok Ck ck KK Ck CK KK KKK KR KKK KR KKK KKRKKK KKK KKK KKK KR OK KK KG KG KG KC K Kk KC KC ck A Kok kkk k k hub Alarms Report from 2350 001 2350 DOLZBIN GU Z 20060 25202249 No Variable 9 C DO Type No entries found x x CK Ck ok K ko ok Kok k k ok K k ok Kk kk Kk kk kk Ak kk kk Ak kA kk kk Ak kA Ak kk Ak kA Ak kk Ak kA kk kA kk A kk kA kk Ak kk A Discrete Alarms Report from 2350 001 2350 DOT BEN 6 2 2000 15202249 Alarm Discrete Discrete Alarm Message NO Input Output 1 0 0 2 0 0 5 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 kk x ck KC KC Ck ck kk ck Kk KC Kok k KC KC Ck c
62. D 2 CALIBRATING BY PERCENTAGES This second example shown below demonstrates that 1t 1s also possible to calibrate your outputs as a percentage For instance you may wish to read directly values that may be scaled from 0 to 1200 Your voltage span is scaled from 1 to 5 volts so the range is approximately 4 Volts Thus 1200 divided by 4 equals 800 units per volt If you equate the difference as a percentage the midpoint in units equals 600 or approximately 3 volts With this information in mind you want to set zero units equal to 1 00 V and 1200 units to 5 00 V and let the software adjust the span as you calibrate This example assumes that an analog output channel needs to calibrated to a span of 0 to 1200 AUG 2005 Calibrating by Percentages D 6 ANALOG OUTPUT CAL FOR 2350A MON2000 To calibrate by percentages 1 Use the Application gt Analog Outputs menu to access this function 2 The Analog Outputs dialog appears Analog Outputs EN Variable Stream Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Cb 47 35 17 Stream 1 PROPANE R Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 ETHANE pus F3 Auto Cal F8 p 3 Select the channel to be calibrated Output channels 1 and 2 can be scaled from either 4 20 mA or 1 5 V Channels 3 to 10 are scaled from 4 20 mA Although output channels for direct voltage measurement exist for analog output channels 1 and 2 it is recommended tha
63. Date 11 14 2000 Care AUG 2005 REPORTS 7 37 MON2000 2 The Archive dialog appears Calculation Results from 2350_001 stream O on 11 12 99 7 54 02 PM 3 Click the o Cancel button to return to the Trend Data dialog 7 6 10 Display Options Right click the graph area to access these options or use the corresponding keystroke s Options are listed in alphabetical order AUG 2005 Trend Data 7 38 Keystroke CTRL C F8 CTRL V CTRL P CTRL 5 HOME CTRL HOME F4 F9 CTRL F4 CTRL F9 NUM NUM NUM gt NUM lt NUM 7 NUM 4 Trend Data REPORTS MON2000 Table 7 10 Display Options for Trend Data Right Click Option Copy to clipboard Cursor to nearest point Paste from clipboard Print Plot Area Print Series All Restore State Save State Toggle Coarse Fine Toggle Lines Dots Toggle Mouse Position Tip Toggle Nearest Point Tip Zoom In Zoom Out Zoom X In Zoom X Out Zoom Y In Zoom Y Out Description allows you to copy this graph to another application such as MS Word or Excel snap cursor to nearest point in both the X and Y directions allows you to plot a range of points from another application such as Meshwork or Excel print currently displayed chromatograph area print all displayed chromatograms restore last saved display settings for the selected chromatogram save current display settings for the selected chromatogram
64. Dev results of final calibration Old RT adjustments to response New RT factors RFs and retention RT Dev times RTs CDT additional columns Alarms Limit Alarms Application gt Limit Alarms 5 6 Report items marked with an asterisk were updated during calibration AUG 2005 Report Display 7 14 REPORTS Average Reports There are five types of Average Reports Hourly Average Report 24 Hour Average Report Weekly Average Report Monthly Average Report Variable Average Report Sample 24 Hour Average Report 24 Hour Averages 1 13 Net Company Daniel Mole Percent Start Mon Apr Current from Mon Apr 03 10 50 58 1995 Analyzer Industries 03 06 00 00 1995 Stop 1 Mon Apr 03 06 00 00 1995 2 Sun Apr 02 07 00 00 1995 3 Sat Apr 01 06 00 00 1995 Mole Percent Start Mon Apr Current 1 Mon 2 Sun 3 Set Start Mon Apr Current Heating Value 03 06 00 00 Apr 03 06 00 00 1995 Apr 02 07 00 00 1995 Apr Oi 06 00 00 1995 Dry 03 06 00 00 1 Mon Apr 03 06 00 00 1995 2 Sun Apr 02 07 00 00 1995 3 Sat Apr 01 06 00 00 1995 Report Display AT401STD C6 47 35 17 Maximum ZE 2 O Qi PROPANE 00 1995 Maximum 0 4 4 4 00 1995 Maximum 4175 1647 988 Houston TX S 1 Stream 1 Che aL Tue Apr 04 06 00 00 1995 Average Minimum 10 03610 2 25780 0 20443 0 01870 0 01918 0 01900 0 01918 0 01900 S 1 Stream 1 Ci s 19895 Stop Tue Apr 04 0
65. Em nes em following graph related functions 6 5 1 Editing the Chromatogram Graph Use the Edit Graph function to change the span and interval for the x y axis as well as other display parameters 1 Use the Chromatogram pull down menu to select a specific chromatogram Chromatogram Edit Result Desc Save Remove Forced Cal Curt Save E E CGH 2 23504 Streams Det 1 3 29 2001 8 13 51 AM LAST com E CGM H E atream 1 Det ur 2 44 40 PM 03090 com B CGM 2 SOA Stream 1 Det 1 3 23 2001 6 13 57 AM OS0907 com AUG 2005 Graph Functions 6 10 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER MON2000 2 Click the Edi button The Edit Graph dialog appears Edit Graph EN s Min am Display Option Lines A Max 00 0 Y Min 10 0 Y Max 100 0 M Show labels Print Speed 2 v Scroll newest X 4 Intervals po Y Intervals JJ Cancel 3 Use the provided attributes and options to change the chromatogram display and printer speed as desired 4 Click the button to accept your changes and return to the Chromatogram Viewer dialog Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the Chromatogram Viewer dialog 5 The chromatogram display changes as specified Additional display options are available by right clicking the display area See Section 6 9 for more information 6 5 2 Changing Cursor Size To toggle the cursor size from coarse movement less accurate to fine movement more
66. File gt Program Settings menu to access this function Modbus Test Program Settings Print Setup Register MONZOOO Update MON2000 2 The Program Settings dialog appears x Folders Saved Data B LASAYEN Browse Database css CABIN Browse Recent File Exit GC Applications CAGCNAPPY Browse Chromatogram file extension cam lw Editing replaces existing text in tables lw Prompt to confirm discard changes lw Prompt to confirm save changes lw Synchronize GC controller s time ta PC on download lw Tab from spreadsheet to nest control lw Enable display in PPM 3 To use a Chromatogram file extension other than the default e g CGM or to select the location of saved data GC database and GC application files click in the Chromatogram file extension data field and type the desired file extension click in the appropriate data field and type the desired directory Or e click the Browse button and use the directory tree to select the desired location AUG 2005 CONNECT VIA GC EXTERNAL MODEM 2 58 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 4 Use the provided check boxes to turn the following settings on off Note that the default settings are ON Table 2 9 Optional Program Settings Setting Function Editing replaces existing text If enabled replaces selected table cell in tables entry with user input If disabled appends user input to end of the selected table cell
67. Files Report from 2350 001 2350 001 BIN 0 2 2000 15 02 49 No File Name No of Records d Event_Log 240 File Name Event_Log No Field Name Type Now Of Chars 1 date EIOS 2 time Float 3 operator id Char 4 4 event id Float be ACCT text Char 60 6 prev value Float 7 curr value Float x kk Ek ck k ok ok Kk KC Kok k KC KC Ck k Ko Kk Ck k Ko KC Ck Kk KK CK A KK KU A KK KG E kk Ak KK KU KU A KO KG KG KK KG KG KG KK KG KG KC K Kk KC KC ck k RARA kk Report from 2350 001 2350_001 BiIN 6 2 2000 15202040 No Name Page Page Left Right Top Bottom Width Length Margin Margin Margin Margin i Analysis 150 93 0 0 0 0 2 Raw Data 80 3 5 de 0 0 0 3 Calibration 80 Dp 1 0 0 0 4 Final Calip 80 SI L 0 0 0 e Hourly Avg 80 SO 0 0 0 0 6 24 Hour Avg 80 Go 0 0 0 0 f Weekly Avg 80 DO 0 0 0 0 8 Monthly Avg 80 55 0 0 0 0 9 Variable Avg 30 Se 0 0 0 0 Field List used in Analysis Type Variable SubField Name Indices CP ELag STRING 0 STRING 0 DATE DATE STRING 0 VARIABLE stream data anly time STREAM NO H 0 STIRLING 0 VARIABLE stream_data cycl_time STREAM NO d 0 STRING 0 VARIABLE stream data stream num STREAM NO di 0 VARIABLE strms name STREAM NO Jd O SLRING 0 VARIABLE stream data run mode STREAM NO d 0 STRING TIME VAR STRING VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE TABLE TVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIA
68. GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS MON2000 3 Return and secure the Card Cage Assembly back into the chassis mounting Tighten the four screws 4 Return and secure the field wiring TB to the original position Tighten the six screws 5 Reconnect the AC power cord to J21 on the TB and restore AC power to the GC Controller E 9 CONNECT TO GC FOR UPGRADED APP 1 Use MON2000 software to connect with the GC unit Use the File gt Connect menu to access this function See Section 2 8 1 for more information 2 Use MON2000 to download the newly upgraded GC application to the connected GC Controller a Use the File gt Download menu to access the Download CG Application File dialog on cw s E AE EI2350A Mode 174 APP i Energy Measurement C6 4 min 23504 001 APP File pame 23508 Model 174 AFP mm Files of ie JAPP Files APP kal Cancel b Click the desired bin file The file name appears 1n the File name data field c Click the button or press the ENTER key to download the selected application file to the connected GC unit A progress bar displays indicating the completion status Connect to GC for Upgraded App AUG 2005 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS q E 19 MON2000 E 10 GUIDE TO STANDARD APPLICATION FILES This section of the appendix lists the various standard application or BIN files that have been released by for the GC Controller E 10 1 Importance of Standard Application File
69. Heater M200 Invalid B Module Data Controller Failure Controller Failure Controller Failure Controller Failure FID Flame out Warmstart Calibration Failure Valve Timing Failure Excess Response Factor Deviation M200 Invalid Non Volatile Data M200 Invalid A Module Data 6 1 2 3 Controller Failure A 5 6 M200 Bad Options M200 Stack Overflow M200 Hardware Shutdown M200 Synchronization Failure Out of Range Preamp Preamp Preamp Preamp Preamp Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Input 4 Failure Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output User Modbus Register List Out of Range Out of Range 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Out of Range HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH F 4 MODBUS REG LIST FOR 2350A GC MON2000 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 37 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 _66 67 68 69 70 71 72 B 74 15 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 User Modbus Register List sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set svsalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set sysalarm set
70. INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 3 The Save Uploaded GC Application File menu appears Save Uploaded GC Application File T cg ajx Save in C APP EIF EN aa 23504 Cove Point 175 APP aa 2350A socalemb 175 app aa Energy aa Energy Measurement C6 4 min 23508 D01 APP Energy aa Energy Measurement C6 4 min 23504 Modeo APP Energy e Energy Measurement C 4 min 23504 Model v175 APP ISO Em ati 150 Em gt File name ab 23504 Save as type aPPFiesap e L ancel E Use this dialog to choose the directory and file name or create a special file name for this particular application upload Click the Save button 4 MON2000 displays the message Uploading C GC APP 2350A app in the progress status bar Uploading CAGCAAPP 23504 opp MON2000 continues with the upload process and displays the message Uploading Segment 1 through segment 15 in the status bar and a progress bar appears Uploading segment 6 BRBRSERBSRS Once all of the segments are uploaded and the application file app has been saved Offline Edit of GC Application AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 Offline edit INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 69 MON2000 prompts you to save the parameters file The Save Parameter File dialog appears Save Parameter File Save n C3 Bin He name SE Save as type Parameter par bal Cancel Use this dialog to ch
71. MDPF38802 LI PCI Modem 3063 Fenil Alliance V 32bis F Ax 14400 bps Daniel Mark 11 Direct Connection 3Cam EtherLink PCI Modem Properties F2 Cancel A 5 Inthe IP Address field enter the IP Address number obtained from your Supervisor or the Information Technology Department Device ID 1 Cancel AUG 2005 2350A Options 2 52 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 6 In the Subnet Mask field enter the subnet mask address number obtained from your Supervisor or the Information Technology Department 7 In the Gateway Address field enter the Gateway Address number obtained from your Supervisor or the Information Technology Department Use DHCP Specify an IP Address 8 Click the changes 9 Disconnect from the controller using the toolbar icon or by using the File gt Disconnect menu 2350A Options AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP q 2 53 MON2000 ES 2 13 5 MON2000 TCP IP Settings SE To configure the Ethernet TCP IP settings for SE the MON2000 Offline Edit k 1 From the File menu select GC Directory Change Administrator Password Modbus Test 2 Ensure that an Ethernet location has been Program Settings created or an existing location modified and EE that an Ethernet card installed in the PC Ge has been selected in the field labeled Recent File Connection Type Direct Remote Exit GC Directory i K E j X Stati
72. Mole Percent 1 1 No Zero Scale Full Scale F V Fixed Value 1 0 100 VAR 0 Bargraph No Variable streams Component 1 Mole Percent 1 1 2 Not Used al 3 Not Used 1 4 Not Used 1 5 Not Used 1 6 Not Used d 7 Not Used 1 8 Not Used E 9 Not Used 1 10 Not Used Ji TX NOE Used d 12 Not Used 1 13 Not Used 1 14 Not Used di 15 Not Used 1 16 Not Used 1 Scaling Values No Zero Scale Full Scale ib 0 100 2 0 100 3 0 100 4 0 100 5 0 100 6 0 100 fi 0 100 8 0 100 2 0 100 10 0 100 LI 0 0 T2 0 0 13 0 0 14 0 0 15 0 0 16 0 0 kk x ck KC KC Ck k x k k k x k k x k x k k k k k k k x k k xk k k k xk k k k k k k k k k k k k k k xk k k k k k k kk k kx k k k k k k k k kx k k k kx kk Discrete Input Report from 2350 001 2350_001 BIN 6 2 2000 15 02 49 No Label Switch 1 DE 2 AUTO 2 pu Z AUTO 3 PIS AUTO 4 DI 4 AUTO AUX STRM SEQ AUTO x x ck KC KC ck ck k ok ok Kk Kk Kok k Kk Kok k Ko Kok A KK Ck KK KK KK KU KU KK KU KK KK KU KU A kkk KK KO KG KD KK KO KO KK KK KO OK KK KK KG KC Kk k Kok k kk Discrete Output Report from 2350_001 2350_001 BIN 6 247 2000 1590249 Switch On Time Off Time 4 5 Common Alarm Calib Maint AUTO AUTO AUTO AUTO AUTO Us 003 Ds Os 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Ds OOS 00 OO 00 00 00 00 00 ACkCk KC ck KC KC ck ck k ok ok Kk Kk Kok k KC Kok ok Kok Ck ok KK Ck KK KK KK KK KK KI K
73. Molecular Weight Stream 1 Motused 0 de Avg Molecular Weight Stream 1 Motused 33 Gas Density kg m3 Stream 3 Motused 7 0 36 Heating Value Gross BTU Dry Stream 3 O Notused 0 344 Gallons 1000 SCF Stream 3 1 ba 47 35 17 0 elt eel F2 Ses El Deg Censo cepu eel Parcel Integer field 0 8990 4 From the Registers dialog use the Variable pull down menu to select the Optional Base Pressures option 5 Use the corresponding component pull down menu to select the desired optional base pressure option PEIEE Component Optional Base Pressures Average Min Value Average Time Stamp 2 Optional Base Pressures 2 ka Archived Average Value 1 Optional Base Pressures 1 Archived Average Max Value 2 Optional Base Pressures 2 Archived Average Min Value tonal Dace Pressures 2 h Archived Average Time Stamp TT Analog Output Custom Str Data Field 1 Custom St Data Field 2 Custom St Data Field 3 Custom St Data Field 4 Custom Strm Data Field 5 Custom Comp Data Field 1 Custom Comp Data Field 2 Custom Comp Data Field 3 Custom Comp Data Field 4 Custom Comp Data Field 5 GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 77 MON2000 6 To assign a scale ensure that the correct row is selected and click the Seale F5 button or press the F5 key Double click the desired scale option to app
74. Mone None n D ATU B Mone Mone ATU q None None D ATU Mane Mane Mane Mane Mane Mane None Mane AT 8 1 None None USER MODBUS zl peyice ID Registers F3 Cancel Figure 2 5 Serial Port S with COM4A Board AUG 2005 BASIC 2350A CONFIGURATION 2 40 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 2 13 2350A OPTIONS The following board configurations are optional for the Model 500 GC with 2350A Controller 2 13 1 The COM4A Board 1 To add four additional communications ports at the GC Controller site remove the Controller enclosure s front panel SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH POSSIBLE Before removing the unit cover from the GC Controller make certain the power supply switch is OFF and the AC power cord is disconnected Observe all safety precautions when you are working in a hazardous environment Failure to observe all safety precautions could result in serious injury or death a For the explosion proof Controller the front panel 1s secured by 16 screws Remove those screws first b Then carefully lower the front panel on its bottom hinges The front panel is heavy so make sure 1t does not drop and cause damage c For the rack mount Controller the rear of the enclosure 1s open it allows access for most field wiring procedures without removing the enclosure 2 Locate the GC Controller s Terminal Board for Field Wiring TB The TB is attached to the GC Controller s
75. Multi Level Calibration The properties of each gas component can be viewed using the Component Data menu Included with the component properties 1n the Component Data Table are four coefficients labeled Multi Level Calib a b c and d for each component If these parameters are all zero then linear calibration is used See Section C 3 1 for the response factor calculations If any of these parameters have a value other than zero then multi level or polynomial calibration 1s used for that component The response factors are then calculated as Equation C 21 Multi Level Calibration ap bP opu R esp ons e F actor P CalibrationConcentration mol where E peak size Area or Height as selected by the Operator from averagecalibrationruns Coefficients Calculated Offline A B C and D Entered after Multi Level Calibration using several calibration gases typically seven gases 1 Note If the coefficient values are correct values the response factor will be close to one The mole value in the sample gas 1s then calculated as Equation C 22 Mole Value up a bP dE Mole responsefactor where P peak size measured in Sample Gas Post Analysis Computations AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 c 4 4 DATA COMPUTATIONS C 17 Indirect Calibration Component gases which are NOT found in the calibration gas but may be found in the sample gas can be assigned a response factor which is a fixed multiple the
76. Name data field and click the Modem Properties button or press the F2 button Customizing MON2000 AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 21 3 The Modem Properties dialog appears and the General Data Connection Modem Preferences are activated Conexant D850 56K Y 9x DF c Modem Connectio n P 7 x General Advanced Call preferences Operator assisted manual dial Disconnecta call ifidle for mare than ming Cancel the call d nat connected within et secs Data Connection Preferences Port speed Dam Data Protocol Disabled zl Compression Disabled zl Flow control None The General Data default settings are Table 2 1 General Data Connection Preferences Flow Control Customizing MON2000 2 22 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 4 Click the Advanced tab to configure the Hardware settings Conexant D850 56K 9x DF c Modem Connection Paid ES General Advanced Terminal window Bring up terminal window before dialing Bring up terminal window after dialing Hardware Settings Data bits B E Parity Mone Stop bits E D Modulation xi The Advanced Data default settings are Table 2 2 Advanced Data Connection Preferences 5 Click the button to apply your changes or click the Cancel button to discard the changes and return to the GC Directory dialog Customizing MON2000 AUG 2005 M
77. Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used T2061 412062 pos 7264 T269 4200 32 07 1268 1209 T2 dao a DADA KA BS 1214 LATO Taro JA Ja N 7280 eech dE BE 1284 T2600 1286 EZO T298 1289 FRA O DATE FAZ T2 avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum a 28 29 50 31 S So 34 29 36 10 1
78. Notes on User Modbus eens F 1 Notes on SIM 2251 Modbus F 2 User Modbus Register List F 3 SIM 2251 Modbus Register List F 6 Appendix E Upgrade 2350A GC S W and 2350 EPROMS AUG 2005 INTRODUCTION 1 1 MON2000 INTRODUCTION Welcome to the MON2000 User Manual P N 8 9000 522 a user guide that accompanies the MON2000 software produced by Daniel Measurement and Control Inc a Division of Emerson Process Management Use this manual for installing the MON2000 and Modbus Test WinMB software programs getting started checking various gas chromatograph GC application settings and configuring and monitoring your GC system 1 1 DESCRIPTION OF MANUAL See the following section summaries or the Table of Contents for more information Section 1 Introduction This section includes summary listing of the manual sections description of the MON2000 User Guide online help file description of the MON2000 software program AUG 2005 Description of Manual 1 2 INTRODUCTION MON2000 Section 2 Installation and Startup This section includes Short description of the MON2000 software minimum system requirements for installing MON2000 on a 32 bit Microsoft Windowsg platform installation and Startup instructions establishing communications and Logon procedures instructions for customizing MON2000 and setting up security inst
79. P8 SSFI 61 66T 69 09ST TP 19T TI ZOSI FE POST P6800 6560 T0 0 08 ouv Stad 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PZ 00T U19UI T 8 eyued 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 FZ 00T Moung p z eyued 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 00T q 90I 6 2 ung 12298 JE LLSE LS 1488 TI 848 8 98TF 26 98TP 9 881P 9 86IF 69920 6E12 0 go LLT 9S Moun g z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 eS PII L 2nqos ouvi 186608 9 6608 80 00T8 2 00T8 69 6188 89 0cee 6T 6688 PT 9688 96560 60980 q9z0 PET OL uedo o amp 7 98 8898 T 689 ZP 6898 6 0698 96 ZS6E LY TOGE 609968 9 0968 9180 79870 60280 T9T78 9Exeto 2 2 6 FOIT IZ VOLI ce FOIT 90 FOIT GP FOIT TP 0TT 68 POTT 90 TOIT I48T 0 6P6T O GTIZ O SPL OL 6S CS gro 6T 8y9 S 8y9 LO gro ES srs GI SPS GT BPS 108PS 86010 PITO G5510 9009 SOD Do 9 2 0 De ST Do 0 Do GB Do 0 2 ST 2 0 Do 03 Do ST Do 0 sse oureN weon jueuodiuo Figure B 1 ISO Component Data Table Continued Component Data Table AUG 2005 COMPONENT DATA TABLE B 8 MON2000 I PZSZ GPSS PZIZ G PZEZ Z O04Z 110 5 6015 SPOLE 9L0 SOLTO TLST O 80T 99 euegng t ZI BPIZ 978797 crer 8988795 68985 BE 6GIBZ 990 86 ZB PU86 SOLI O 68 T 0 P0 0 66T S ouving t ISTHE OL TRS GL TIE 99 1y 8 986 66 985 G1 986 9 98Z IS00 0 8 000 000 69106 uoSo1pAH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0000 9000 0 9200 pap 0 0 0 0 0 0 6P T 0 Ser 89899 0 88821 G56 9y98 TOU 66 LTS LOLTS G LTS L8 LTS I0 z99 6T 99 8 ZIS t6 99 TO T0 T Sau PE S6H
80. Relative Response Factor to a Reference Component that IS found in the calibration gas The Relative Response Factors and Reference Component Values are included in the Component Data Table following the Multi Level Calibration coefficients See Appendix B If the Reference Component is None then normal direct calibration 1s used If the Reference Component is defined e g Propane then the mole value for the indirect component e g neoC5 1s calculated as Equation C 23 Mole Value Indirect Component mole neoC5 P neoC5 YA RRF C5 mole Propane NIE neoC5 where P peak size RRF Relative Response Factor Post Analysis Computations C 18 DATA COMPUTATIONS MON2000 This page is intentionally left blank Post Analysis Computations AUG 2005 MON2000 The 4 20 mA outputs are calibrated similarly except the current is measured instead of the voltage AUG 2005 ANALOG OUTPUT CAL FOR 2350A D 1 APPENDIX D ANALOG OUTPUT CAL FOR 2350A D 1 The initial analog output adjustment will be set at the factory before shipment at standard values 4 20 mA or 1 5 V It may be necessary to check and or adjust these values depending on output cabling or impedance The adjustment may require two persons if the units are some distance apart It will require a good digital meter to check the zero and full scale values at the receiving end The scale or span value can be adjusted by a PC with MON2000 soft
81. S LIABILITY TO BUYER AND OR ITS CUSTOMERS EXTEND TO INCLUDE INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES THE TERM CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO LOSS OF ANTICIPATED PROFITS LOSS OF USE LOSS OF REVENUE AND COST OF CAPITAL MON2000 INTRODUCTION INSTALLATION AND AUG 2005 SETUP TABLE OF CONTENTS i TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 1 1 2 1 3 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 6 1 2 6 2 2 6 3 Description of Manual 1 1 Section 1 Introduction 1 1 Section 2 Installation and Startup 1 2 Section 3 Getting Gtarted eee 1 2 Section 4 Control Functong 1 2 Section b Application Functions 1 3 Section 6 Chromatogram Viewer 1 3 Section 7 HReporte enn 1 3 SECTION S LOS exco mec Ce anco den eec oe 1 3 Section 9 Data Collection 1 4 Section 10 Modbus Test eere 1 4 Appendix A PC Config Report 1 5 Appendix B Component Data Table 1 5 Appendix C Data Computations 1 5 Appendix D Analog Output NC E AE 1 5 Appendix E Upgrade 2350A GC S W and 2350 EPROMS 1 5 Appendix F Modbus Reg List for 2350A GC 1 5 Description of Online Help 1 6 Description of MON2000 1 6 System Req
82. STARTED 3 11 MON2000 3 5 PROCEDURES GUIDE Use the following table to look up the related manual section and menu and keystroke for a given procedure Table 3 3 Menu and Manual Section per MON2000 Procedure Task or Data Item Section s Menu Keystroke 24 Hour Average component s 5 5 2 Application gt Calculations gt Averages measured alarms related components 5 2 Application gt Component Data F6 5 6 Application gt Limit Alarms 5 7 Application gt Discrete Alarms 5 12 Application gt Discrete Outputs alarms stream number s programmed 5 6 Application gt Limit Alarms Analysis Report on off T Reports gt GC Printer Control 1 4 Reports MON2000 Printer Control analysis time 5 3 Application gt Timed Events F5 auto calibration on off 5 8 Application gt Streams Auto Calibration Interval 5 8 Application gt Streams Auto Calibration Start Time 5 8 Application gt Streams autocal time 5 8 Application gt Streams Baseline 5 8 Application gt Streams Baseline Values F2 base pressure used for calculations 5 8 Application gt Streams BTU dry on off 5 5 1 Application gt Calculations gt Control calibration concentration 5 2 Application gt Component Data F6 calibration cycle time 5 3 Application gt Timed Events F5 calibration runs number averaged 5 8 Application gt Streams calibration runs number of 5 8 Application gt Streams calibration stream number 5 8 Application gt Streams communi
83. Section 5 2 1 through Section 5 2 4 For descriptions of the standard data presented in a CDT see Table 5 2 1 0 ME 4 999 Height Fixed 5 Click the button to accept your changes and return to the main window Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window AUG 2005 Component Data 5 8 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS Item Number Component USR STD Detector ID Retention Time Response Factor Component Data MON2000 Table 5 2 Description of Standard Parameters in a CDT Function Edit component number An index number that acts as an identification label when used in other menus dialogs e g Limit Alarms Analog Outputs Up to 20 components can be defined per data table names assigned to the various components V displayed Components can be selected from the standard list by pressing the F2 key see Section 5 2 1 or entered by the user Up to 15 characters can be used for the component name whether the component data 1s standard or user defined If the component was added by the Select Standard Component function see Section 5 2 1 and no changes were made to the component data STD displays If the component was added manually by the user or modified USR displays component detector number time in seconds that apex of the component peak will appear Range O to 6000 seconds Ensure that the component retention times do not exceed the analy
84. Trend Data window appears Trend Data EN II Value Date Time E E i Trend Data GC Variable Heating value Gross BTU Dry Stream Stream 3 12 21 KX AUG 2005 Trend Data 7 32 REPORTS The corresponding data 1s dynamically displayed in the provided legend Use the Graph and Trend Options functions to manipulate the display To zoom 1n ona particular point click and drag your mouse over that area repeat as necessary Use the Restore State or Zoom Out options from the right click menu see Section 7 6 10 to return to the original display 7 6 3 View Trend from File on Disk To view a trend from a file previously saved to disk use the Reports gt Trend Data menu then click the PEFile button to access this function 1 Click the Open button 2 Use the provided directory tree to locate the desired TRD file and click the UK button to open Open Look in e compressibility factor stream 1 trd aa mole percent stream 1 air trd File name Java molecular weight stream 1 trd Files af type Trend Files TAD Cancel Trend Data MON2000 TROS Pt E Date Time E 1 25 1011 34 12 27 00 03 30 59 Reports Logs Chromatogram Report Display GC Report Request GC Printer Control MON2000 Printer Control Archive Data k Trend Data AUG 2005 REPORTS 7 33 MON2000 3 MON2000 displays the trend file n n 923 1846 2758 3
85. USER DEFINED APPLICATIONS Follow the installation instructions provided in Section 2 2 to upgrade the MON2000 software and or a standard application file Do not delete any existing MON2000 program or GC application files from the PC hard drive The upgrade process uses information from these files and automatically overwrites any outdated program file Use the Update BIN utility that is installed with the MON2000 software to upgrade a GC application that contains user defined data such as components The Update BIN program allows you to upgrade an application that is either on disk or live at the GC Controller See the following sections for details UPGRADE FROM DISK To upgrade a user defined application file BIN located on your PC hard drive or on a floppy disk It is recommended that you save a copy of your application file before performing the upgrade Upgrade User Defined Applications lt E 4 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS MON2000 1 Launch the Update BIN software by either clicking the S Start button and using the Programs gt MON2000 gt Update BIN menu D double clicking the Update BIN icon on Update BIN your PC desktop rund Bin exe 2 The Update BIN software program launches inside a DOS window Ma upd_bin exe Communication Update Config UPDATE BIN USING HEU STANDARD APPLICATION ESC Exit 3 Press the TAB key to access the Communication menu Up
86. accepts a Zero operation Scale calibration value that current readout values of the analog is higher than the Full Scale inputs values reflect scale assignments value Gain Ratio Index GRI and Preamp Zero i d ie faut ned PAZ readouts from the GC preampli can be usetul in applications fier s 4 stages use as a troubleshooting man ke ao A A lid ad display or record of analog Normal preamp stage gain operating signal levels ranges for Models 500 700 and 1000 GC units are shown 1n Table 5 8 below calibrated analog inputs for known zero scale electrical current levels calibrated analog inputs for known full scale electrical current levels AUG 2005 MON2000 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 41 Table 5 8 Gain Operating Ranges for Models 500 700 and 1000 GCs PAZ Go 12 bit AD 1 0 0 to 0 0 600 to 800 2 0 8 to 1 1 600 to 800 S 0 8 to 1 1 600 to 800 4 0 8 to 1 1 1150 to 1500 9 4 AUG 2005 Value PAZ Value 12 bit AD 16 bit AD 16 bit AD 0 to 4095 4800 to 6400 32767 to 32767 0 to 4095 4800 to 6400 32767 to 32767 0 to 4095 4800 to 6400 32767 to 32767 0 to 4095 9200 to 12000 32767 to 32767 To perform an automated input calibration a Select the desired channel by clicking anywhere 1n that row b Set the analog input signal to either its minimum level or the anticipated Zero Value This step may require adjusting a rheostat or another controlling device at the source of the an
87. are included as follows Far 23506 and Model 700 with BOS v1 90 and later e Run number Cycle start time Raw data for each component Old response factor for each component New response factor for each component Deviation for response factor for each component Old retention time for each component New retention time for each component e Deviation for retention time for each component Data Collection Configuration AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 19 MON2000 Additionally the Final Calibration Reports results will be included as follows Cycle start time of last run in sequence Old response factor for each component New response factor for each component Deviation for response factor for each component Response factor updated flag for each component Old retention time for each component New retention time for each component Deviation for retention time for each component Retention time updated flag for each component Dry gross BTU 7 Click the DK button to apply the configuration changes 8 MON2000 PLUS displays the Save Changes dialog No Save changes e 9 Click the Yes button to write the changes and return to the Configuration for Data Collection window Or Click the changes MON2000 PLUS returns you to the Configuration for Data Collection window button to discard your AUG 2005 Data Collection Co
88. button or press the F4 key to generate your customized PC Config Report If you are online with the GC Controller a PC Config Report that includes all options can require up to 20 minutes to generate and save Printing a full report can take longer If you press the ESC key MON2000 will stop after the current option is completed A progress bar appears indicating the completion status CONNECT VIA GC EXTERNAL MODEM MON2000 If you want to use the standard Windowsa Print dialog to select a printer deselect the Use default printer option AUG 2005 MON2000 File Application Reports Logs Chron Connect Disconnect Upgrade Flash PC Config Report Offline Edit k ac Directory Users Change Administrator Password Modbus Test Program Settings Print Setup Register MONZOOD Update MORZDOD Recent File Exil AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 61 DOWNLOADING AN APPLICATION This function allows the MON2000 operator to download applications to GC Controllers GC applications with the APP extension can only be down loaded to 2350A GC Controllers and Model 700 units The Download feature 1s NOT available if the keylock switch 1s closed At the end of the download process MON2000 displays the Set GC Time dialog which allows you to accept or change the GC Controller s date and time Only download an application when performing an initial startup downlo
89. density lqd dens m3 STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO 190 To LSL 74 192 ot 34 59 58 DU TI 35 a2 36 36 36 15 AS SI a 1 6 STRING STRING VARIABLE STRING TABLE TVAR TVAR STRING TABLE IVAR IVAR Stream data anlin alnour calcs calcval reid_vapor label label x indicates index is incremented Field List used in Raw Data STREAM NO d l JA 1x Indices 2 d 1 16 38 38 00 60 60 STRING STRING DATE DATE STRING VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE SIRING TIME VAR STRING stream data stream data stream data strms stream data stream data anly_time cycl_time stream num name run mode Cycl strt EM STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE TABLE TVAR TVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR anlyzr name Seutxt rpt headerl rpt_header2 raw_data raw_data raw_data raw_data raw_data raw data2 raw data3 raw data3 raw data3 peak num rt area height detector method startint endint half_height indicates index 1s incremented Field List used
90. file from disk click the Open PAR F4 button or press the F4 key Open Parameter File RAEI d kok ER Look in Ej Save Filename 23501501 par Files of type Parameter par Cancel Use the Open Parameter File dialog to choose the desired file 5 Click the button to write your changes to the GC unit Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window ALARM LOG Use this function to read and or clear the ES Chiomatogram Control various entries in the Alarm Log The Alarm GE Log is a circular buffer that contains 50 entries EFE Llear A amp ck All Active Alarms Event Log To clear or acknowledge all active alarms see Section 8 4 Alarm Log AUG 2005 LOGS 8 7 MON2000 To view the Alarm Log 1 Use the Logs gt Alarm Log menu to access this function MON2000 retrieves the last 50 alarms from the GC unit 2 The Alarm Log dialog appears State Date Time Alarm Message 1 v d Excess Response Factor Deviation Display Option C Alarm log C Unacknowledged alarms only Active alarms Ack pd Ack SISCH CleanfAck AN F4 L ancel F Table 8 2 Alarm Log Attributes Attribute Description lt acknowledgement gt indicates whether the alarm has been acknowledge U unacknowledged status unknown State indicates whether the alarm is currently active SET currently active CLEAR inactive Dat
91. flow control E Beauited to connect Hardware RTS CTS Et ss Hel E Compressidata Software MON DFF F Wee celula protocol Rodulstian pre Record a log file coca Customizing MON2000 2 26 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 By default MON2000 provides a modem initialization string that serves the purpose for most Hayes compatible modems Therefore in most cases you need not enter a different string However for some modems you may want to consult the following pages which document initialization strings and modem setups that have been field tested The default initialization string that MON2000 provides is sent to the PC modem first Then the custom initialization string you provide is sent In this manner MON2000 sets the modem parameters that it requires while you can customize the modem s operation to respond to special conditions Once the optimum modem initialization string has been determined it should need no further revision unless a different brand or model of modem is installed Black Box Modem 325 During development of the GC Controller a Black Box Modem 325 was used to test modem communications with the GC unit For that test and that modem the modem initialization was set as follows NNONCONQO where O zero Customizing MON2000 AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP q 2 27 MON2000 SA AUG 2005 Interpretation of the AT commands for that particular modem was as fo
92. front panel is heavy so make sure it does not drop and cause damage c For the rack mount Controller the rear of the enclosure is open it allows access for most field wiring procedures without removing the enclosure 2 Locate the GC Controller s Terminal Board for Field Wiring TB The TB is attached to the GC Controller s Card Cage Assembly facing the enclosure s front panel In the rack mount Controller the TB faces outward toward the rear of the enclosure 3 Loosen the six screws that secure the TB Then unplug the TB from its connections at the back top of the board 4 Lower the TB down and out of the way held in place by its ground straps at the bottom of the board This exposes the Card Cage Assembly 2350A Options 2 44 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 5 Loosen the four screws that secure the Card Cage Assembly to the chassis Then remove the Card Cage Assembly away from its chassis mount so that it is easy to work on 6 Locate the System Interface and Driver board It is mounted to the top of the Card Cage Assembly a Disconnect the Analog cable from J6 on the System Interface Board then disconnect all CPU cables from the System Interface Board b Remove the CPU assembly and install the COM4A Board with associated mounting hardware to J19 and J20 PC 104 Bus connector on the CPU assembly If an option board is already plugged into the PC 104 bus on the CPU the modem and mounting ha
93. in Calibration DET NO STREAM_NO STREAM NO STREAM_NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO Indices 1x 1 A A JS 1 l 1 d 30 Ze SCH ZL 21 Bak 241 24 Ze 21 STRING STRING VARIABLE cal run num STRING VARIABLE STRING DATE DATE STRING VARIABLE stream_data STRING VARIABLE stream_data strms nrun anly_time cycl_time STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE STRING TIME VAR STRING VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE TABLE TVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR IVAR ALARMS Stream data strms Stream data Stream data anlyzr name SEGEXT rpt headerl rpt header cat cdt cal_avgs cal_avgs cal_avgs cal_avgs cal_avgs stream num name run_mode een compnam Cal cone raw TE rfdev It rtdev STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO DET NO CDT TBL NO CDT TBL NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO ds 1 Ni l jw A 1x x indicates index is incremented Field List used in Final Calib STRING STRING DATE DATE STRING VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE STRING TIME VAR STRING VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE TABLE IVAR IVAR IVA
94. in a stand alone configuration or via a network When configured for Ethernet networking MON2000 can interface with a number of GC Units limited only by the number of available TCP IP addresses AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 INTRODUCTION 1 7 diagnostics event sequences e halt operations stream assignments and sequences valve activations timing adjustments Reports that can be generated by MON2000 per the GC application 24 Hour Averages Analysis Calibration Final Calibration Hourly Averages Monthly Averages PC Configuration e Raw Data Variable Averages e Weekly Averages Logs that are maintained by MON2000 Alarm Log Event Log Parameter List Maintenance Log Description of MON2000 1 8 INTRODUCTION MON2000 This page is intentionally left blank Description of MON2000 AUG 2005 MON2000 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 1 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 1 This section lists the system requirements to run MON2000 and provides installation procedures as well as initial logon instructions communications setup and software configuration SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS To achieve maximum performance when running the MON2000 software ensure your PC system contains the following hardware PC with a 486 90M Hz or higher processor Pentium 100M Hz or higher recommended running either Windowsg 95 service pack 1 or better or later equipment and Microsoftg Windowsg o
95. indicating the completion status See Table 2 10 for a listing of the automatically enabled function keys Downloading an Application AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP q 2 63 MON2000 Table 2 10 Main Menu Function Keys Enabled by Download Key Function Description F1 Help Access context sensitive online help F2 Start Auto Sequence Initialize the Auto Sequencing function This function is also available via the Control gt Auto Sequence menu F3 Halt Stop a function at the end of the current cycle This function 1s also available via the Control gt Halt menu F5 Edit TEVs Display the Timed Event Tables This function 1s also available via the Application gt Timed Events menu F6 Edit CDTs Display the Component Data Tables This function 1s also available via the Application gt Component Data menu F7 View Current CGM Display chromatogram of the stream currently being analyzed This function is also available via the Chromatogram menu F8 View Last CGM Display chromatogram stored in the GC unit This function is also available via the Chromatogram menu AUG 2005 Downloading an Application 2 64 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 2 16 UPGRADING FLASH Use this function to download a BOS file to a connected GC Controller Only download a BOS file when upgrading the GC firmware or after the GC unit has been out of service You must first connect to the GC to use the Upgrade Flash function 1 Use the File gt
96. key to display all number of viewable of the selected records Archived Records to 100 Archive Data AUG 2005 REPORTS 7 23 MON2000 5 The Calculation Results from Ext Modbus window appears Calculation Results from Ext Modbus S n is es X Dave Clipboard Print Close ER Use the X button or press the ESC key to exit this function and return to the main window As applicable use the scroll bars to see other areas of the record AUG 2005 Archive Data 7 24 REPORTS MON2000 6 To print copy to the clipboard or save the report to disk right click the Archive Data sheet and select the desired option from the popup menu Or use the Print l Clipboard or Save buttons for these functions Use the Save File dialog to choose the directory location and file name You can save the report in any of these formats txt ASCII Tab delimited CNS Comma deliminted Xls Excel htm HTML xml EXtensible Markup Language 7 Click the Cancel button to return to the main window 7 5 2 Archive Export Data at a later time GC Report Request GC Printer Control MONZODO Printer Control From the Reports gt Archive Data gt Export Data STEE SECH Trend Data Export Data menu n2 LL Reset Use this function to export data files for review ws loss regen control Mew Hep Report Display men Archive Data AUG 2005 REPORTS 7 25 MON2000 1 Click Export Da
97. minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum 24 25 2 6 21 28 2 9 30 Sch d so 34 So 36 10 LT L2 1 3 14 15 16 17 18 ders 20 Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used XOT 1328 SAD 7330 Fes E SE E 43 934 q 3 3 6 Pood T338 EE 7340 Toad T342 1345 7344 71345 7346 7347 7348 Jo AOU Too TO T3095 JA II 13536 Toog 13 96 qud avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel
98. minutes 1 24 hour average reset year l 24 hour average reset month 24 hour average reset da 24 hour average reset hour 9045 24 hour average reset minutes 9046 weekly average reset year integer integer integer 9047 1 1 1 1 1 weekly average reset month 1 9048 weekly average reset da 9049 1 weekly average reset hour User Modbus Register List AUG 2005 MODBUS REG LIST FOR 2350A GC q F 15 MON2000 G3 continued SIM 2251 MODBUS COMMUNICATION INDICES Description RW read write 1 or read only 0 LEN length REGS number of Modbus registers required oso o m c 2 1 Jet average esot mines ooo sm o mee 2 1 monety average reser yer ooo sm o imeger 2 1 monty average eset monh 003 o mee 2 1 monty average reset day ooo ss o m c 2 1 moniy average reset hour o ooo oss o meme 2 1 monty average reser minutes oo sos o imeger 2 1 Jansen e Weg SR ECH ES ta oss o mee 2 1 n sso o megr 2 1 variate average reset hour ooo 9060 o ses 2 1 variavie average reset mines _ AUG 2005 User Modbus Register List F 16 MODBUS REG LIST FOR 2350A GC MON2000 This page is intentionally left blank User Modbus Register List AUG 2005 WARRANTY CLAIM PROCEDURES To make a warranty claim you the Purchaser must 1 Provide Daniel with proof of the Date of Purchase an
99. number and the GC application A discrete output of O Not used indicates that no output has been assigned To configure discrete outputs see Section 5 12 STREAMS This function allows you to assign CD s and TEVs to a particular stream designate a stream for analysis or calibration or none control automatic calibration parameters such as the total number of runs runs to be averaged starting times and time between automatic calibrations and baseline runs define baseline pressure and temperature conditions that are applicable to calculated GC analysis data such as compressibility Streams 5 34 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 To use the Streams function 1 Use the Application gt Streams menu to access this function 2 The Streams dialog appears Start Time 1 d 07 00 AM 24 E Ej d 3 d 07 00 AM 24 E wi ol IL mjm ol jam B RR BH m m EE Do Baseline valves f Cancel gt gt gt 3 To edit the settings displayed click the appropriate cell use the provided pull down menus or to choose the check boxes to enable or disable the automatic calibration and baseline calibration See the following tables for details Streams AUG 2005 MON2000 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS q 5 35 The standard settings include Table 5 4 Description of Standard Stream Settings Std Setting lt Number gt Name Det CD CD2 TE TE2 AUG 2005 Descript
100. or onsite via use of a portable PC and serial cable Ideally configure the GC unit and install the external modem prior to placement at the remote location Note You cannot set the Serial Ports parameters from the GC unit front panel 2 14 1 HARDWARE SETUP 1 Halt any ongoing analysis runs Use the Control gt Halt menu to access this function 2 Disconnect AC power from the GC Controller SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH POSSIBLE Before removing the unit cover from the GC Controller make certain the power supply switch is OFF and the AC power cord is disconnected Observe all safety precautions when you are working in a hazardous environment Failure to observe all safety precautions could result in serious injury or death 3 For the explosion proof Controller remove the cover from the GC Controller housing to expose the GC Controller Terminal Board for field wiring For the rack mount Controller the rear of the enclosure 1s open 1t allows access for most field wiring procedures without removing the enclosure CONNECT VIA GC EXTERNAL MODEM 2 56 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 4 Connect a custom made serial line cable for RS 232 serial transmission from the serial port of the external modem to an available serial port on the GC Controller Terminal Board for field wiring Special hardware modifications may be needed when operating an external GC modem from the GC serial ports 3 or 4 COM3 or COM
101. peak 1n a group under consideration C 2 PEAK DETECTION For normal area or peak height concentration evaluation the determination of a peak s start peak point and end is automatic The manual determination of start and end points is used only for area calculations 1n the Forced Integration mode Automatic determination of peak onset or start 1s initiated whenever Integrate Inhibit is turned off Analysis is started in a region of signal quiescence and stability such that the signal level and activity can be considered as baseline values It is important that this be the case because the assumption 1s made by the 2350A software Peak Detection AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 DATA COMPUTATIONS C 3 Having initiated a peak search by turning Inhibit off the 2350A Controller performs a point by point examination of the signal slope This 1s achieved by using a digital slope detection filter which 1s a combination low pass filter and differentiator The output of this detector is constantly compared to a system constant entered by the operator called Slope Sensitivity A default value of eight 1s assumed if no entry is made Lower values make peak onset detection more sensitive and higher values make detection less sensitive Higher values 20 to 100 would be appropriate for noisy signals e g high amplifier gain Peak termination is determined by the same application of this detector to the signal but in the reverse sense Onse
102. per GC type Usage ml Anke 2 Anlver2 Anzili Unused Unused Stream Stream Dream Dream Dream w Cancel alphanumeric Field For Help press F1 H Mame Switch E Valves dialog for Model 700 GC Valves dialog for 2350A GCs To edit the settings displayed double click the appropriate cell or click and use the provided pull down menus AUG 2005 Valves 5 54 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 See the following table for details Setting Channel Label Switch Usage Model 700 and Model 500 GCs with 2350A Controllers Current Value 3 Click the Table 5 12 Description of Valve Settings Description channel number assigned name used to identify the valve 12 characters maximum By default the 2350A GC stream valves are shown first and are labeled S1 S12 followed by the analytical valves AV1 AV5 Model 700 GCs analytical valves are shown first and are labeled AV1 AV5 followed by the stream valves S1 S8 sets operational mode for this valve Auto valve operation is determined by the GC application Off valve is set to OFF On valve is set to ON sets which digital output from the Timed Events function see Section 5 3 is assigned to this valve Each Usage option is created per the following example 1 AV1 where the digit 1 is taken from the valve number set by the Valve DO option see Timed Events see Section 5 3 and the name AVT is taken from Labe
103. t Do SB Do 08 2 8T 2 0 3 8 3 08 3 ST 0 0 0 0 081 3 0 aen owen jouyry JOUA powy OU N TOWA PWA PWA PWE 40128 Jojo 4101281 wN euoduro2 JUI AO JUI AO JUI AO JuIA9 dngA2 dngag MSAD dng A2 ung ung ung Figure B 1 ISO Component Data Table Continued Component Data Table AUG 2005 B 10 COMPONENT DATA TABLE MON2000 This page is intentionally left blank Component Data Table AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 DATA COMPUTATIONS q C 1 APPENDIX C DATA COMPUTATIONS C 1 DATA ACOUISITION The 2350A GC Controller performs a 12 bit analog to digital A D conversion every 25 milliseconds on channel 0 during an analysis period This 1s the period when the left side of the display is counting the elapsed time of the analysis The fixed number on the right side of the display is the total cycle time Exactly 40 equi spaced data samples are taken every second for analysis by the controller A sampling frequency of 40 Hertz Hz was chosen to reduce 60 Hz normal mode noise After each point on the chromatograph signal is sampled the resulting number is stored 1n a buffer area in the controller memory for processing During the analysis only the last 256 data points are available for processing Because the data analysis is done as the signal is sampled in real time only a limited number of past data samples is required to analyze any signal As a part of the data acquisition process groups of in
104. the a button to abort and return to the main window 3 After the current run finishes the function stops and Idle appears in the status bar Halt 4 4 CONTROL FUNCTIONS 4 4 CALIBRATION Use this function to calibrate the GC unit Calibration runs are determined by the CDT and Streams settings See Section 5 2 and Section 5 8 for detailed instructions on how to edit these settings 1 Use the Control gt Calibration menu to access this function If the GC unit is in Auto Sequence mode calibration will not start until 2 or more analysis runs have been completed This delay is required to complete the current analysis and the analysis of the stream currently purging through the valve 2 The Start Calibration dialog appears Start Calibration EN Stream 3 Stream 3 M Purge stream for 60 seconds Calibration type Normal Forced SR MON2000 displays the stream to be used for the calibration To select which stream is used for calibration see Section 5 8 option Note that the default setting 1s ON Calibration Control View Help Auto Sequence F2 Single Stream Halt F3 Calibration Baseline Aun Valve Timing GC Time k Stop Kow MON2000 3 Click the Purge check box to set the purging See Section 7 1 to select report parameters AUG 2005 CONTROL FUNCTIONS 4 5 MON2000 Purging allows sample gas to flow through the sampl
105. the Chromatogram Results 6 16 Entering a Description 6 18 Forcing a CalbratiON ssec ri ee ew rici e eee 6 19 Toggling TEVs and CGM Components 6 19 Viewing Baseline Data 6 20 Viewing RAW Data 6 21 Display Options 6 21 Report Display e bou setae ciae ks dee 7 1 View Report from Live Data 7 1 View Report from Flile 1 4 PROT tee SE 7 6 Save Report to Disk 7 6 Report Contents s o 7 8 Analysis HBDDOIT cci vivere DLP Age 7 9 Raw Data Report 7 11 Calibration Report EE 7 12 Final Calibration Report 7 13 Average Repor fS c 7 14 Sample 24 Hour Average Report 7 14 AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 LOGS 7 2 7 3 7 4 7 9 7 5 1 ro mes PANSE 1 6 7 6 1 7 6 2 7 6 3 7 6 4 7 0 5 7 6 6 7 6 7 7 6 8 7 6 9 7 6 10 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS vii GC Report Request 7 15 GC Printer Control 7 16 MON2000 Printer Control 7 18 Archive Data 7 20 View Data Model 500 Model 70OO 7 21 Ar
106. the File gt Register MON2000 menu Performing Your First Logon 2 10 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 1 Use the Pile gt Register MON2000 menu Follow the prompts 1n the Register MON2000 dialog to input your name MON2000 serial number located inside the CD jewel case and other relevant information Register MON2000 E x Please enter your registration information Name Company Serial number Back Cancel 2 Click the button to continue 3 Choose the desired registration method by clicking the corresponding radio button NOTIC E Register MON2000 o x You must have an active internet connection to register via the website Registration method Print registration form Register later remind me Register later don t remind me Back Cancel 4 Click the button Performing Your First Logon AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 11 MON2000 2 6 3 Update MON2000 Provided there 1s an active internet connection to the computer on which MON2000 1s installed clicking the File Update MON2000 submenu sends the user to the Emerson Chromatograph Controllers website www emersonprocess com daniel products GC Controllers Productdetail htm Updating the software requires a previously installed registered copy of MON2000 Use the File gt Update MON2000 menu to download the latest versions of MON2000 and the BOS software programs To do
107. the MON2000 software covering such functions as logging on navigation and configuring your PC printer for MON2000 3 1 LOGGING ON To log on Al 1 Start the MON2000 software program by clicking the desktop 1con or using the MOM2000 Windowsg Start menu see Section 2 5 NI MON 2000 Version 2 45 023 Copyright C 2002 i Emerson Process Management EMERSON Fra Esta nt All Rights Reserved ugs Manageme User Name User DIN Cancel 2 Click the User Name data field and type your assigned user name up to 12 characters Note that the user name 1s not case sensitive and can Include characters 66422 c 22 66 22 such as etc AUG 2005 Logging On 3 2 GETTING STARTED MON2000 3 If required click the User PIN data field and type your assigned PIN If you enter an incorrect user name or user PIN a error message appears Click the E to the Logon dialog 4 When you have successfully logged on the MON2000 main window appears mono i eis File Application Reports Logs Chromatogram Control View Help m ds EB Blot Vu im GC E Mode Stream Next Ank Cycle Run fi Date Nmf For Help press F1 Logging On AUG 2005 GETTING STARTED 3 3 MON2000 3 2 LOGGING OFF NOTICE To log off Ensure that you exit the MON2000 program and 1 Disconnect from the GC unit see shut down Windows before Section 2 8 2
108. the top board 1n the assembly see Figure 2 1 TTT Lee nmi 2000000 7 TE oct o al T zh Ae EL el eg i pa E Lhe ra TN III 7 et i ka v AMI d d TESTE E A d H e E je duu eeng P SG Geo Ss Kee A A kI H k TA x ni X Cm a ma MA ALA I pee s 2 pa u L LI F a L L 1 KA Ti EES ER d KL ON i A Ex tal TM ema A e d d d A Er s T d Li ta EP a Weu H phe E sa 0 EL ar r m 1 8806000009 Figure 2 1 2350A Controller Card Cage Assembly If you are using the CSA approved Radicom modem ensure that it is the top card in the card cage assembly The connection configuration of the Radicom modem requires installation at the top of the assembly AUG 2005 2350 to 2350A Retrofit Instructions 2 32 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 2 11 CONVERSION PROCESS Use the following process to retrofit a 2350 GC Controller to a 2350A GC Controller 1 At the GC Controller site remove the Controller enclosure s front panel SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH POSSIBLE Before removing the unit cover from the GC Controller make certain the power supply switch is OFF and the AC power cord is disconnected Observe all safety precautions when you are working in a hazardous environment Failure to observe all safety precautions could result in serious injury or death a For the explosion proof Controller the front panel is secured by 16 screws Rem
109. toggles options 5 Use the ARROW keys and space bar to select the desired parameter and toggle between its options 6 Press the ENTER key to accept your changes or press the ESC key to cancel E 5 DISCONNECT POWER AND DISASSEMBLE PERSONELL AND EQUIPMENT Failure to follow the instructions below may cause injury to personnel or damage equipment Before you remove the cover from the GC Controller or access its internal electronics switch OFF the AC power source to the GC Controller either at the breaker box or the controlling power source switch Also disconnect the AC power cord from J21 before continuing working on the unit Disconnect Power and Disassemble AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS E 11 1 Disconnect AC power from the GC Controller When you have access to the GC Controller Terminal Board TB for field wiring accessed from the rear on rack mount versions and behind the front cover of explosion proof models disconnect the AC power cord from J21 before continuing working on the unit For newer model 19 inch rack mount and retrofit GC Controllers proceed as follows a Remove the right side access panel that 1s secured to the chassis with four thumbscrews b Unplug all cables connected to the boards in slots 2 through 6 of the Card Cage Assembly in order to access the SBC53 CPU Board c Proceed to Step 3 below For the explosion proof GC Controll
110. use Switches 7 and 8 are set as needed for the presence of an optional LOI Local Operator Interface connected via COM8 When the COM4A Board is installed If the COM4A Board is not installed the LOI is connected via COMA Table 2 5 Dip Switch Settings Switch Positions COMID 1 2 3 4 5 1 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 2 OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 3 ON ON OFF OFF OFF 4 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 5 ON OFF ON OFF OFF 6 OFF ON ON OFF OFF 7 ON ON ON OFF OFF 8 OFF OFF OFF ON OFF RAM CLEAR Dip Switch Setting Positions Clears RAM when unit is powered down ON Keeps RAM data when unit is powered down OFF AUG 2005 Conversion Process 2 38 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 2 12 BASIC 2350A CONFIGURATION At this point install if any all mounting hardware and optional PC 104 boards onto the 2350A CPU Board 1 Install the 2350A CPU P N 3 2350 090 into slot 3 of the card cage assembly 2 Install cables on the CPU Board in the following sequence a Digital I O cable P N 3 2350 081 from CPU J7 to the System Interface Board J2 b Digital I O cable P N 3 2350 080 from CPU J4 to the System Interface Board J3 c COMI COM2 and the printer cable P N 3 2350 083 from CPU JI to the System Interface Board J4 J9 and J11 d COM3 and COMA can be configured two different ways To configure a system WITHOUT a keyboard and display connect cable P N 3 2350 084 from CPU J6 to the System Interface Board J8 and J10 This provi
111. w oo 3 a ee so emos oma sos some mem wan 6 Component Data Table AUG 2005 B 5 COMPONENT DATA TABLE MON2000 89T 8Z S8 IvS6 86 1v86 TI6I19P LGFLOS GEOLOE LYLLOE ESO TSOE LPGT O 67060 I866 0 TISE ZI WA So Poco SEPIZZ Zotroes I6 IOPC 9L96P G Clos S 689P6 IFTS LPLO PEST O 689T 0 POF GF 69 ouerpeqng GL BOPZ 9 80v6 9 90V6 IGTIPG UL0PS6 EPIPEZ Trg EELPPSG EF9TO 60 210 y8L0 660 FS T euerpeang PUT9PS SL IOYC G8I9FG TIGI9P GL EGSG SP rogo 619696 ELL6se TASTO P GT 0 TZEZ O 660 TG BT LGGSSZ GYCESG 6FCEGC G6L ESC 9698012 TEGOLE 0 0146 60ETLG L2EO 9 10 EG6T O 80L 99 so ong 609986 BB OPBZ L6 0vS86 2 S6TPSG GAZ GA LTLG LSILG GQTIZLG EL9TO GELT O T 8E0 80L 99 T ouaing 6 6996 983996 TOWEGSBZ P9ES96 96 85 868 85 LIGL8G TI06284 EPLT O EST O 6906 0 61 89 soueinq 866916 BP GATE 9 69T6 TS 69TE BPTIOSE SL2066 BB ZOEE EOSOFE E970 GLG O LTOS O PIT SL 9u9zu9t 6 918 64 9TE 98 918 96 9TE 18488 9T686 TG EBE LS PSE SPOT O S60T 0 SGGGT O 9060 LT BTUO UEL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 99600 860 0 91 0 0 8T6 68 uodiy d d 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 969696 HV EO LSZI 86 99ZI P6 9S6T 6 9S6T SO TOET IGTIOET ZE TOST 98 TOST LESO O 4 80 0 67600 860 96 9Uo Ao2V 3 8 Do 08 Do SD 0 Do 98 3 08 Do ST D 00 9 08 D D Do 0 SSEW oureN pupy pouri owp oux OWCA jot PWA PWE Jojoey 403961 4019921 JUL AO JUI AO JUI AO JuIA9 dSA D daASAD dngA dng A2 ums un
112. window without saving data Access context sensitive help topic Toggle between insert and type over mode in selected cell Insert a new row above the highlighted row Move to previous control element e g button or data field in window see TAB description Keyboard Shortcuts 3 10 GETTING STARTED Keystroke SPACE TAB Function Key F2 F3 F5 F6 F7 F8 MON2000 Table 3 1 Frequently Used Keystrokes Continued Action Toggle settings via radio buttons or check boxes Move to next control element e g button in window use File gt Program Settings see Section 2 14 2 to use TAB key to move to next data field Table 3 2 Application Specific Function Keys Action Start Auto Sequence These keystrokes are available from the main menu only Function key definitions will change per the active dialog function Starts the Auto Sequencing function see Section 4 1 Halt Halts the GC program e g an analysis run at the end of the current cycle see Section 4 8 Edit TEVs Displays the Timed Event Table TEV per specified stream see Section 5 8 Edit CDTs Displays the Component Data Table CDT per specified stream see Section 5 2 View Current CGM Displays the chromatogram for the sample stream being analyzed see Section 6 1 View Last GC CGM Displays any chromatogram stored in the GC Controller see Section 6 1 Keyboard Shortcuts AUG 2005 GETTING
113. x Polling Control File ENGENBIN AutoPoliT est new 1 apc Polling Output File s Default Filename File Format Alarms TO Bet Alam Log Averages Get Averages Calibration Get Cal Report Event Log Maintenance Log Reaisters Reports Delete Poll Command Details Run Command Details Save L a Cancel 3 Insert the number of times to repeat the Auto Sequencing process 1n the Repeat Count field 4 Enter a title for the Repeat Command in the Command Description field AUG 2005 Data Collection Configuration 9 38 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 Run Command Use the RUN COMMAND to execute the Auto Sequencing process 1 From the Configuration for Data Collection window click the Add button to select another command 2 Use the Command pull down menu and select Run Configuration for Data Collection Polling Control File c GC BIN AutoPollT est new 1 apc Polling Output File s Default Filename File Format Report DefaultReport vi Fi Data MM DefaulData General Configuration List of Commands Alarms Averages Calibration Event Log Maintenance Log Reaisters Reports aS RR JE Disconnect from GC Controller n EE 1 4 Time Delay E 22 aaa pee 1 Repeat Auto poling Ed O q c AunAutopoling End Process Delete Poll Command Details Run Command Details Save L a Cancel 3 Enter a title for the Run Command in the Command Descr
114. 0 WTpercent D Saa where LV percent liquid volume WT percent weight percent D density sum of all components 1n sample Equation C 17 Reid Vapor Pressure gt CONC VP RVP c 100 where RVP reid vapor pressure CONC normalized concentration of component in mole percent VP vapor pressure at 100 F of component GPA2145 94 Post Analysis Computations MON2000 All components in the sample must be measured in order to calculate liquid volume percent from mole percent AUG 2005 DATA COMPUTATIONS C 15 MON2000 NOTICE Equation C 18 Liquid Relative Density All components in the sample must be measured L Vpercent LRD to calculate LRDT LRD 100 where LRDy Doud relative density of sample relative to water at 60 F LRD liquid relative density of component 1 GPA2145 94 LV percent liquid volume percent from Equation C 17 Equation C 19 Liquid Density NOTICE SD All components on sample LD Cl must be measured to calculate Liquid Density 100 where LD liquid density of total sample in pounds per gallon LD liquid density of component 1 GPA 2145 94 LV liquid volume percent Equation C 20 Gas Density GD RD 76 4976 where GD gas density in 1b 1000 ft RD relative density relative to air 76 4976 density of air at 14 73 PSIA and 60 F in Ib 1000 ft AUG 2005 Post Analysis Computations C 16 DATA COMPUTATIONS MON2000 C 4 3
115. 0 9443 0 3599 0 0616 0 00 0 00 0 0054 METHANE 97 1656 93 4236 96 1229 16 4696 983 61 885 66 0 5382 CARBON DIOXIDE 0 3987 1 0518 0 3967 0 0679 0 00 0 00 0 0061 ETHANE 1 0114 1 8230 1 5789 0 2706 17 94 16 41 0 0105 TOTALS 100 0000 100 0000 100 0000 0 6649 1027 52 926 02 0 5761 indicates user defined components Compressibility Factor 1 Z 14 730 PSIA amp 60 0 DEG F 1 0021 Base Pressures 14 730 LB SEO Gross Dry BTU 1029 67 1086 99 Corrected Z Gross SAT BTU 1011 75 1068 08 Corrected Z Actual Gross BTU 1029 67 1086 99 Corrected Z Net Dry BTU 927 96 979 62 Corrected Z Net SAT BTU 911 81 962 57 Corrected Z Actual Net BTU 927 96 979 62 Corrected Z Total GPM C2 0 6649 0 7020 Total GPM C3 0 3328 0 3513 Total GPM C4 0 1284 0 1356 Real Relative Density Gas 0 5771 Real Relative Density Lqd 0 3087 WOBBE 1331 89 Gas Density 44 143 1b 1000 cu ft at 14 73 PSIA and 60 Deg P Liquid Density 2 572 1Ib gal Reid Vapor Pressure 4867 46 PSIA User Defined Calculations Label Value test 0 10 ACTIVE ALARMS AUG 2005 Report Display 7 10 Content Component Name GC Analysis Data variables std GC Analysis Data variables user Alarms Additional Base Pressures Report Display REPORTS Table 7 3 Contents Guide for Analysis Report Related Function s Component Data Table CDT Calculations Control Calculations User Defined Limit Alarms Compress ibility enabled Streams Optional Pr
116. 0 creates a temporary HTML file to display the generated report If you want to save this report to disk see Section 7 1 4 The display refreshes per the update setting configured in the Printer Control dialog see Section 7 4 For example in the Report Display dialog if Stream is set to O Current and Update is set to Anly the report display will refre after the GC analyzes the stream selected via the Printer Control dialog The refresh function displays the newly generated report and deletes the previous report unless already saved to disk Check the GC status bar for the run time and current stream Use the scroll bars to see other areas of the report Use the Font button to increase or decrease the font size displayed AUG 2005 Report Display 7 4 REPORTS MON2000 See the following sections for instructions printing the displayed file or opening other report files from disk 6 Click the Close button or press the ESC key to exit this function and return to the Report Display dialog 7 1 2 View Report from File MicroSoft Internet Explorer 5 0 or later is required to view a report file in HTML format To open a report file for viewing 1 Use the Reports gt Report Display menu to mcus vastos access this function Report Display GC Report Request A GC Printer Control 2 The Report Display dialog appears ERRE ER Archive Data k Trend Data If
117. 005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 49 MON2000 Input the appropriate value and click the 5 If the values entered are within tolerance data 1n the zero and full adjustment columns is updated Otherwise MON2000 displays an error message AUG 2005 Analog Outputs 5 50 5 11 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS DISCRETE INPUTS Use this function to assign labels to the GC discrete inputs and control their operational modes The number of discrete inputs available depends on the GC application 1 Use the Application gt Discrete Inputs menu to access this function 2 The Discrete Inputs dialog appears Discrete Inputs EN Current m Cancel To edit the settings displayed double click the appropriate cell or click and use the provided pull down menus See the following table for details Table 5 10 Description of Discrete Input Settings Setting Channel Label Switch Current Value Discrete Inputs Description channel number assigned name used to identify the discrete input 12 characters maximum sets operational mode for this discrete input Auto value is determined by application Off value 1s set to OFF On value is set to ON current state of the discrete input MON2000 Application System Component Data FE Timed Events FS User Defined k Calculations k Limit Alarms Discrete Alarms Streams Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Discrete Input
118. 04 GC Controller Remove the CPU Board assembly P N CE 19281 and cables from the second slot of the card cage assembly This board 1s not used on the 23504 GC Controller Conversion Process 2 34 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 10 Remove the DSPI O board assembly drawing P N CE 12976 and cables from the third slot of the card cage assembly This board is not used on the 2350A GC Controller 11 Remove any other optional boards such as memory expansion boards and associated cables These parts are not used on the 2350A GC Controller 12 Leave the Analog Board assembly drawing P N BE 18044 with attached cable in the card cage This board is used on the 2350A basic configuration 18 Change the fuse 1n the in line fuse holder from 1 amp to the 2 5 amp Slo Blo fuse provided The fuse is located in the cable P N 2 3 2350 069 between the power supply and the System Interface Board 14 Ensure that DIP Switches 6 7 and 8 of S1 are all 1n the OFF position If the 2350A is powered up with 8 in the OFF position it will delete the current application commonly called a Cold Start 15 To inspect or change the GC Controller s COM ID setup at the GC Controller site locate the DIP switch as described in the following steps SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH POSSIBLE Before removing the unit cover from the GC Controller make certain the power supply switch is OFF and the AC power cord is disconnected
119. 04 Stream 1 Det 1 3 28 2001 8 13 51 AM LAST com B CGH H Elea Stream 1 Det 1 SECH 2 44 40 PM 030901 com Brig 504 Stream 1 Det 1 3 23 2001 8 13 51 AM O30901 cgm 2 Click the FawData button The Raw Data dialog displays and shows the raw data for all CGMs in the graph area Cancel 3 Click the Cancel button to return to the Chromatogram Viewer dialog 6 9 DISPLAY OPTIONS Right click the graph area to access these options or use the corresponding keystroke s Options are listed in alphabetical order See Table 6 1 for a complete listing of option names descriptions and keystroke sequences Viewing RAW Data 6 22 Keystroke CTRL C F8 CTRL V CTRL P CTRL 5 HOME CTRL HOME F4 F9 CTRL F4 CTRL F9 NUM NUM NUM gt NUM NUM 7 NUM L Display Options CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER MON2000 Table 6 1 Display Options for Chromatogram Viewer Right Click Option Copy to clipboard Cursor to nearest point Paste from clipboard Print Graph Area Print Series All Restore State Save State Toggle Coarse Fine Toggle Lines Dots Toggle Mouse Position Tip Toggle Nearest Point Tip Zoom In Zoom Out Zoom X In Zoom X Out Zoom Y In Zoom Y Out Description allows you to copy this graph to another application such as MSWord or Excel snap cursor to nearest point 1n both the X and Y directions allows you to plot a range of points from another application such a
120. 1 LZ li n 14 15 LG 17 18 Lo 20 21 Ze 23 Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used PA HA Re Es 1296 Ta T298 RE 7300 33041 1302 FS 7304 7308 TI 06 T T308 35309 Targ oda RE Tals S Al dabo TELG uod PI LO de 1320 TAT RE e e T329 PAIO avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum
121. 1 2 for details 2 Click the Print button 3 MON2000 prints the report to your configured printer see Section 3 7 Save Report to Disk To save a report to disk 1 Display a live report or open a report file from disk See Section 7 1 1 or Section 7 1 2 for details Report Display AUG 2005 REPORTS 7 7 MON2000 2 Click the Save button The Save HTML Document dialog appears MicroSoft Internet Explorer 5 0 or later is required to view a report file in HTML format Save HTML Document AES Save in E Save E d Eo CalRiepi t t File name Eam epz txi Save as type Text File tat Cancel Language Westem Alphabet 3 Select the directory in which you want to save this report and type the desired name You can save the report in any of these formats txt ASCII Tab delimited cvs Comma deliminted Xls Excel htm HTML xml EXtensible Markup Language Note that the default location 1s C NGCNSave 4 Click the Save button AUG 2005 Report Display 7 8 REPORTS 7 1 5 Report Contents This section includes examples of the following reports Analysis Raw Data Calibration 24 Hour Average Weekly Average Hourly Average and Variable Average After each sample report a table describes the contents and identifies which functions affect the data Each report contains the header information including Table 7 2 Contents Guide for Report Headers Content Re
122. 2 32 BASIC 2350A CONFIGURATION 2 38 2350A Options 2 40 The COM4A Board 2 40 2350A Modem Installation 2 43 2350A Ethernet Installation 2 46 Ethernet TCP IP Settings 2 bO MON2000 TCP IP Settings 2 b3 CONNECT VIA GC EXTERNAL MODEM 2 55 Hardware Gerunp nnn 2 bb Select Program Gettmge eee 2 b7 Generate PC Config Report 2 b9 Downloading an Application 2 61 Upgrading Flash 2 64 AUG 2005 MON2000 GETTING STARTED CONTROL FUNCTIONS AUG 2005 2 17 2 17 1 2 17 2 2 14 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 CN e 3 3 3 3 3 4 des 3 3 6 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 4 9 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS iii Offline Edit of GC Application 2 65 PIE Sele FONN NEE 2 66 Upload Application 2 67 Upload Re E 2 70 LOGOS CAN TE 3 1 Logging OTI EE 3 3 MON2000 User Interface 3 3 Main WINdOW nc atenn ned iye PEE kis it e koka EE 3 4 GE Status Bal one f ri kontt di kak aa ay n e e e ta a ke ai ka 3 5 View Menu 3 8 IFTE 3 8 Data Entry and Function Features 3 8 Shortcut to Save or Print Data
123. 2 on the Field Termination board with Jackpost assemblies g Install the DB9 connector from COM6 to P23 on the Field Termination board with Jackpost assemblies h Install the DB9 connector from COM7 to P24 on the Field Termination board with Jackpost assemblies 2350A Options 2 42 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 i Install the ten position connector from COMS to J12 on the System Interface Board Connect the Analog cable to J6 on the System Interface Board With COMAA Boards installed Serial Port 8 1s usually assigned via MON2000 Applica tion gt Serial Ports menu Select Front Panel from the Usage pull down menu see Figure 2 6 and Figure 2 7 Front Panel E SER MODE Mane Mane Mane Mane Mane Mane um Mane g Front Panel ka 8 T B None None Registers F3 USER MODBUS zl psp Cancel Figure 2 7 Serial Port 8 with COM4A Board 2350A Options AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP q 2 43 2 13 2 2350A Modem Installation To install the Internal Modem for the 2350A GC Controller follow these steps Refer to P N 3 9000 537 2350A GC Hardware manual for COM settings and pinouts 1 To add a modem at the GC Controller site remove the Controller enclosure s front panel a For the explosion proof Controller the front panel is secured by 16 screws Remove those screws first b Then carefully lower the front panel on its bottom hinges The
124. 2350EXMB e The standard dual application uses BIN file 2360 001 AUG 2005 Guide to Standard Application Files E 22 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS MON2000 E 10 3 Standard Applications Prior to v1 50 For versions of GC Applications prior to version 1 50 the CFG Base Name variable did not exist Therefore a combination of other variables must be inspected to determine the standard application that was used to formulate the current user application To determine the standard application used to create a user application prior to version 1 50 compare the values of three variables from the System dialog Unit Type Max Archive Averages and System Description with the values found in Table E 2 You will also need to compare the maximum number of streams which can be determined from the Streams option under the Application menu There is one more possible complication If the variable System Description was edited it may not be the same value as described earlier in Table E 2 In such an instance it would be impossible to distinguish between the 2350 00n G e USASTD1 USASTD2 and USASTD3 and 2350ISOn Ge ISOSTDI ISOSTD2 and ISOSTD8 applications To overcome this complication you can inspect one more variable 1 Use the Application gt User Defined gt Selection menu to access the Selection dialog 2 In the Selection dialog CVTABLE pri will be the first variable listed if the application is one
125. 4 10 4 1 10 4 2 10 4 3 10 4 4 10 5 10 6 10 6 1 10 6 2 A 1 A 2 B 1 C 1 C 2 C 3 hi c 4 C 4 1 C 4 2 C 4 3 C 4 4 D 1 D 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS ix Using Modbus Data 10 13 Set Log Parameters 10 14 Save Modbus Data 10 16 Assign Scale Ranges for User Modbus 10 17 Print Modbus Data 10 17 Troubleshooting Communication Errors 10 18 Using Modbus Test Online Help 10 19 HOW to ACCESS unia ata t ati on RC Ried acea de ea ade a w 10 19 How to Navigate 10 20 How to Prt kawo n t foot an ae ti en saaa geg A 1 Example Report A 2 Component Data Table B 1 Data Acquisition C 1 Peak Detection i 9 0r Ee C 2 Analysis Computations C 4 Conc Analysis with Response Factor C 5 RI o cest a aa E E ERA Few ERO NAA FCU DEN C 5 Calc in Mole Percent w o Normalization C 7 Post Analysis Computations C 9 Liquid Equivalent Computationsg C 9 Heating Value Calculations C 9 Multi Level Calibration C 16 Indirect Calibrafion
126. 5 7446 1447 1448 1449 7450 7451 7452 7453 7454 1455 7456 1457 7458 avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg LZ 13 14 15 LO 17 dee 1 3 ZO 21 2202 20 24 29 26 2 28 AJ 30 SWA 32 2 34 23 36 Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used U
127. 5 Offline Edit of GC Application 2 66 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 17 1 File Selection This function allows you to edit a GC application file stored on disk 1 Use the File gt Offline Edit gt File Selection menu to access this function File Application Reports Logs Chron Connect Disconnect Download Upgrade Flash Pr Confia Report Offline Edit File Selection Upload pplication GC Directory Upload BOS Users Change Administrator Password Modbus Test Program Settings Print Setup Register MONZOOO Update MON2000 Recent File Exit The Open GC Application File dialog appears Open GC Application File B 2 x Look in C3 arr EI 23504 Cove Point_175 4PP aa 2350A socalemb 175 app aa Energy aa Energy Measurement C6 4 min 2350 O01 BIM an Energy aa Energy Measurement C6 4 min 2350 001 v156 BIM aa Energy aa Energy Measurement C6 4 min 23508 D01 APP aa Energy aa Energy Measurement C 4 min 23504 Modeo APP aa Energy File name 23508 Cove Point 175 APP Files of type BIM Files E BINJAPE Files E APP P Cancel E Using the directory tree select the desired application file 2 Click the button 3 Edit this file by using the MON2000 Application functions see Section 5 for more information Offline Edit of GC Application MON2000 The GC application files APP are normally stored in
128. 6 00 Average Minimum 0 00000 0 00000 3 74130 0 00000 4 78225 4 77260 4 78240 4 77300 S 1 Stream 1 1995 Stop Tue Apr 04 06 00 Average Minimum 2551 31000 14063 71000 1024 18000 906 22600 988 18100 988 03000 988 18600 988 03300 988 MON2000 Samples 8 37 39 38 Samples 8 37 239 3824 Samples 8 37 39 38 AUG 2005 REPORTS 7 15 MON2000 Table 7 7 Contents Guide for Average Reports Content Related Function s Menu Section Item Number Calculations Averages Application gt Calculations 5 5 2 Analysis data calcula gt Averages tion Stream Component Old RF standard GC application n a n a New RF RF Dev results of ongoing or Old RT completed averages New RT RT Dev 7 2 GC REPORT REQUEST Reports Logs Chromatogram This function allows you to send a report to a Beate Urea printer connected to the GC Controller ac Report Request GC Printer Control MONZ000 Printer Control archive Data 1 Usethe Reports gt GC Report Request menu SES to access this function 2 The GC Report Request dialog appears AUG 2005 GC Report Request 7 16 REPORTS 3 Select the report you wish to print The GC Config Report is a snapshot of the PC Config Report Contents include current alarms streams control calculations CDTs TEVs GC serial port settings analog outputs See Appendix A for a sample PC Config Report For reports other than the GC Config a Streams li
129. 692 4615 5538 646 1 7384 8307 925 0 Point The corresponding data is dynamically displayed in the provided legend Use the Graph and Trend Options functions to manipulate the display To zoom 1n ona particular point click and drag your mouse over that area repeat as necessary Use the Restore State or Zoom Out options from the right click menu see Section 7 6 10 to return to the original display AUG 2005 Trend Data 7 34 REPORTS MON2000 7 6 4 Edit Graph Display 1 Click the Edi button The Edit Graph dialog appears Edit Graph EN St Min m Display Option Lines 4 Man 00 0 m C Dots E Min E 0 0 Y Max 100 0 M Show labels Print Speed 2 v Scroll newest Intervals po YT Intervals n 2 Usethe provided attributes and options to change the trend display as desired 3 Click the button to accept your changes and return to the Trend Data dialog Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the Trend Data dialog 4 The trend display changes as specified Additional display options are available by right clicking the display area See Section 7 6 10 for more information 7 6 5 Changing Cursor Size To toggle the cursor size from course movement less accurate to fine movement more accurate click the Mika button Trend Data AUG 2005 REPORTS 7 35 MON2000 7 6 6 Describe Trend 1 Click the Des button The Edit Description dialog appears Edit Descripti
130. 75 app 3 Energy Measurement C6 4 min 23504 ModeQ w175 APP 4 150 Energy Measurement C3 5 min 700 23601501 v184 APP Exit AUG 2005 Starting WinMB 10 2 MODBUS TEST MON2000 If MON2000 displays an error verify the installation directory via the Program Settings function see Section 2 14 2 The Modbus Test Program main window appears Modbus Test Program COM1 9600 EVEN 7 1 45Cll Danel Modbus Function Selection Slave Addr Function DataAddr Quantity Repeat Record Mo Port Setup 1 3 Read Reg 3016 12 1 Log Data ata T ata Type Stop save Data CG Use Short D I to decode registers Error Print Data C ee template to decode renisters Etor ma Edit Template Hel C Use template to decode logs Help Repeat Count 1 Hard Soft Errors 0 0 Ue Packet Input Output 10 2 ESTABLISHING COMMUNICATIONS Use the following instructions to configure the desired communications settings If you are accessing WinMB via MON2000 WinMB defaults to the same communications and serial port settings as those set for MON2000 To set up a WinMB specific configuration see Section 10 2 3 Establishing Communications AUG 2005 MON2000 MODBUS TEST 10 3 10 2 1 Comparison of Modbus Protocols MON2000 software and the WinMB program accommodate two different Modbus protocols SIM 2251 and User Modbus For each protocol separate Modbus registers are reserved
131. 9 No entries found x kk ck KC KC Ck ck Kk ok ok Kk KC Kok k KC KC Ck k Ko Kok ok KK Ck CK KK KK kk Ek kk Ak A KO KU KK A KO KU KK KK KO OK KK KK OK KG KG KK KG X KC A Kok k kk User Defined Selection Report from 2350 001 2350 001 BIN 6 2 2000 15 02 49 NO Name Options d EnableCalMan 2 2 EnableComAlm 2 4 Maint_mode 1 o Run Aux Seg 1 Options for EnableCalMan d DISABLE 2 ENABLE Options for EnableComAlm i DISABLE 2 ENABLE NC 3 ENABLE NO Options for Maint_mode Options for Run_Aux_Seq KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKRKKKKRKKK KKK A KK CK KK KK kk KR KKK KK KK KK KO KO KKK KKK KO KK KK KK OK OK KK KK kkk A AK ok kk kk User Defined Text Report from 2350 001 2350 001 BIN 04242000 15902949 No Name Size Text 1 rpt headerl 50 Company Daniel Industries 2 rpt header2 gg ACkCk Kok Ck ck KO KC Ck ck k ok ok Kk Kk Kok k KC Kok k Ko Kok ck KK Ck KK KK KK KI KK KU KK KK KK KU KK KO KU KU A KO KG KK KK KO OK KK KK OK OK K KG X KC Kk A Kok k Ek Calealation Control Beport trom 23590 004 2350 001 BXN DEEN 15909249 Description is 2 d de Sd 8 Avg Limit Alarm Test ut X x X KL ee Mole Percent x offe lie OY W wu X A A A A A A A A Liquid Volume Weight Percent Normalize Results Gas Density Liquid Density Relative Density Gas Relative Density Lqd Compressibility Dry Gross Heating BTU Sat Gross Heating BTU Actual Gross Heating BTU Dry Net Heating BTU Sat Net Heating BTU Actual Net Heating BTU Wobbe Ind
132. A as follows DE 20782 see drawing addendum of Model 500 Gas Chromatograph System Hardware Reference Manual P N 3 9000 537 e Transient protection modules M7 and or M4 located on the back side of the GC Controller Terminal Board for field wiring may need replacement with the transient protection modules for RS 232 signals P N 3 2350 027 Note that M4 serves COM3 and M7 serves COMA Make note of the serial port number you choose for connection You will need this information later to make appropriate software settings Use an RS 232 serial cable no longer than 50 feet Longer distances may result 1n spurious loss or corruption of transmitted data See Section 5 15 for details of GC Controller serial port connectivity 1 e port locations pinouts connector types gender cabling etc 5 Connect a telephone line from wall phone Jack if available to the phone jack for the external modem 6 Set external modem for Auto Answer see external modem user manual CONNECT VIA GC EXTERNAL MODEM AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 57 MON2000 File Application Reports Logs Chron 2 14 2 Select Program Settings Connect Disconnect This function allows you to configure where database GC applications and Modbus Test program files are stored Download Upgrade Flash Pr Confia Report Offline Edit ac Directory Users Change Administrator Password 1 Use the
133. ATING POINT proposed IEEE KCS Standard Format 7001 Mole Component Ha 7002 Mole d Component mo 7003 Mole E Component 3 2004 Mole Component 4 7005 Mole Component 5 i 7006 Mole Component ue 7007 Mole E Component 7 7008 Mole Yo Component 48 7009 Mole Component 9 7010 Mole Component 10 7011 Mole Component 11 7012 Mole Component 12 7013 Mole Component 13 7014 Mole Component 14 7015 Mole Component 15 7016 Mole Component 16 7017 GPM or Weight Component 1 7018 GPM or Weight Component 42 7019 GPM or Weight Component w3 7020 GPM or Weight Yo Component 4 7021 GPM or Weight Component HS AUG 2005 User Modbus Register List F 10 MODBUS REG LIST FOR 2350A GC MON2000 No 7022 7023 7025 GPM or Weight Component 9 a a Ra 7026 GPM or Weight Component 10 7027 GPM or Weight Component 11 7028 _ GPM or Weight Component 12 7029 GPM or Weight Component 13 T 7030 GPM or Weight 96 Component 14 7031 GPM or Weight Component 15 7032 GPM or Weight Component 16 7035 7040 E 7053 054 7055 zl IA TA T i E S id E E User Modbus Register List AUG 2005 MODBUS REG LIST FOR 2350A GC q F 11 MON2000 No 1056 7057 wm 7059 7060 A 7061 Average User Defined 7 7062 Average
134. BLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE Stream data Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc Stream data Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc Stream data Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc Stream data Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc Stream data Stream data Stream data Sup 3 got LA MS GEN N E sat Into Mo ace sup_kg_dry inf ko dry sary Real ms STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO Je Ze IG 28 E 2 9 18 30 OU 61 136 62 Loe 63 181 64 182 65 192 66 184 67 VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE op_pres_calc op_pres_calc op_pres_calc
135. BLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE Stream data anlyzr name segtxt rpt_headerl rpt_header2 CGE Cat analysis analysis analysis analysis analysis analysis analysis analysis analysis analysis analysis Stream data Stream data Stream data Stream data Stream data Stream data Stream data Stream data Stream data Stream data Cycl Stro tm SEuUST compnam molpct wtpct ETGVOLDET gpm Bru gross btu_net rel_den_gas superior_m3 inferior_m3 superior_kg inferior_kg totl_mole totli molwgt GOT Lrgqvol EE SEENEN er DCUGTOS totl_btu_net EE rc ges Cori sms dry GOUTE Imo Cry pobl skdg Ory STREAM NO DET NO CDL IBI NO CDT TBE NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO A JS 1 l 1 JL 1 E l TA 1 1x 1x A5 2 0 2 Zo 239 20 Sa 54 So DO SE VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE STRING STRING STRING STRING VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING STRING STRING STRING STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIAB
136. CE OF ANY PRODUCT RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPER SELECTION USE AND MAINTENANCE OF ANY SELLER PRODUCT REMAINS SOLELY WITH THE PURCHASER AND END USER DANIEL AND THE DANIEL LOGO ARE REGISTERED TRADEMARKS OF DANIEL INDUSTRIES INC THE ROSEMOUNT AND ROSEMOUNT ANALYTICAL LOGO THE ARE REGISTERED TRADEMARKS OF ROSEMOUNT ANALYTICAL INC THE EMERSON LOGO IS A TRADEMARK AND SERVICE MARK OF EMERSON ELECTRIC CO COPYRIGHT 2005 BY DANIEL MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL INC HOUSTON TEXAS U S A All rights reserved No part of this work may be reproduced or copied in any form or by any means graphic electronic or mechanical without first receiving the written permission of Daniel Measurement and Control Inc Houston Texas U S A WARRANTY 1 LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations contained in Section 2 herein and except as otherwise expressly provided herein Daniel Measurement and Control Inc and Rosemount Analytical Inc collectively Seller warrants that the firmware will execute the programming instructions provided by Seller and that the Goods manufactured or Services provided by Seller will be free from defects in materials or workmanship under normal use and care until the expiration of the applicable warranty period Goods are warranted for twelve 12 months from the date of initial installation or eighteen 18 months from the date of shipment by Seller whichever period expires first Consumables and Services are warranted fo
137. Card Cage Assembly facing the enclosure s front panel In the rack mount Controller the TB faces outward toward the rear of the enclosure 3 Loosen the six screws that secure the TB Then unplug the TB from 1ts connections at the back top of the board 2350A Options AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 41 4 Lower the TB down and out of the way held in place by its ground straps at the bottom of the board This exposes the Card Cage Assembly Loosen the four screws that secure the Card Cage Assembly to the chassis Then remove the Card Cage Assembly away from its chassis mount so that 1t 1s easy to work on Locate the System Interface and Driver board It is mounted to the top of the Card Cage Assembly a Disconnect the Analog cable from J6 on the System Interface Board then disconnect all CPU cables from the System Interface Board b Remove the CPU assembly and install the COM4A Board with associated mounting hardware to J19 and J20 PC 104 Bus connector on the CPU assembly c Connect COMS P22 and COMO P23 on the Field Termination board via cable P N 3 2350 085 to J6 on COM4A d Connect COM7 P24 on the Field Termination board and COMS via cable P N 3 2350 086 to J3 on COM4A e Install the CPU assembly into the third slot of card cage Connect the CPU cables as detailed in Section 6 3 Basic 2350A Configuration f Install the DB9 connector from COM5 to P2
138. Chromatogram 6 2 1 derivation method non edit Viewer AUG 2005 Report Display 7 12 REPORTS Calibration Report Date Time 03 24 95 12 28 stream 4 Analyzer AT401STD Stream 4 Calibration Analysis Time Mode ANLY Strm edq 1 2 3 4 5 90 7 8 Company Daniel Industries Houston COMPONENT CAL NAME CONC C6 47 35 17 0 02000 PROPANE 0 50000 i BUTANE 0 10000 n BUTANE 0 10000 NEOPENTANE 0 05000 i PENTANE 0 05000 n PENTANE 0 05000 NITROGEN 0 60000 METHANE 97 13000 CARBON DIOXIDE 0 40000 ETHANE 1 00000 ACTIVE ALARMS RAW DATA 24840 00000 3 66212e 5 86320 00000 90784 00000 45084 00000 48978 00000 50064 00000 2 4 768e 5 3 50394e 7 2 9092166 5 5 88496e 5 Table 7 5 Contents Guide for Calibration Report Content Related Function s MON2000 Run 1 of 1 225 Cycle Time 240 Cycle Start Time 12 24 NEW RE RF NEW RT RT S DEV DEV 1 242e 006 9 07 29 0 0 35 7 32424e 5 4 24 48 8 0 00 8 632e 005 2 76 63 5 0 31 9 0784e 5 1 16 71 5 0 28 9 0168e 5 3 90 82 6 0 36 9 7956e 5 3 46 1LOB sg s ED 1 00128e c6 2 99 117 8 0 76 4 128e 005 8 88 145 6 0 00 3 60747e 5 2 69 150 1 0 20 5 2304e 5 2 88 177 6 m i Ty 5 88496e 5 1 49 203 6 0 25 Menu Section Component Name CDT Cal Conc Raw Data New RF RF Dev New RT RT Dev Alarms CDT additional columns Limit Alarms Application gt Component 5 2 Data F6 Application gt Component 5 2 Data F6 Application g
139. Control Report from Model 2350A AI 287 2005 2200252 EM Loop d 2 3 4 Mode Automatic Automatic Automatic BUuromatoc Prop Gain 60 60 60 60 Reset 600 600 600 600 Rate d 1 in n D Easter 5 5 5 5 Setpoint 92 84 40 350 CkCk KCKCk ck KC KC Ck ck KC Ck ok Kk KC Kok ck Ko Kok Kk KK Kk KK KK KK KI KK KK E kk A KU KU KK A KO KG KK KO KG KK KK KK OK OK KK kkk A X KC Kk Ck RARA KkK KK End of Report AUG 2005 Example Report A 62 PC CONFIG REPORT MON2000 This page is intentionally left blank Example Report AUG 2005 COMPONENT DATA TABLE B 1 MON2000 APPENDIX B COMPONENT DATA TABLE B 1 COMPONENT DATA TABLE This appendix provides a sample standard Component Data Table as well as a table of the ISO related components Table B 1 Example Standard Component Data Table Figure B 1 Example Standard Component Data Table All values depend on a base pressure of 14 73 PSIA and a base temperature of 60 F 15 56 C BTU components reference GPA Standard 2145 08 Note Denotes components that are assigned temporary I D Codes starting with 150 as they are used AUG 2005 Component Data Table B 2 COMPONENT DATA TABLE MON2000 Table B 1 Example Standard Component Data Table Daniel Component Mol Reid Rel Dens Rel Dens Lb eal GPM GrossDry Net Dry AGAS Sim Name Wt Vapor Gas 8 Factor BTU BTU No 2251 I D No Dee me e Dem p D pes ko ao pes o Deme see uem nm e m oe e pem Iw mp um o po po fm oe Lees
140. Description field Assign a name for the Averages data file Data Collection Configuration AUG 2005 MON2000 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 13 5 Click the Pall Command Details button and the Poll Command Averages dialog box displays Poll Command Averages H P X Averages Configuration Output File Starting Number of Number of Average Averages Average Min van S amlpes result Groupin SE E erage amlpe Result Grouping Filename File Format Averages Averages Calculatians Reset Time Text tat Type All averages referenced by a single Poll command must be for the same averaging interval e g hourly daily weekly monthly variable AUG 2005 Variable Stream Component Hours 6 From the Averages Configuration dialog for a single record select Average Single Record If the Average Single Record 1s selected only the average values are included in the output file Averages Configuration Starting Number of Number of Average Min Max Samlpes result Groupin Output Type E E erage Min Ma amlpe Result Grouping Output Type 1 1 1 t Average Single Record Or Select Complete Output Enter a number for the Starting Average Number of Averages Number of Average Periods Click the check box for Average Min Max and Samples values Averages Configuration Number of Number of E Max Samlpes result Gro Output Type
141. E PRS and 60 F Z compressibility of total gas as calculated in Equation C 9 BASEPRS base contract pressure specified defaults to 14 73 PSIA Note that the BTU calculations apply to Gross dry saturated actual BTU and Net dry saturated and actual BTU Equation C 12 BTU Calculations GrossActualBTU corr GrossDryBTU corr x 100 D where WVC Water volume content provided by a live analog input Post Analysis Computations AUG 2005 MON2000 All components in the sample must be measured in order to calculate weight percent AUG 2005 WI DATA COMPUTATIONS C 13 Equation C 13 Wobbe Index Calculation _ CORR GROSS BTU JRD WI where Wobbe index value CORRGROSSBTU Corrected Dry BTU for total gas Sample RD as calculated in Equation C 10 real Relative Density as calculated in Equation C 9 Equation C 14 Weight Percent Calculation CONC MW WTpercent 100 Y CONC MW where WTpercent weight percent of component n CONC concentration in mole percent of 66 22 component n molecular weight of component n sum of weights of all components in sample Equation C 15 Average Molecular Weight AVGMW K CONC MW i Post Analysis Computations C 14 DATA COMPUTATIONS where AVGMW average molecular weight sum of weights of all components in sample Equation C 16 Liquid Volume Percent WTpercent D LVpercent x 10
142. EGISTER LIST Slave Name USER MODBUS Name MODBUS REG LIST FOR 2350A GC Indices F 3 Boolean Coils O sysalarm_set 1 sysalarm_set 2 sysalam set 3 sysalarm_set 4 sysalarm set 5 svsalarm set 6 sysalarm set _ 7 sysalarm set _ 8 sysalarm set 9 sysalarm set 10 sysalarm set 11 sysalarm set 12 sysalarm set 13 sysalarm set 14 sysalarm set 15 sysalarm set 16 sysalarm set 17 sysalarm set _ 18 sysalarm set gt 19 sysalarm set _ 20 sysalarm set 21 sysalarm set 22 sysalarm set 23 sysalarm set 24 sysalarm set 25 sysalarm set 26 sysalam set 27 sysalarm set 28 sysalarm set 29 sysalarm set 30 sysalarm set 31 sysalarm set 32 sysalam set 33 sysalarm set 34 sysalarm set 35 sysalarm set 36 sysalarm set 37 sysalarm set 38 sysalarm set 39 sysalarm set 40 sysalarm set AUG 2005 p bo G2 v t e H H oW No BO NO PB B RH BBP ti FP O o 0 TAU BW ND BO R2 NO BO H vo 0 l e gd d GA QJ QJ CJ A CO Ww td Ww O00 1 I amp GA Ni o A I ft PREP HB P RPP PRP PRP RPP H B PB PB B B B p p PRP pa pa pa pa pa p p an p Ip mp p m p p p p Application Checksum Failure ROM Checksum Failure RAM Diagnostics Failure A D Converter Failure Detector Oven Failure Liquid Sample Valve Heater Failure Sample System Oven Failure Catalytic Converter Failure 5 Failure Failure Controller Failure Heater Heater Heater Heater Heater Heater Heater
143. GC Analysis Variable Number per Optional Pressure GC Analysis Variable Optional Pressure U S Metric 1 2 3 Gross Heating Value or Heating Value 1 18 25 Btu Dry Superior MJ m Dry Gross Heating Value or Heating Value 2 14 26 Btu Sat Superior MJ m Sat Gross Heating Value or Heating Value 9 15 27 Btu Act Superior MJ m Act Net Btu Dry Heating Value Inferior 4 16 28 MJ m Dry Net Btu Sat Heating Value Inferior 5 17 29 MJ m Sat Net Btu Act Heating Value Inferior 6 18 30 MJ m Act Real Relative Density Heating Value 7 19 31 Gas Superior kcal m Dry Gallons 1000 SCF C2 Heating Value 8 20 32 Superior kcal m Sat Gallons 1000 SCF C3 Heating Value 9 21 33 Superior kcal m Act Gallons 1000 SCF C4 Heating Value Inferior 10 22 34 kcal m Dry Gallons 1000 SCF C5 Heating Value Inferior 11 23 35 kcal m Sat Gallons 1000 SCF C6 Heating Value Inferior 12 24 36 kcal m Act AUG 2005 Use the above index numbers to assign Results Opt Base Press to User Modbus registers GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations 5 82 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 17 TCP IP SUBNET AND GATEWAY MENU Use this function to configure the TCP IP Subnet and Gateway communication parameters for the 2350A GC Controller 1 Use the Application gt TCP IP menu to access this function 2 The TCP IP dialog displays See Appendix F for detaile
144. High uses only the high and the high high limits Low uses only the low and the low low limits and All uses both low and both high limits Type Purpose Low Low If the variable value falls below this limit the low low limit alarm is acti vated This alarm is for extreme situa tions Low If the variable value falls below this limit the low limit alarm is activated High If the variable value rises above this limit the high limit alarm 1s activated High High Ifthe variable value rises above this limit the high high limit alarm 1s acti vated This alarm is for extreme situa tions 5 7 DISCRETE ALARMS Application System Use this function to assign discrete hardware omponent Data Fe Timed Events FS inputs used to set alarms to one of the User Defined EE available discrete hardware outputs Calculations k Limit Alarms Discrete Alarms F For more information on discrete outputs see FEaIns Analog Inputs Section 5 12 Analog Outputs Discrete Inputs E 1 Use the Application gt Discrete Alarms menu Temperature Control to access this function Serial Ports TCPJIP AUG 2005 Discrete Alarms 5 32 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 2 The Discrete Alarms dialog appears MON2000 Discrete Alarms EN Discrete Input Discrete Output Alarm Test SE O Mat used D Mot used FEM O Mot used Not used ER O Mat used Not used BERG Not used Mat used
145. IABLE avg_archivel minimum de 3 0 VARIABLE avg_archivel maximum hs e 0 VARIABLE avg archive2 d 3 0 indicates index is incremented Field List used in 24 Hour Avg Type Variable SubField Name Indices CP Elas STRING 0 STRING 0 VARIABLE anlyzr name 1 0 VARIABLE rpt headerl d 0 VARIABLE rpt header2 d 0 VARIABLE avg data number TR 0 VARIABLE avg data label E 0 SLRING 0 VARIABLE avg data S Se 0 STRING L29 VARIABLE avg_data e Le 0 STRING 0 STRING 0 STRING 0 STRING 0 SERENG 0 STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archive2 avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archive2 avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archive2 avg minimum maximum avg minimum maximum avg minimum maximum indicates index is incremented Field List used in Weekly Avg SIRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE STRING Variable SubField Name anlyzr_name rpt headerl rpt header avg data avg data avg data number label 1x 1x 1x A 128 d s JA 1x 1x d l l 1 E l Indices ND VARIABLE STRING STRING STRING STRING STRING STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE S
146. Ja plu g id Modbus or Device ID per DIP switch settings ste i w6 o minw 12 5 device serial number ooo o imeger 2 1 Janatysis ime ovs o mee 2 1 analysis time 2 for dual detector system om o mem 2 1 cycle time 1 AUG 2005 User Modbus Register List F 14 MODBUS REG LIST FOR 2350A GC MON2000 G 3 continued SIM 2251 MODBUS COMMUNICATION INDICES Description RW read write 1 or read only 0 LEN length Reg No REGS number of Modbus registers required LEN VARIABLE NAME POINTER or DESCRIPTION ap o imeger 996 o m c ap o m c am o imeger ovo o imeger o so o imeger oos o m c ae o m c am o m c ap o integer oes o wee 95e o m c 2 _ 9037 o imeger 2 am o m c ap o imeger ow 0 integer ou o m c am o m c ae o m c 9044 cycle time 2 for dual detector system 1 run time 1 run time 2 for dual detector system current stream 1 l current stream 2 for dual detector system l system mode 1 m 1 system mode 2 for dual detector system 1 calibrating 1 1 calibrating 2 for dual detector system 1 active alarm red light at GC controller 1 unack d alarm yellow light at GC controller pri hourly average reset year hourly average reset month l hourly average reset day 1 hourly average reset hour l hourly average reset
147. LE Stream data GOUTE tho dry strms base_pres strms base_temp Stream data z_ factor strms base_pres op_pressures op_pressures op_pressures Stream data btudry gross Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc Stream data btusat gross op_pres_calc op_pres_calc STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO 13 25 14 SA 250 AL a2 250 Zo 2 81 82 83 2 A 43 oy 29 VARIABLE STRING STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE SERING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE op_pres_calc Stream data Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc Stream data Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc Stream data Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc Stream data Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc Stream data Op pres calc btuact gross btu dry net Diu sat net Dti act net POLL gomez STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO
148. MON2000 Software for Gas Chromatographs User Manual Applies to Both Daniel Danalyzer On Line Gas Chromatographs Rosemount Analytical Process Gas Chromatographs Part Number 3 9000 522 Revision M AUGUST 2005 im EMERSON Process Mana geme nt MON2000 Software for Gas Chromatographs User Manual NOTICE DANIEL MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL INC AND ROSEMOUNT ANALYTICAL INC COLLECTIVELY SELLER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR TECHNICAL OR EDITORIAL ERRORS IN THIS MANUAL OR OMISSIONS FROM THIS MANUAL SELLER MAKES NO WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO THIS MANUAL AND IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF PRODUCTION LOSS OF PROFITS ETC PRODUCT NAMES USED HEREIN ARE FOR MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER IDENTIFICATION ONLY AND MAY BE TRADEMARKS REGISTERED TRADEMARKS OF THESE COMPANIES THE CONTENTS OF THIS PUBLICATION ARE PRESENTED FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND WHILE EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO ENSURE THEIR ACCURACY THEY ARE NOT TO BE CONSTRUED AS WARRANTIES OR GUARANTEES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED REGARDING THE PRODUCTS OR SERVICES DESCRIBED HEREIN OR THEIR USE OR APPLICABILITY WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO MODIFY OR IMPROVE THE DESIGNS OR SPECIFICATIONS OF SUCH PRODUCTS AT ANY TIME SELLER DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE SELECTION USE OR MAINTENAN
149. N CONFIGURATION Polling Control Files A polling control file contains commands to be executed 1n order to acquire desired sets of data from one or more gas chromatographs Use MON2000 PLUS program to create and edit polling control files A Save function allows cloning of existing polling control files This function 1s performed 1n the Online or Offline mode Polling Control Commands Choose a desired command from the list of available commands and input the necessary data to complete the command The completed command is added to the file and continues with the next desired command This process is continued until all commands are selected and configured for the file Edit the polling control file by adding deleting and inserting commands Data Collection Configuration 9 4 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 Table 9 1 Auto Polling Control Commands Polling Control Description Command Await This command instructs the Auto Sequencing module to await a specific time of day prior to continuing processing the commands in this file The user enters the desired time of day in hours and minutes Connect The connect command instructs the Auto Sequencing module to establish communications with the indicated GC Controller using the communication method and parameters as indicated in the GC directory entry After selection of the Connect command the user selects the desired GC Controller from a list of the GC d
150. NE 1 304 1 SQ 1 QU ii EEN de 955 1 LOS T Lale 1 149 1 E 1 ETI 1 200 secDev 2 2 2 2 S 4 4 2 3 4 5 CAL CAL CAL CAL CAL CAL CAL CAL CAL CAL CAL 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 0 10 10 10 10 D209 7 2924 29 3259 4 DZ NG 599 33 9 4010 2 AO LS v2 1012 3 LP TS 4900 z RAN 200 7 BUT Si OTT ITLS 2L 162225 5 DOO 9 ZO sud DO lez 4 IO sd 4 yr NES 6 Ta 825L SE JA edo 0 2gs eo 16 04 0 44 01 4 S004 Comixl PROPANE 1 BUTANE n BUTANE 1 PENTANE 1 PENTANE n PENTANE NITROGEN ME THANE COZ ETHANE No Component Lb Gal GPMFactor Reid Vapor RelDenGas RelDenLqd 1 Cor AT 39417 526504 0 4462 3 0194 21 51 22 0 68 2 PROPANE 4 227 DZ too 188 64 t9426 BERT 3 1 BUTANE 4 693 Q 5271 T2409 2 00 159 0 9629 4 n BUTANE 4 869 Orc Bee 51 109 2 0068 0 584 5 NEOPENTANE 4 975 04383 E 2 4911 0 5967 6 1 PENTANE Du 0 3561 20 445 2 4912 0 6244 7 n PENTANE 52 04 09022 Ds Zc AOA Qood 8 NITROGEN 6 748 0 1096 0 0 9672 0 8094 9 METHANE 245 Be 2000 Ds o Uu 10 CARBON DIOXIDE Da 32 0 1704 0 Twou 2 BEE 11 ETHANE 2 0 2675 800 1 40392 09952 No Component HVSupMJ m3 HVInfMJ m3 HVSupMJ kg HVInfMJ kg M_RelDens ing qu x kk ck KC KC Ck ck Kk ok ok Kk Kk Kok k KC KC Ck ck Ko Kok Kk Ko KC Kk CK KK CK KK KU KK KU KK KK KK UK A KO KU KU KK KO KG KG KK KR OK OK KK MK KG K KC Kk KC KC Ck ck RARA Ek CO 377 99
151. Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used 1 222 RPM TAO Taol 1232 PEZE E Je T230 paz wn Ju da 7240 7241 1242 7243 1244 TAAG 7246 124 7248 1249 1250 Jod Ju DU TLS 1254 T299 120 6 dour 12539 KADO 42 60 avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg 20 EN 32 33 34 35 36 10 T eZ d 14 d 16 T Y 18 L9 20 2 Z 23 24 AD Se Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not
152. OMER REPAIR REPORT FOR SERVICE COMPLETE THIS FORM AND RETURN IT ALONG WITH THE AFFECTED EQUIPMENT TO CUSTOMER SERVICE AT THE ADDRESS INDICATED BELOW COMPANY NAME RETURN SHIPPING METHOD EQUIPMENT MODEL S N FAILURE DATE REPORT PREPARED BY TITLE IF YOU REQUIRE TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE PLEASE FAX OR WRITE THE CUSTOMER SERVICE DEPARTMENT AT DANIEL MEASUREMENT SERVICES DIVISION OF EMERSON PROCESS MANAGEMENT PHONE 713 827 6314 ATTN CUSTOMER SERVICE FAX 713 827 6312 11100 BRITTMOORE PARK DRIVE HOUSTON TEXAS 77041 FOR FASTEST SERVICE CONTACT DANIEL VIA OUR WEBSITE www emersonprocess com daniel This page is intentionally left blank Daniel Measurement and Control Inc Daniel Measurement Services Inc and Rosemount Analytical Inc Divisions of Emerson Process Management reserves the right to make changes to any of its products or services at any time without prior notification in order to improve that product or service and to supply the best product or service possible www emersonprocess com EMERSON Process Management
153. ON ESC Exit 3 Use the ARROW keys to select the Connect option and then press ENTER 4 The Connect screen displays listing the available GC units Update Conf i UPDATE BIN USING HN Si THAM APPLICATION t Disconnect DEFAULT 2358 68 WITH O EPAULT COMMS PARAMETERS Directory File Selec Version Exit L Fi Help ESC Exit Use the ARROW keys to select the appropriate GC and then press ENTER 5 Update BIN attempts to connect to the GC Controller If the attempt fails see Section E 4 2 for information on configuring the communications parameters for Update BIN Upgrade from Disk E 8 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS MON2000 6 The File Selection screen displays Communication Update Canf 1 File Mame Maximum of 8 characters te g 77777777 BIN C GC APP Dirs Drives ENS B Select File to be copied for Data to be Merge into Fa Help PESO P Ee Use the TAB and ARROW keys to select the desired application file from disk This file is the new application file you wish to merge into the existing file see Step 5 7 The Merge screen displays 8 Use the ARROW ENTER keys to select the desired application settings to upgrade Press the SHIFT ENTER keys to select multiple settings Press the F2 key to select all the available settings Press the F3 key to clear your selected settings 9 Press the F4 key to begin the upgrade
154. ON2000 The Data Collection feature Is only available with the MON2000 PLUS program AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 1 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 1 OVERVIEW The MON2000 PLUS program provides configurable automatic collection and storage of analysis and calibration data from the gas chromatograph controller Configuration of the specific chromatographs to be polled timing of polling and specific data to be collected from each is defined by the user through the setup of polling control files An Auto Sequencing module interprets the commands in a polling control file and performs the collection and storage of data Data collected is stored 1n text files txt or comma delimited files csv The emphasis 1s on the data being 1n a form suitable for import by standard spreadsheet and or database programs The MON2000 PLUS program is not designed to provide database capability for the data collected Reports collected are stored in text files txt formatted as ready to print or in comma delimited files csv that reduce white space and the output file size Overview 9 2 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 GC Controller Model Support All Model 500 and Model 700 GC controllers are supported in the acquisition of the following types of data Modbus Register Both User Modbus and SIM2251 single and multiple register queries will be supported
155. ON2000 AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 23 6 Next from the GC Directory dialog scroll over to configure the following parameters NOTICE The Baud Rate Data Bits and Stop Bits parameters were configured above Table 2 3 GC Directory Dialog Default Settings Heading PC Port Handshaking RTS On Delay RTS On Delay Extra Delay Connection Type Direct Remote Telephone Server Type IP Address Retries Modem P Address IC Multiplier Pull down Menu Selection COMI COM2 COM3 None 0 See note Direct Connection Modem Complete number Area Code XXX XXXX 10 digits NOTICE The Extra Delay is enabled for Ethernet connections The default value is O and the default 30 seconds timeout is used If the value is changed to greater than 0 the value is used as the timeout The entered value is multiplied by 10 inside MON2000 therefore the maximum timeout is 100 000 ms or 100 seconds ex If timeout value needs to be 15 seconds the user should enter 1 500 Customizing MON2000 2 24 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 the number attempts to connect via the selected modem and displays progress messages A message box appears when a connection has been made or if the attempt to connect fails Once a connection has been established and while MON2000 remains connected via the modem the Connect button is disabled and the Disconnect button is enabled If the co
156. Observe all safety precautions when you are working in a hazardous environment Failure to observe all safety precautions could result in serious injury or death Conversion Process AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 35 MON2000 16 For the explosion proof Controller the front panel is secured by 16 screws Remove those screws first a Then carefully lower the front panel on its bottom hinges The front panel is heavy so make sure it does not drop and cause damage The DIP switch 1s located on the lower left side of the front panel see Figure G 2 AUG 2005 Conversion Process 2 36 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 17 For rack mount and panel mount Controllers use a flat head screw driver to remove the access panel on the right side of the card cage assembly see Figure 2 3 Figure 2 3 Right Side View Rack and Panel Mount Units 18 Inspect or change the DIP switch settings as necessary a See Table 2 5 as a guide b Make sure you record in the GC Controller s maintenance records any changes you make to the switch settings Switches 1 through 5 form a 5 bit binary number for setting the Modbus slave address also known as COM ID or Device ID e Switch number 1 1s the least significant bit and switch number 5 is the most significant bit Switch to ON 1 Switch to OFF 0 Conversion Process AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 37 MON2000 e Switch 6 1s a spare for future
157. R IVAR IVAR Stream data Stream data Stream data strms Stream data Stream data anlyzr name seqtxt rpt_headerl rpt_header2 COE CAE cal_results cal_results cal_results anly_time cycl_time stream num name run mode EVEL Strt tm compnam cal_conc OLart newrf updated STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO DET NO CDI TBE NO CDI TBE NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO 1 JS To Jess JL TVAR cal results rfdev STREAM NO 1 0 TVAR cal results GLATE STREAM NO 13 0 TVAR cal results newrt STREAM NO A 0 TVAR cal results updated STREAM NO JS 0 TVAR cal results rtdev STREAM NO Le 0 ALARMS 0 indicates index 1s incremented Field List used in Hourly Avg Type Variable SubField Name Indices CP Flag SUR LNG 0 STRING 0 VARIABLE anlyzr name 1 1 0 VARIABLE rpt headerl 1 1 0 VARIABLE rpt_header2 1 1 0 VARIABLE avg data number qs li 0 VARIABLE avg data label hes d 0 SIRING 0 VARIABLE avg data S I d 0 STRING 129 VARIABLE avg data o ds i 0 STRING 0 SLRING 0 STRING 0 STRING 0 STRING 0 STRING 0 STRING 0 VARIABLE avg_archivel avg ds 1 0 VARIABLE avg_archivel minimum d 1 0 VARIABLE avg_archivel maximum JES J 0 VARIABLE avg archive2 dE di 0 STRING 0 VARIABLE avg_archivel avg I 2 0 VARIABLE avg_archivel minimum dE Z 0 VARIABLE avg_archivel maximum A 2 0 VARIABLE avg archive2 que 2 0 STRING 0 VARIABLE avg_archivel avg dls 3 0 VAR
158. R key EE Use the check boxes to toggle the listed sample valves ON or OFF Double click a given table cell or use one of the edit function buttons to make your changes Some table cells will change into pull down menus when selected Choose your data from the pull down menu provided AUG 2005 Timed Events 5 18 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 5 To sort data based on time click the Sat button for the corresponding table 6 Click the button to accept your changes and return to the main window If you configure duplicate TEVs i e 2 or more TEVs contain the same parameter settings an error dialog will display but your data will be saved Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window Timed Events AUG 2005 MON2000 Application System Component Data Fe Timed Events FS User Defined Numeric J Selection Calculations Text Strings Limit Alarms Discrete Alarms Streams Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Valves Temperature Control Serial Ports TEPIP AUG 2005 5 4 5 4 1 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS q 5 19 USER DEFINED The user defined functions allow you to edit a user defined operator entry for an application specific variable These variables may be used in reports calculations and or for controlling the GC operations however user defined variables are not used by all app
159. Rights Reserved EMERSON Process Management User Name User FIM Cancel 2 Click in the User Name data field 3 Type emerson Note that the user name is not case sensitive A PIN is not required for the initial logon Performing Your First Logon AUG 2005 MON2000 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 9 4 When you have successfully logged on the MON2000 main window appears l x File Application Reports Logs Chromatogram Control View Help 2 ux m A Bm E ut oY dl ARE GC E Mode Stream Next Ank Cycle Run f Date For Help press F1 File Application Reports Logs Chron Connect Disconnect Download Upgrade Flash Pr Confia Report Offline Edit ac Directory Users Change Administrator Password Modbus Test Program Settings Print Setup Update MONZODO Recent File Exit AUG 2005 MN 2 6 2 Registering MON2000 After your have successfully performed your initial logon see Section 2 6 1 MON2000 automatically prompts you to register your copy of MON2000 software An active Internet connection is required for registration Registering your MON2000 software allows you to receive information about free updates and related products A direct link to the Emerson Internet website 1s provided via the File gt Update MON2000 menu You may choose to postpone registration You can register at any time via
160. S 38 SI 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 FL Valve Timing Failure Excess Response Factor Deviation M200 Invalid Non Volatile Data M200 Invalid A Module Data M200 Invalid B Module Data M200 Bad Options M200 Stack Overflow M200 Hardware Shutdown M200 Synchronization Failure Preamp Preamp Preamp Preamp Preamp Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Input 1 Out of Range Input 2 Out of Range Input 3 Out of Range Input 4 Out of Range Failure DETI Output 1 HIGH Output 91V 1t cee Output Qut PUL Output OUTPUT OUTPUT OUEPDUE Q tpu t Output Output Output Output OL 12111 Output Output Output Output 2 2 10 Ld l2 15 14 LO L6 ak 2 9 HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HLGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH LOW LOW LOW DETI DETI DETI DETI ant DZ 23 54 D 36 S 36 59 60 Gi 62 63 64 65 66 G7 68 69 KS Ti TA E 74 1o 16 TI 78 De 80 ol 82 83 sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set sysalarm_set
161. S MON2000 can communicate to the GC unit locally via a serial port cable Ethernet connection or remotely via a modem If performing a remote connection ensure that you have configured the PC modem first To configure the communication and serial port settings for the GC unit see Section 5 15 2 8 1 Connect to the GC Unit 1 Use the File gt Connect menu or click the toolbar icon to access the Select GC for Connect menu Select GC for Connect EF x DEFAULT 2350 60 WITH DEFAULT COMMS PARAMETERS DEFAULT 23504 WITH DEFAULT COMMS PARAMETERS 22h Sim Modbus Jean s 235023504 Joe s GC 2 Double click the desired GC unit Checklist for Setting Up MON2000 Offline Edit k MON2000 File Application Reports Logs Chron Disconmeck Download Upgrade Flash Pr Confia Report ac Directory Users Change Administrator Password Modbus Test Program Settings Print Setup Register MONZOOO Update MONZDBOD Recent File Exit AUG 2005 MON2000 If another user is already connected to the GC the unit will lock out the second user When a PC connection is active the GC Controller front panel will indicate a System Lockout This status times out after 10 minutes File Application Reports Logs Chron Connect Disconnect Download Upgrade Flash PC Config Report Offline Edit ac Directory LlsErs Change Administrator Password
162. STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO 26 45 Zel 16 28 wy 2 d SO 44 40 40 DZ 30 30 45 41 41 46 42 42 99 47 VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE op_pres_calc op_pres_calc Stream data Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc Stream data Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc Stream data Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc Stream data Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc Stream data Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc Stream data Op pres calc Op pres calc Op pres calc btotl cgpmos totl gpmc4 Kb games EOtL Gpmes sup_m3_dry sup_m3_sat STREAM NO STREAM_NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO STREAM NO 20 KS 24 Do 10 PAY 34 11 Zo 2o 12 24 36 13 25 14 26 156 60 STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIA
163. Start Auto Sequencing 1 x Polling Control File Po 0mm Output Files Append to the existing files Overnsite the existing files Enable Transaction Logging Cancel 3 Click the button and the Open Polling Control File window displays Open Polling Control File B xl Look in la BIN EIF EN aa GutoPollTest_051004 apc el AutoPollTest 2 D51004 apc aa AutoPaliTest new ape aa AutoPalliTest new 1 apc aa AutoPaliTest new 2 apc File name Files of type Polling Control File apc Cancel E 4 Select the desired polling control file then click the button The Start Auto Sequencing window displays Start Auto Sequencing L i EN xl Polling Control File Po Open Output Files Append to the existing files Overnsite the existing files Enable Transaction Logging Data Collection 9 44 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 5 Choose to append or overwrite the existing output files or abort the process In the check box select Enable Transaction Logging if desired see Transaction Log this section 6 Click the Ok button and the Auto Sequencing Status window displays C GC BINutoPollT est new 2 ape Start Time 5 28 2004 10 11 00 AM Current Comman d Await Description Await Time Status of Completion The Auto Sequencing Status window shows the Polling command file name Start Time d
164. Stream 5 Sheam 5 1 5tieam 1 11 Stream 11 Sheam 7 5 Steam 5 1 Steam 1 11 Stream 11 Select Archive Record 25 Ei T Sean 7 F21110 3 18 03 5 3 n 3 15 13 9 19 03 9719 03 3 13 03 8 13 03 8 18 13 3 13 03 1 18 03 9 19 03 9 19 08 9 19 03 3 1311 1 13 13 9 13 03 23 19 13 9 19 03 219 03 3 13 03 14 34 13 14 29 13 14 25 13 14 21 13 14 17 13 14 13 13 14 13 14 05 13 14 01 13 1357 13 135313 1449 13 134513 1341 13 1337 13 133313 1329 13 1325 13 1421 13 Select Archive Record Default Anly anly Anly 4 13 06 25 13 Anly ATA 1421 13 Anly 419 03 1417113 nh SISA 14 1313 Arly 3 140313 3 14 05 13 Arly 1345713 Anl mm Anly Shrear Anly 11 Stream 11 Anly Shean Anly 5 Steam 5 Anly 1 Steam 1 Arly 1 Biream 11 Anly IUG 8 18 03 133313 1328313 23 73 132513 3 19 03 1321 13 Select Archive Record Selection To Select all records the operator may drag the slide bar down to the end of the list then while holding down the Shift key click the last report and MON2000 will automatically select all records 1n between This also works for any number of records within the list Archive Data MON2000 Date Range Selection Ed Stent Dale End Date i Cancel Default Settings Date Range Selection E C Bl Dates Selected Dates Stat Date 3712703 End Date Date Range Selection AUG 2005 REPORTS 7 27 MON2000
165. TRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE indicates index 1s incremented avg_data avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archive2 avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archive2 avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archive2 avg minimum maximum avg minimum maximum avg minimum maximum Field List used in Monthly Avg STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE anlyzr_name rpt_headerl rpt_header2 qoe K l JW l l A 1 iE Jc JS l l VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE STRING STRING STRING STRING STRING STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE avg_data avg_data avg_data avg_data avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archive2 avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archive2 avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archive2 number label avg minimum maximum avg minimum maximum avg minimum maximum l 1 8 ES dr l A 1 iE H l l l l l l JS indicates index is incremented Field List used in Variable Avg STRING STRING VARIABLE VARIABLE
166. The operator may select several records individually by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking the mouse pointer on random selected reports Reports that are several hours apart may be viewed in this manner Or as the example BMP above shows the operator may click a report and drag the mouse pointer down highlighting several reports 1n sequential order 7 5 3 Reset Reports Logs Chromatogam Control View Help To delete archived data and reset the GC i Report Display P P 123 123 GC Report Request Controller memory GC Printer Control MONZODO Printer Control soie dope 1 Use the Reports gt Archive Data gt Reset menu to access this function 2 MON2000 displays a confirmation dialog Trend Data Export Data Reset 2 WARMING Reset will destroy all archive data Continue Yes No Click the button to continue 3 MON2000 clears the GC Controller memory New archived records will begin accumulating again as analysis and calibration runs occur AUG 2005 Archive Data 7 28 REPORTS MON2000 7 6 TREND DATA This function allows you to view print or save graphical representations or trend lines of accumulated analysis data for the 23504 and the Model 700 GC Controllers 7 6 1 Trend Data Model 700 2350A GCs 1 Use the Reports gt Trend Data menu then _ Fepsrts Logs chromatogram Report Display click the Trend button to access this GE
167. To update Timed Events from the Chromatogram Viewer using the cursor 1 Right click the mouse button with the mouse pointer hovered over the Event Time legend Value Time ES Event Type 3 Off Edit Timed Events Table Edit Timed Events Update Time fram Cursor Seve Wishes Bica frees Save Sheet Copy to clipboard Print Sheet From the pull down menu select Update Time from Cursor Chromatogram Functions 6 16 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER MON2000 Or Press the F9 key MON2000 displays the message Reading GC Data in the status bar then actives the TEV Table E 29 7 26 Inhibit 2 On 39 0 27 Inhibit 1 On 40 0 28 valve 3 Off TEE Inhibit Off 43 1 Inhibit 1 Off 50 5 I JI 2 On 89 0 7 Peak Width 2 8 92 0 2 Click the Save button to save your NOTIC E changes or press the F8 key Press the ESC key to discard changes Save changes and discard changes options are available from the right click menu 6 6 5 Viewing the Chromatogram Results To read a table of calculation results for a selected chromatogram 1 Use the Chromatogram pull down menu to select a specific chromatogram Chromatogram Edit Result Desc Save Remove Forced Cal Curl Save E E CGH H2 23504 Stream 1 Det 1 3 29 2001 8 13 51 AM LAT com Bi CH tH EE stream 1 Det 1 3 3 2007 2 44 40 PM 030301 com CGM 2 23504 Stream 1 Det 1 3 28 2001 8 13 51 AM 030907 cgm 2 Click the Results button
168. Total Gas Sample pa yo CONC RD TOTALRD t 100 where RD relative Density of component n TOTAL RD relative Density of total gas sample CONCN P 100 are defined in 1 preceding Post Analysis Computations AUG 2005 DATA COMPUTATIONS C 11 MON2000 The ideal gas relative density DI is corrected to the real gas relative Density Dr by dividing by the compressibility factor Z for gas mixture at 60 F and one atmosphere pressure and multiplying by the compressibility factor of air at the same conditions Equation C 9 Real Gas Relative Density D D IZ pair Zi sas where D ideal gas relative density see Appendix B Zp air compressibility factor of air or 0 99959 Zb gas compressibility factor of gas mixture Compressibility uses calculations from AGA Report No 8 1992 errata 1993 Compress ibility Factors of Natural Gas and other related Hydro Carbon Gases Equation C 10 Corrected Dry BTU Value CORRDRYBTU PRIBIU where DRYBTU value from Equation C 7 Z compressibility factor see Equation C 9 BASE PRS _ base contract pressure specified defaults to 14 73 PSIA Equation C 11 Corrected Saturated BTU Value of Total Gas DRYBTU 0 9826 Z CORRSATBTU AUG 2005 Post Analysis Computations C 12 DATA COMPUTATIONS MON2000 where DRYBTU value from Equation C 7 CORRSATBTU corrected saturated BTU content per cubic foot of total gas sample at base conditions of BAS
169. U KK KU KK KU KU KO KO KU KO KK KO KG KD KK KO KO KK KK KK OK KG KK KK KG KC Kk Ck RARA A Valve Report from 2350 001 2350 001 BIN o 272D000 e 02849 Switch 9 Valve Valve Valve Valve Valve 5 AUTO AUTO AUTO AUTO AUTO KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKRKKK Ko Kok Kk KK CK AE KU KK kkk A kEkk AE kk Ak A KO KU KO KK KO KO KK KK KO OK KK KO KO KG K KG KG KC KC A Kok k kk Serral Port Report from 2350 001 2350 001 6 2 2000 15 02 49 Port Usage Baud Data Stop Rate Bits Bits Parity BIN KIS RISO ON OFF Protocol Comm LD Read Write 3 4 USER MODBUS SIM 2251 E BC 9600 9600 9600 9600 8 8 1 d None None None None None None 0 6 RTU 0 H RIU 0 RTU 0 Er JEU RW RW RW RW ACKCk KC oKCk ck KC KC Ck ck k ok ok Kk KC Kok k KC Kok ck Ko Kok ok Ko KC Kk Kk KK CK KK KK KK KR KKK KKK KK KKK KKK KR KKK KR OK OK KK KK OK WKN KG MK X KC Kk Ck RARA AR Global Data Report from 2350 001 2350 001 BIN GKZIZ2000 T5402 49 No 10 e 12 LS 14 15 16 17 18 19 2 0 PN Z 2 5 24 Variable name cal run num sim abtu sim alarm sim anlytime sim cal sim cal abtu sim cal comp sim cal dbtu sim cal gpm sim cal rden sim cal sbtu sim cal unno sim cal wobb sim calcycle sim char Sim_compno Sim_compress sim cycday sim cychour Sim Cyemin Sim_cycmonth Sim_cyctime sim cycyear sim day Indices
170. User Defined 8 7063 lAverage User Defined 9 H 7064 Avera e User Defined 10 M 7065 7066 1067 7068 ES p m on m m 7075 First Archive of Average User Defined 6 7076 First Archive of Average User Defined 7 7077 First Archive of Average User Defined 8 7078 iFirst Archive of Average User Defined 9 7079 First Archive of Average User Defined 10 7080 First Archive of Average User Defined li 7081 First Archive of Average User Defined 12 7082 First Archive of Average User Defined 13 AUG 2005 User Modbus Register List F 12 MODBUS REG LIST FOR 2350A GC MON2000 Reg 7083 7084 7085 7086 7081 7088 708s 7090 7091 7092 Compressibility last calibration pa 7094 7095 Response Factors 1 16 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run 7110 7111 Response Factors 41 16 component Table n where n CDT used during last run 7126 7127 7162 NOTE First fifteen or registers 7127 7141 are repeats of contents of registers 7055 7069 7163 Maximum values from Averages User Defined 1 36 7198 7199 Minimum values from Averages User Defined 1 36 7234 7235 7270 Averages User Defined 1 36 First most recent Archive of Averages User Defined 1 36 NOTE First fifteen or registers 7235 7249 are repeats of contents of registers 7070 7084 PT 7306 7307 First most recen
171. a delimited file csv Output File Comma D elimited 5 csv Text z biz Comma Delimited z czv 11 Click the DK button to apply the configuration changes Or Click the button to discard your changes and ETT to the Configuration for Data Collection window AUG 2005 Data Collection Configuration 9 30 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 Maintenance Log Command To configure the Maintenance Log command 1 From the Configuration for Data Collection window click the Add button to select another command Configuration for Data Collection i B X Polling Control File css CABIM SA amp utaPallTest new Tape Polling Output File s Default Filename File Format Report E DefaultReport l Data E DefaultD ata General Configuration List of Commands Commands Type Time aC Entry Wa mo Command Description Log on with Ethernet Card Bottom Alarms Gt Alarm Log Averages Get Averages Calibration Get Cal Report Event Lag Get Event Log Maintenance Log 0 Registers Registers Reports pepe Maintenance Log 00 EEE E E oo ii Add Insert Delete Poll Command Details Run Command Details Save ok Cancel rn 2 Next select the Poll command 3 Press the TAB key or click 1n the Type field then select Maintenance Log from the pull down menu 4 Press the TAB key or click in the Command Description field Assign a name for the Maintenan
172. ading a new GC application or after the GC unit has been out of service You must first connect to the GC to use the Download function 1 Use the File gt Download menu to access the Select GC Application File To Download dialog Select GC Application File To Download l p xl kna Mete a 23508 Cove Point 175 APP aa 2350A socalemb 175 app aa Energy aa Energy Measurement C6 4 min 23508 0013 APP al Energy aa Energy Measurement C6 4 min 23504 Mode APP Energy e Energy Measurement C6 4 min 23508 Mode v1 75 APP Energy aa Energy Files of type APP Files APP Cancel E Downloading an Application 2 62 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 2 Click the desired app file The file name appears 1n the File name data field GC application files contain all control settings and application program functions see Section 5 specific to a particular GC Controller For 2350A GC Controllers and the Model 700 controller application files app files are normally stored in the GC APP directory 3 Click the button to download the selected application file to the connected GC unit Click the Cancel button to exit and return to the main window 4 MON2000 reads the time at the GC Set GC Time E Controller and the Set Time dialog appears 2m HR appears for you to edit or accept see 10 43 34 AM Section 4 7 2 for more information arabe ie 5 A progress bar appears
173. al position 1n the chassis mounting Tighten the four screws 4 Return and secure the field wiring TB in its original position Tighten the six screws 5 Reconnect the AC power cord to J21 on the TB and restore AC power to the 2350A GC Controller E 8 SET UP AND PROGRAMMING The purpose of this procedure is to define the CMOS table set up and programming requirements for the CPU assembly and DiskOnChip E 8 1 Procedure 1 Install the blank DiskOnChip into socket UI on the CPU assembly noting the orientation of pin 1 2 Plug the floppy drive cable into J10 on the CPU assembly and plug the board into the card cage 3 Plug the keyboard cable into J1 on the CPU assembly 4 Turn on the power When the video displays on the monitor press the DELETE button to access the CMOS setup window a The Standard CMOS Setup window displays Press the ENTER button b Set time and date by either PAGE UP PAGE DOWN or by entering the appropriate number value After making the desired change press ENTER Set Up and Programming AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS q E 15 c Change Drive C to NONE by pressing PAGE DOWN Verify that Drive A is the only selected drive Press ESCAPE F10 to save changes Y to verify that you want the changes to be made then ENTER The CPU assembly will reboot and displays the Systems Configuration window The speaker on the CPU will chirp and
174. alog input signal c Set the anticipated Full Value d Click the Auta Cal F3 button or press the F3 key You can abort this process at any time by clicking the Ha button The Zero Scale Adjustment dialog appears P 9 2 ls Al set ta zero scale value button to continue Analog Inputs 5 42 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 MON2000 accepts a Zero Scale calibration value that 1s higher than the Full Scale value A higher Zero Scale value can be useful in the applications that require an inverse display or record of analog signal levels 2350A GC Controllers and Model 700 units support up to 4 Analog channels 5 The Full Scale Adjustment dialog appears Adjust the Analog Input to its Full Scale value p Ou 9 ls Al 1 set ta full scale value button to continue 6 MON2000 verifies that the recorded values are acceptable A confirmation dialog displays Save these values to be written ta the GC controller when finished in this screen ET Zero Scale 79 2051 Full Scale 90 5207 Click the changes Click the Ha button to cancel and return to the Analog Input dialog 7 To perform a GRI Gain Ratio Index NOTICE GRl Zero F4 N O TI CE calculation click the button or press the F4 key Ensure that you halt any ongoing analysis runs A GRI calculation confirms the GC see Section 4 3 before Controller preamp operation It can be performin
175. also include settings for serial interface protocols 1 e RS 232 RS 485 or RS 422 These protocols are accomplished through jumper settings see the GC hardware manuals for instructions drawings and other descriptions Communications between the GC and a DCS or multi drop serial data highway can be established with Modbus protocol For this the Usage setting should be either User Modbus or SIM 2251 In any Modbus host slave configuration there must be one Host to which any one of the GCs can respond as a Slave Thus the controller could be connected to a maximum of 4 different serial data networks The serial interface protocol RS 232 will service most end connection devices De PC and Report DCS connections use either RS 485 or RS 422 protocols although 1n some cases the RS 232 protocol can be used Serial Ports 5 62 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS To access this function 1 From the Application gt Serial Ports menu select the Usage column and use the pull down menu to select the appropriate configuration Serial Ports ES X top E d Device ID 1 Registers F3 Cancel 5 16 GC SERIAL PORT AND CABLE CONFIGURATIONS This section provides more detailed information about the serial port connections of the 2350A GC Controller It identifies serial port pin assignments and diagrams for designing RS 232 serial cables necessary for your application GC serial ports are found on the GC Control
176. alue Inf MJ m3 Dr Heating Value Inf Mim Sat Heating Value Inf MJ m3 Act Heating Value Sup Ml ko Dry Heating Value Inf MJ ka Dr Setting both adjustment values to 0 0 disables the scale adjustment See Appendix D for an alternative calibration method for analog outputs Appendix D includes an example of calibrating an output scale of O to 1200 AUG 2005 5 10 4 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 47 To change a variable assignment click the appropriate Variable cell Use the provided pull down menu and click the desired variable to select 1t Click the button to accept your changes and return to the Analog Outputs dialog Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the Analog Outputs dialog Performing a Manual Calibration To manually calibrate an analog output 1 Select the desired analog output by clicking anywhere in the corresponding row Set the Zero Scale and Full Scale values as desired Set the Fixed Var parameter to Fixed Set Fixed Value equal to the Zero Scale value Set Zero Adjustment and Full Adjustment to 0 0 Click the button to accept your changes and exit from the Analog Outputs dialog Return to the Analog Outputs dialog Wait until the Current Value of the analog output 1s equal to the Zero Scale value see Step 2 Record the value in engineering units read by the receiving device e g a voltmeter Get Fixed Value equal to the F
177. am Properties dialog Uninstalling MON2000 MON2000 AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 MON ZOU 2 5 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 7 STARTING MON2000 To start MON2000 after a successful installation Use the Windowsg Start menu Start gt Programs gt MON2000 menu by clicking the Start button Double click the MON2000 icon automatically created on your desktop during installation You cannot access the MON2000 functions until you are successfully logged on To start MON2000 directly from the executable file use the directory you specified when installing MON2000 Note that c Program FilesMMON2000NMMON2000 is the default setting Daniel k cy Documents k Microsoft Office Tools k E Microsoft Word eh Settings b Snagit Search k WordPerfect Office 11 F Hl Monzo t E Help Y zt Run lan Programs d E i Windows Journal viewer v Starting MON2000 2 8 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 2 6 PERFORMING YOUR FIRST LOGON 2 6 1 The Initial Logon Each new GC unit 1s shipped with one super user named Emerson After logon ensure that this user name appears 1n the Users list as a super user see Section 2 9 1 To log on for the first time 1 Start the MON2000 software program by NI clicking the desktop icon or by using the Windowsg Start menu see Section 2 5 MON 2000 NI MON 2000 Version 2 46 023 MINI Copyright C 2002 Emerson Process Management All
178. ancel button to abort and NOTICE return to the main window N OTI CE Use the Report Display option in the Reports menu to view the results of the Valve Timing function The Valve Timing function begins AUG 2005 MON2000 Control View Help Auto Sequence F Single Stream Halt F3 Calibration Baseline Run Valve Timing GC Time Stop Kow AUG 2005 4 7 CONTROL FUNCTIONS 4 9 Use the status bar to monitor the progress of this function Det H Mode If no change was made to the valve timing the following message will be posted 1n the Alarm Log valve timing failure See Section 8 3 for detailed instructions on reading Alarm Logs No message is recorded for a successfully optimized valve GC TIME Use the GC Time function to view and if necessary set the system date and time used by the GC Controller View GC Time To view the system date and time used by the GC i Click the Use the Control gt GC Time gt View menu to select the View option The following MON2000 dialog appears G Current GC time 672 00 1 42 59 PM Standard Time button to exit this dialog and return to the main window GC Time 4 10 CONTROL FUNCTIONS MON2000 4 7 2 Set GC Time GC Time To set the system date and time used by the GC 1 Use the provided pull down arrow to access an interactive calendar Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sa
179. ardware Programs aw 4 amp Display Find Fast Fonts Game Internet Keyboard Controllers T 2r objectis El Mu Computer ME 3 Double click the Add Remove Programs Icon If using Windows XP click the Start button then Add Remove Programs Uninstalling MON2000 2 6 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 4 The Add Remove Program Properties dialog appears Add Remove Programs Properties RAEI Install Uninstall windows Setup Startup Disk E To install a new program from a floppy disk or CD ROM drive click Install Install E The following software can be automatically removed by ey Windows To remove a program ar to modify its installed components select it from the list and click Add Remove Com NIC Diagnostics Adobe Acrobat 3 01 Adobe Acrobat Reader 3 0 Adobe FrameMaker v5 5 Basta Computing Unios Directs McAfee VirusScan v3 1 0 Retail QEM Far Windows 95 Microsoft Chat 2 0 Add Remove UK Cancel Apply 5 Select MON2000 and click the Add Remove button 6 Windowsg displays the following confirmation dialog Confirm File Deletion ES Are you sure you want to completely remove the selected application and all of its components 7 Click the Yes button to continue Windowsg deletes the program files only Any files shared by other programs or created by the user are not deleted Click the button to abort and return to the Add Remove Progr
180. are stored fully formatted ASCII text or stored 1n a comma delimited file csv Output File Camma Delimited csv 8 Click the DK button to apply the configuration changes Or Click the button to discard your changes and return to the Configuration for Data Collection window Disconnect Command Use the Disconnect Command to terminate communications with a currently connected GC Controller To configure the Disconnect command 1 From the Configuration for Data Collection window click the Add button to select another command Data Collection Configuration AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 33 MON2000 2 Use the Command pull down menu and select DISCONNECT Configuration for Data Collection E x Polling Control File CAGC BIN utoPolT est new 1 apc Polling Output File s Default Filename File Format Report DefaultReport vi ep0 Ei Data MM DefaulData General Configuration List of Commands Command Description Log on with Ethernet Card Bottom Alarms DU Get Alam Log Averages UU Bet Averages Calibration Get Cal Report Event Log Get Event Log Maintenance Log Gt Maintenance Log Registers MMC Registers 8 Reports NN neo Dog EE NN 11 Connect 0 Dela Disconnect End Pall Repeat Run Add Insert Delete Poll Command Detail Run Command Details Save Lx Cancel No additional 1nput parameters are required for this comma
181. arm_set lmtalarm set lmtalarm set lmtalarm set lmtalarm set Imtalarm set lmtalarm set lmtalarm set lmtalarm set lmtalarm set Imtalarm set Imtalarm set lmtalarm set Imtalarm set lmtalarm set Imtalarm set Imtalarm set Imtalarm set lmtalarm set lmtalarm set lmtalarm set stream data stream data stream data stream data stream data stream data stream data stream data COOLE GIOI EC EELER CIO DNE CUE dout cuf Stream Logg Stream togg Stream togg Stream togg Stream togg Stream togg Stream Logg SLICE OS 85 10 Ld deg L3 14 159 16 17 18 de 20 NA Stream Stream Stream Stream Stream Stream Stream Stream Numeric Registers 0 stream data 2 analysis 3 analysis 4 analysis 5 analysis 6 analysis 8 analysis 10 analysis 12 analysis 14 analysis 16 analysis 18 analysis 20 analysis 22 analysis 24 analysis 26 analysis 28 analysis 30 analysis 32 analysis SIM 2251 Modbus Variable REG Name avg_molwgt molpct te Beie molpct m l lpet molpct molpct molpct molpct te eg MOU P t molpct molpelr molpct molpct molpct moLpetr nmolpcc molpct Field Name 1 i 1 1 Si 2 1 3 L 4 1 5 ii 6 di 7 1 8 1 9 2 9 3 9 4 2 5 9 gt O D JL 6 dd T da 8 XX Indices S e Char Char Integer Integer Integer Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float
182. ate and hour the current command 1n the polling process the Command Description Status of Completion and the Next Command in the polling command file To halt the Auto Sequencing process at anytime click the Abort button Data Collection AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 45 Stop Auto Sequencing Terminate Auto Sequencing at any time by clicking the Abort button on the Auto Sequencing Status display screen If this occurs the Auto Sequencing module will disconnect if connected to a GC Controller Close all open output files and return to normal operation of the MON2000 PLUS program Transaction Log When starting Auto Sequencing enable Transaction Logging by clicking 1n the check box If this option is chosen a log file 1s opened and one or more entries are made to the file each time a command 1s executed Transaction Log entries include a time stamp and a description of the command being executed If the command results in modbus messages being exchanged between the PC and the controller then the poll message from the PC and the response from the controller will be displayed Data Collection 9 46 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 This page is intentionally left blank Data Collection AUG 2005 MODBUS TEST 10 1 MON2000 MODBUS TEST The Modbus Test Program WinMB enables you to test the operation of the serial port com munic
183. ated 12 Set the Fixed Value to the Full Scale value entered in Step 5 Calibrating by Volts D 4 ANALOG OUTPUT CAL FOR 2350A MON2000 13 Click the button to accept your changes and exit from the Analog Outputs dialog 14 Look at the voltmeter again and record the full scale reading NOTI C E 15 Return to the Analog Outputs dialog and Woursolineter reading reselect the channel being calibrated should be very close to 16 Change the Zero Scale Adjustment to the Mn ons MAPA Zero Scale voltage reading and the Full Sn li d A Wf Scale Adjustment to the Full Scale voltage scale accoidiidly reading 17 Click the button to accept your changes and exit from the Analog Outputs dialog 18 Return to the Analog Outputs dialog and reselect the channel being calibrated 19 To quickly verify your changes enter the midpoint of your range eg 3 for the Fixed Value Click the button to accept your change The resulting voltage output should be close to span midpoint e g 3 20 Return to the Analog Outputs dialog and reselect the channel being calibrated 21 Set the Fixed Var parameter to Var and the Fixed Value to 0 0 22 Click the changes button to accept your The voltage output could change slightly from time to time and the MON2000 software will now maintain the correct span Calibrating by Volts AUG 2005 ANALOG OUTPUT CAL FOR 2350A D 5 MON2000
184. ations and determine Modbus register and log contents Use this program as an aid to software debugging or for special installations Via WinMB you can troubleshoot with any device including the GC Controller an ultrasonic meter or a flow computer FUNCTION NOT REQIURED FOR NORMAL GC OPERATION The Modbus test is reserved for advanced functions The Modbus Test function is not required for normal GC operation Skip this section unless you are developing software engaging in a software debugging process or designing a custom installation that directly accesses the GC Controller Modbus registers Traditionally Modbus registers are polled by using a data collection system DCS To facilitate installation and debugging the WinMB program emulates a DCS File Application Reports Logs Chromatogram Control View Hele Connect This section provides detailed instructions for using the WinMB program Use this program only if you are familiar with Modbus communication protocol and the operation of the MON2000 software Disconmeck Download Upgrade Flash Pr Confia Report Offline Edit k ac Directory Users Change Administrator Password Modbus Test 1 A n 1 STA RTI N G WI N M B Program Settings Print Setup Register MON2ZDDD Update MON2000 To start WinMB from MON2000 pull down the File menu and click the Modbus Test option 1 2350A Cove Point 175 APP 2 25504 socalemb 1
185. ations dialog see Section 5 5 2 No disabled Hr hourly avg 24 24 hour avg Wk weekly avg Mn monthly avg Var variable avg streams to be used for data collection when the report is generated enable disable manual paper feed feature of printer enable disable real time printing of alarms as they occur enable disable real time printing of events as they occur MON2000 PRINTER CONTROL This function allows you to define schedules for automatic printing of standard GC reports to a printer connected to your PC See Section 3 7 to configure the printer settings The user must be on line connected to the controller using either a serial port direct connection modem or Ethernet card 1n order to print from the MON2000 printer MON20OOO Printer Control AUG 2005 MON2000 Reports Logs Chromatagram Report Display ac Report Request GC Printer Control MON2000 Printer Control Archive Data Trend Data You can for example set a report to print after each analysis and every 12 hours Each report generation REPORTS 7 19 1 Usethe Reports gt MON2000 Printer Control menu to access this function 2 The Printer Control dialog displays Printer Control Report Name Andy Cal Gal Time 12 00 AM 12 00 AM 12 00 AM 12 00 AM 12 00 AM 12 00 AM 12 00 AM 12 00 AM 12 00 AM WU E d d dL TW AL ML NE d d dL Ei EI EI EI EI EI EI EI EI TW ML E d d dL TW O O O
186. ave multiple CGMs Chromatogram Functions 6 12 6 6 1 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER MON2000 Editing the Chromatogram Use the Edit Chromatogram function to change the x y offset values and other display parameters such as color 1 Use the Chromatogram pull down menu to select a specific chromatogram Chromatogram Edit Result Desc Save Remove Forced Cal Curt Save E E CGM H2 23504 Stream 1 Det 1 3 29 2001 8 13 51 AM LAST cgm Bi CGM tH CE stream 1 Det 1 3 3 2001 2 44 40 PM 030301 com CGM H2 23504 Stream 1 Det 1 3 23 2001 8 13 51 AM 030901 com 2 Click the Edt button The Edit Chromatogram dialog appears Last AnalysisICDT 115tream 1 Trace 1 archive4 13 00 10 18 50 AM EN xote R voe fi points E2 o Color e 3 Use the X Offset and Y Offset values to change the chromatogram display as desired 4 Use the Color pull down menu to assign a different color to this chromatogram 5 Click the button to accept your changes and return to the Chromatogram Viewer dialog Click the Carcel button to abort and return to the Chromatogram Viewer dialog Chromatogram Functions AUG 2005 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER q 6 13 MON2000 6 6 2 Editing TEVs from CGM Viewer NOTICE To edit the Timed Events Table TEV from the In the edit mode initial focus is Chromatogram Viewer window applied to the currently selected event in the table or to the 1 Double click the lef
187. avg archivel minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg ZI Zz PAS 24 2 2 6 21 28 29 30 SI 32 SE 34 09 36 10 dE 12 13 14 15 16 LL Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used 73200 13 61 pio 7363 7364 1365 1366 1357 7368 7309 7540 ES Ero RES es 7374 ES dE E TITO ES NS 1390 o TIO A 13925 1384 Toga 1386 PSL TIDO 1509 T320 Nee eae To TA avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_arch
188. ay Repeat SECH EE Bang Count Command Description 08 00 AM Joe s GC Lag on with Ethernet Card Bottom Alarms TH Averages Cet Averages Calibration Get Cal Rept Event Lag Evert Lag Maintenance Log Det Maintenace Log Registers Pll Registers Reports et Rept m n ooo ee Disconnect fram GC Controller 1 Repeat Auto polling Rute Autarpolling End Process Add Insert Delete Pall Command Details Run Command Details Save Io Cancel e 5 Usethe Add m Delete buttons to modify the Data Collection configuration file 6 When you have finished modifying the file click the sae button to apply the changes You may rename the Polling Control file apc or write over the existing file 7 You are returned to the Configuration for Data Collection window Click the w button AUG 2005 Data Collection Configuration 9 8 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 8 MON2000 PLUS displays the Save Changes dialog Q Save changes o 9 Click the Yes button to save the changes and return to the Configuration for Data Collection window Or Click the changes button to discard your Connect Command To configure the Connect Command 1 Select Connect from the General NOTICE Configuration Command pull down menu Use the communication Use the communication method and method and parameters as parameters as previously configured in the Configur
189. be polled in the applicable Use this nDays field command after you have established archive data files Data Collection Configuration AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 23 MON2000 9 Click the DK button to apply the configuration changes 10 MON2000 PLUS displays the Save Changes dialog MON2000 os No Save changes e 11 Click the Yes button to write the changes and return to the Configuration for Data Collection window Or Click the button to discard your changes and Re to the Configuration for Data Collection window Registers Command Blocks of modbus register data can be specified N OTI C E for collection MON2000 PLUS reads all of To configure the Registers command the stored Modbus Registers If you are using a direct connection rather than an Ethernet connection the data collection process can take a long time AUG 2005 Data Collection Configuration 9 24 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 1 From the Configuration for Data Collection window click the Add button to select another command Configuration for Data Collection i E X Polling Control File BE CABIM SA amp utaPallTest new 1 apc Polling Output File s Default Filename File Format Report H DefaullReport l Data E DefaultD ata General Configuration List of Commands Commands Type Time GC Entry e ae n Command Descrip
190. cations baud rate at GC 5 15 Application gt Serial Ports AUG 2005 Procedures Guide 3 12 GETTING STARTED MON2000 Table 3 8 Menu and Manual Section per MON2000 Procedure Continued Task or Data Item Section s Menu Keystroke communications baud rate at PC 2 9 9 File COM ID component code and name 5 2 Application gt Component Data F6 component full scale for output 5 1 Application gt System CGM Analog Output Config and Baseline Offset 5 10 Application gt Analog Outputs component s programmed for input 5 9 Application gt Analog Inputs 5 11 Application gt Discrete Inputs component s programmed for output 5 6 Application gt Limit Alarms 5 7 Application gt Discrete Alarms 5 10 Application gt Analog Outputs GJ Application gt Discrete Outputs component retention time 5 2 Application gt Component Data F6 component zero for output 5 10 Application gt Analog Outputs Compressibility on off 5 5 1 Application gt Calculations gt Control current date 4 7 Control gt GC Time current time 4 7 Control gt GC Time cycle time 5 3 Application gt Timed Events F5 delete alarms 5 6 Application gt Limit Alarms 8 3 Log gt Alarm Log delete component from component list 5 2 Application gt Component Data F6 DELETE delete inhibit integration peak width 5 3 Application gt Timed Events F5 delete output s 5 6 Application gt Limit Alarms 5 7 Application gt Discrete Alarms 5 10 Applicat
191. ce Log data file Data Collection Configuration AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 31 MON2000 5 Click the Pall Command Details button and the Poll Command Maintenance Log dialog box displays Poll Command Maintenance Log li x Maintenance Log Configuration Event Log Selection Start Date Start Time End Date End Time n Days Entire Log Output File Filename File Format DefaultD ata Comma D elimited csv 6 From the Event Log Selection field select one of the following Start End insert the start and end date and start and end time Maintenance Log Configuration Event Log Selection Start Date Start Time End Date End Time n Days Start End Time 05 20 2004 1200 AM 05 20 2004 11 53 PM Most Recent nDays insert the number of days Maintenance Log Configuration Event Log Selection Start Date Start Time End Date End Time n Days Entire Log returns the entire Maintenance Log Maintenance Log Configuration Event Log Selection Start Date Start Time End Date End Time n Days AUG 2005 Data Collection Configuration 9 32 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 Each entry in the maintenance log configuration that satisfies the selection criteria a record containing the following information is stored Date time of the log entered Log message 7 Select the output file format The reports
192. chive Export Data 7 24 Ee De EE 7 27 Trend ee 7 28 Trend Data Model 700 2350A GCs 7 28 View Live Trend Online Model 700 2350A 7 29 View Trend from File on Disk 7 32 Edit Graph Display 7 34 Changing Cursor Size 1 34 Describe Trend 7 35 Print TPO e ana la pd 0x EE ities 7 35 Save TREN e EEN 7 36 Read Trend Archive 7 36 Display e e 7 37 Maintenance Log 8 1 Parameter List 8 3 Alarm LOS EE 8 6 Clear or Acknowledge Active Alarms 8 9 EVENT Ko sacas 8 9 Logs viii TABLE OF CONTENTS MON2000 MON2000 PLUS DATA 9 1 OvervieW save 9 1 COLLECTION AUTO GC Controller Model Support 9 2 POLLING 9 2 Data Collection Configuration 9 3 Feline Control MIS EE 9 3 Polling Control Commands 9 3 Create a New Polling Control File 9 5 Edit An Existing Polling Control File 9 6 Connect Va GIN A ANN AN DE 9 8 Alarms CLOMMANO iive E kak a kak ana Nd ak ka beard a a 9 9 Averages Command 9 12 Calibration Command
193. click the Pal Command Details button b The Poll Command Alarms dialog box displays Poll Command Alarms IE Alarms Configuration Unacknowledged Alarms Output File File Format Comma D elimited cz csv c The Active Alarms and Unacknowledged Alarm check box are selected d Click the DK button to return to the Configuration for Data Collection window AUG 2005 Data Collection Configuration 9 12 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 Add the next poll command for the data collection configuration file by pressing the ENTER key or by clicking the Add button Averages Command To configure the Averages Command to acquire sets of one or more averages for the most recent averaging period and or the previous averaging period any available in the GC Controller or select either the Complete Output or Average Single Record MON2000 PLUS reads all of the averages data previously stored If you are using a direct connection rather than an Ethernet connection the averaging data collection can take a long time 1 From the Configuration for Data Collection window select the Polling Output File s Type e g Report txt or Data csv format and name the report in the Default file name field 2 Select the Poll command 3 Press the TAB key or click in the Type field then select Averages from the pull down menu 4 Press the TAB key or click 1n the Command
194. color coded use the Chromatogram pull down menu to select a specific ome eres Chromatogram Edit Results Desc Save Remove Forced Cal Curt Save dr Model 500 2 Det 2 2 27 2001 6 47 08 AM today comm Model 500 Streamzz Det 1 6 73 2002 2 08 59 PM LAST com Model 500 Stream 1 Det 1 6 5 2001 gg AM 551 60501 com Model 500 Stream 3 Det 1 5 13 2002 2 12 58 PM cam redb 13 02 cgm Model 500 SMGL Stream 1 Det 1 8 10 2001 12 47 36 PM 81001 com Model 500 2 Det 2 2 27 2001 8 47 08 AM today com Click the Save Cmp button to save the selected comparison file to disk The Save Chromatogram Comparison File dialog appears Save Chromatogram File xi Save in E SAVE DEI pi EE D22701 cgm 30801 cgm 551 60501 cgm 551 cgm2 cgm 031901 cgm taday cgm 3 81101 cgm Ed oom cgm com red 13 D2 com LAST com File name Save as type CGM Files com Cancel E 6 Enter the file name to be saved and click the Save button to save the file to disk Or Click the Cancel button to exit this dialog Viewing a Live Chromatogram 6 8 6 3 6 4 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER MON2000 REMOVING A CHROMATOGRAM FROM VIEW To remove a chromatogram trace from the Viewer display and close the cgm file if reading from disk 1 Use the Chromatogram pull down menu to select a specific chromatogram Chromatogram Edit Results Desc Save Remove Forc
195. coming data samples are averaged together before storing to the controller memory for processing Non overlapping groups of N samples are averaged and stored and thus reduce the effective incoming data rate to 40 N samples second For example if N 5 then a total of 40 5 or 6 averaged data samples are stored every second The value for the variable N 1s determined by the selection of a Peak Width parameter PW The relationship 1s N PW where PW 1s given in seconds All the various details 1n the analysis process are 1ndependent of the value of N Data Acquisition C 2 DATA COMPUTATIONS MON2000 Allowable values of N are one to 63 which corresponds to values of PW from 2 to 63 seconds The variable N is known as the integration factor This term is used because N determines how many points are averaged or integrated to form a single value The integration of data upon input before storing serves two purposes First the statistical noise on the input signal is reduced by the square root of N In the case of N 4 a noise reduction of two would be realized Secondly the integration factor controls the bandwidth of the chromatograph signal It is necessary to match the bandwidth of the input signal to that of the analysis algorithms in the 2350A This prevents small short duration perturbations from being recognized as true peaks by the program It 1s therefore important to choose a Peak Width corresponding to the narrowest
196. d calibration AUG 2005 9 15 maintain the response factor data for each component following the completion of each To configure the Calibration Command for the 2350A GC Controller 1 From the Configuration for Data Collection window select the Poll command Configuration for Data Collection Folling Control File CA GCSBINAutoPollT est new ape Polling Output File s Jefault Filename ile Format Report m EDT E New Data File General Configuration List of Commands imarnds Type GC Entry Delay Repeat Command Description l a Hours Lount Ethernet Connection Time Alarms ENN Alarms Log Averages Lag e Calibration Calibration Log Add Insert Delete Pall Command Details Run Command Details Save HE Cancel 2 Press the TAB key or click in the Type field then select Calibration from the pull down menu 3 Press the TAB key or click in the Command Description field Assign a name for the Calibration data file Data Collection Configuration 9 16 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 4 Click the Pall Command Details button and the Poll Command Calibration dialog box displays Far 23504 and Model 700 with BOS v1 90 and later 5 Most Recent n Sequences Output File Filename File Format Mew Calibration Data File Comma Delimited csv 5 Specify the number of calibrations for which the response factor results are desired If you
197. d instructions for the Ethernet card installation TCP IP Subnet and Gateway settings Uze DHCP Specify an IP Address MON2000 Application System Component Data F Timed Events FS User Defined k Calculations k Limit Alarms Discrete Alarms Streams Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Valves Temperature Control Serial Ports Device ID 1 Geet Selection Field For Help press F1 TCP IP Subnet and Gateway Menu AUG 2005 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER 6 1 MON2000 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER Use the Chromatogram Viewer to display and print live archived or saved chromatograms from a cgm file on disk The 23504 GC Controller saves the most recent chromatograms for each stream running in the Stream Sequence as well as the chromatogram from the most recent calibration run for each CDT See the following sections for further instructions 6 1 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER FUNCTION To access the Chromatogram Viewer 1 Connect to the GC Chomatogran Coral view 2 Use the Chromatogram gt Chromatogram E lop Viewer menu to access this function 3 The Chromatogram Viewer dialog appears Chromatogram Viewer E E E gt X Event Type o vilwDet Value Time a pan T 20 0 View curent CGM Save A D values 00 400 200 300 4 0 500 600 700 s o 900 1000 Prntatendotrun If AAD value GC Archive PC Fi
198. d n 1 Most Recent n Records Since Last Collection If SIM_2251 is selected and the Starting Register 1s in the range 701 999 then Record Selection options including starting Record n Most Recent nRecords and Since Last Collection and Record Number AUG 2005 Data Collection Configuration 9 26 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 and Number of Records must be entered Also enter the Total Number of Records location of Last Written Record and Date Time Format when applied If USER MODBUS 1s selected and Data Type 1s Register then the user must enter a Data Format string to define for each parameter being requested an integer 16 bit or floating point 32 bit value Floating point values use two consecutive registers for storage For the standard registers the values returned are stored 1n a single record 1n the output file following the Date and Time when the registers are polled the Starting Register and Number of Registers Using SIM 2251 registers 701 999 registers one record is stored in the output file for each record retrieved with fields within the record starting the date and time when the record 1s polled starting Register 701 999 Record Number and the data for the record List of Registers Coils Modbus F Register v an 7 Click the DK button to apply the configuration changes Or Click the button to discard your changes and return to the Confi
199. d proof of the Date of Shipment of the product in question Return the product to Daniel within twelve 12 months of the date of original shipment of the product or within eighteen 18 months of the date of original shipment of the product to destinations outside of the United States The Purchaser must prepay any shipping charges In addition the Purchaser is responsible for insuring any product shipped for return and assumes the risk of loss of the product during shipment To obtain Warranty service or to locate the nearest DMS office sales or service center call 713 827 6314 Fax 713 827 6312 or write to Daniel Measurement Services 11100 Brittmore Park Drive Houston Texas 77041 Or contact DMS via the following site WWW emersonprocess com daniel When contacting DMS for product service the Purchaser 1s asked to provide information as indicated on the following page entitled Customer Repair Report For product returns from locations outside the United States it will be necessary for you to obtain the import consignment address so that DMS s customs broker can handle the importation with the U S Customs Service DMS offers both on call and contract maintenance service designed to afford single source responsibility for all its products DMS reserves the right to make changes at any time to any product to improve its design and to insure the best available product This page is intentionally left blank CUST
200. d them socket U18 EVEN EPROM P N 8 2350 001 socket U19 ODD EPROM P N 8 2350 002 2 Remove one at a time each of the old EPROMs and replace each with its upgrade H EPROM e 3 Locate Jumper Pin Set J14 It 1s near the E two EPROMs you have just replaced 2 Note that Jumper Pin Set J14 has a single jumper shorting pins 1 and 2 3 e Replace EPROMS Reset CPU AUG 2005 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS q E 13 4 To reset the CPU registers remove the jumper from J14 pins 1 and 2 and place it to short J14 pins 2 and 3 5 After briefly shorting J14 pins 2 and 3 remove the jumper again Place it back 1n its original position shorting J14 E REASSEMBLY PROCEDURES 1 Place and securely plug the SBC53 CPU Board into slot number 2 of the Card Cage 2 Reconnect all ribbon cables that were unplugged see Section E 5 Because the ribbon cables are arranged 1n layers 1t important to reconnect them in the order listed below Table E 1 2350 GC Ribbon Cables to Connect MON2000 pins 1 and 2 Assembly Part System Interface Number Board connection 3 2350 063 J12 3 2350 052 J9 3 2350 062 J11 3 2350 051 J4 3 2350 064 J8 3 2350 053 J10 3 2350 054 J6 3 2350 055 J5 AUG 2005 Cable Originating from Board SBC53 SBC53 SBC53 SBC53 DSPI O DSPI O RTI1281 RTI1281 Reassembly Procedures E 14 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS MON2000 3 Return and secure the Card Cage Assembly its origin
201. dent on settings in the Averages Calculations dialog see Section 5 5 2 No disabled Hr hourly avg 24 24 hour avg Wk weekly avg Mn monthly avg Var variable avg streams to be used for data collection when the report is generated red columns gt Form enable disable manual paper feed feature of printer Feed 1 5 ARCHIVE DATA This function enables you to view print or save various reports and records stored in the GC memory for the Model 500 and Model 700 analyzers You can also reset 1 e delete the stored records from the GC memory Archive Data AUG 2005 REPORTS 7 21 MON2000 The standard GC application can store up to ninety nine days of analysis runs and calibration records Description P2350 001 P2350 Standard 6davgs 12strm 7 5 1 View Data Model 500 Model 700 Reports Logs Chromatogram Control View Help To view print COpy OY Save archived data Report Display H 133 i GC Report Request E 1 Use the Reports gt Archive Data gt View Data Archive Data menu to access this function Trend Data Export Data ZS 2 MON2000 displays the Date Range Selection pop up dialog C All Dates Ge Selected Dates atan Date End Date 3 21 ranni omen Select All Dates radio button or choose Selected Dates Select the Start date and End Date date range for the report to be archived AUG 2005 Archive Data 7 22 REPORTS MON2000 3 Click the selection
202. des access to COMB on J10 and COMA on J11 of the Field Termination board The serial port setup in the MON2000 Software for COMA must be selected as a PC port e For a system WITH a keyboard and display connect cable P N 3 2350 087 from CPU J6 to the System Interface J8 and J12 This provides access to COM3 on J10 and COMA 1s dedicated for use as a serial 1nterface to the keyboard and display COMA will not be available at J11 ofthe Field Termination board BASIC 2350A CONFIGURATION AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 39 MON2000 The serial port setup in the MON2000 Software for COMA must be selected as Front Panel see Figure 2 4 If all four serial ports are required for communications on a system with keyboard and display an optional COMAA Board must be installed and a COM and COMB cable P N 3 2350 086 connected see Figure 2 5 The serial port setup in the MON2000 Software for COMS must be configured as Front Panel See Figure G 4b f Reinstall the Analog cable to J6 on the System Interface Board g Place the Unit Updated to 2350A label included with the upgrade kit on the instruction decal located on the 1nside right wall of the explosion proof units or on the card cage of the rack or panel mount units Comm rataca IE ESE Mane Mane g7 Nore Mone D RTU BE g Mone Mone 0 BTU 4 Front Panel po fc EE el EE E 5 0 ATU None None 3 N H 0 ATU Front Panel one one 4
203. di high high ECH high high B ih high ee h n t 1 high stream number 2 3050 14 13 11 8 O D A low low low low pu 1 low stream number 2 15 14 13 12 11 10 8 ODA high high high high high EE high h n Noi tha n SC 1 high stream number 3 15 13 1 1 10 ODA low low rs low low s 1 low Stream number 3 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 6 3 O D A high high high nigh high high high high v t high e high non 1 high 3054 stream number 4 15 14 12 11 fa G O D A low low low low 1 low 3055 stream number 4 15 14 19 12 11 10 9 8 O D A high high high H ch high high Ee Res hai xe RER 1 high stream number 5 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 O D A p o low low low low low low Wi 1 low 3057 stream number 5 EA 14 13 12 11 8 6 5 O D A high high high high high SC Wi high high SR high e 1 high 3058 New data flag Set upon completion of GE User Modbus Register List AUG 2005 MODBUS REG LIST FOR 2350A GC F 9 MON2000 G 3 continued SIM 2251 MODBUS REGISTER LIST 2 Description 3059 Cal Analysis flag Set 1 if analysis dati Set 0 if calculation data nM 32 BIT INTEGERS Cycle Time in 1 30ths of 1 second Calibration Cycle time in 1 30ths of 1 second 5002 NOTE The following registers will contain 0 E values until at least one analysis run has Km FLO
204. dministrator Password Modbus Test Program Settings Print Setup Register MONZOOO Update MON2000 Recent File Exit 2 The Save Uploaded GC BOS File dialog Save Uploaded GC BOS File E 3 xl Save in C APP d E 5 By default GC BOS files are stored in C GC APP folder 2350A 173 BO 23504 188 081804 bos el 700 R1 189 605 File name 23504 188 081804 bos Save as type pns Files bas L ancel E Offline Edit of GC Application AUG 2005 MON2000 MON2000 will not perform a BOS upload during an analysis run You must halt the analysis first see Section 4 3 or wait until the GC is idle A BOS upload usually takes 10 minutes to complete AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 71 Use this dialog to choose the directory location and file name or create a file name for this particular upload Click the Save button to continue The message Uploading C GC APP 2350A bos appears in the status bar and a progress bar appears Uploading C GCSPP 25304 bos HEBBBBBB MON2000 begins to upload the BOS to the selected file When the upload 1s complete normal MON2000 operations resume Offline Edit of GC Application 2 72 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 This page is intentionally left blank Offline Edit of GC Application AUG 2005 GETTING STARTED 3 1 MON2000 GETTING STARTED This section shows you how to get started with
205. e Appendix A for a sample print out of a PC Config Report To view a PC Config Report already saved to disk see Section 7 1 2 1 Use the File gt PC Config Report menu to access this function The PC Config Report dialog appears 2 Click the check boxes see Select column to choose the data you want included in the configuration report PC Config Report E E X Option f Printer with formfeeds C Printer without formfeed Screen v Use default printer WT TTT 4 Select All Si Clear All F3 Start pet Close Check to include in report For Help press F1 Click the Select Al F2 button or press the F2 key to select all options Click the Clear All F3 button or press F3 to deselect 1 e clear all checked options CONNECT VIA GC EXTERNAL MODEM 2 60 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 3 Use the Output radio buttons to either save the report to disk print the report with or without form feeds or display the report via the report viewer see Section 7 1 The File option will open the Save As dialog with CONFIG TXT as the default file name The Printer with form feeds option will print the report with form feeds to your configured printer see Section 3 7 The Printer without form feeds option will print the report without form feeds to your configured printer see Section 3 7 The Screen option will launch the report viewer see Section 7 1 4 Click the
206. e Cancel button to return to the main window without applying your selections 10 4 USING MODBUS DATA Use WinMB to poll the GC Controller Modbus registers or registers from another device confirming that data is being accurately relayed from the GC Controller to the PC Then as necessary assign data types to the returned data see Section 10 4 3 You can save all settings to file for future reference To launch the WinMB program from MON2000 use the File gt Modbus Test menu see Section 10 1 for additional options AUG 2005 Using Modbus Data 10 14 MODBUS TEST Frj Modbus Test Program COM1 9600 E 7 1 A5CN Daniel Modbus Function Selection Slave Addr Function Data Addr Quantity Repeat Record No a oi 3ReadRea zl 3001 15 3333 m Transmit Data Type Data Type Selection Use Combo box to decode registers Shor 16 vi ET C Use Template to decode registers Edit Template C Use Template to decode logs Data List Repeat Count Hard Error Saft Errors Packet Input Output 10 4 1 Set Log Parameters The Log Data function allows you to log the polled data to a specified file To set the log parameters for WinMB 1 Click the LegData button to access the Log Data function The Log Data List dialog appears 2 Click the Enable Logging check box to turn this function ON and to access the Log Data Parameters Using Modbus Data MON2000 Port Setup Log Da
207. e GC Controller DIP switches set to 0 read write setting R read only W write only RW read and write This parameter only functions with slave ports Click the button to accept your changes and return to the main window Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window Serial Ports 5 60 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 5 15 1 Serial Ports Configuration Each GC Controller port number is listed in the Port column of the Serial Ports dialog The number of available ports is hardware specific These ports can be configured with the Usage settings to accommodate any one of the following end connection devices The optional internal modem installed on a Model 700 or Model 500 uses COMS only With a keyboard and display the optional internal modem installed on a Model 700 or Model 500 uses COMBS only For proper communications these parameters which are continuously downloaded to the GC must be identical to the parameters set in the MON2000 GC Directory PC direct serial line connection to the PC a serial line connection to an external or internal modem or an ethernet connection Report direct serial line connection to a printer User Modbus or SIM 2251 connection to a Data Collection System DCS or a multi drop serial data highway network Serial Ports AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 61 Specific configurations of these ports may
208. e Mane ATU Mane Mane ATU Mane Mane ATU Mane Mane ATU Mane Mane ATU 8 ontFaml AI ERES cR 8 EE RU ka P None None D ATU PC Front Panel Registers F3 Cancel USER MODBUS e To edit the settings displayed double click the appropriate cell or click and use the provided pull down menus For correct communications these parameters which are downloaded to the GC Controller must be identical to the parameters set in the MON2000 File gt GC Directory see Section 2 9 2 See the following table and individual sections for details Serial Ports 5 58 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS Setting Port Usage Baud Rate Data Bits Stop Bits Serial Ports MON2000 Table 5 13 Description of Serial Port Settings Description serial port number for GC Controller The Model 700 and Model 500 with 2350A Controller with the PC 104 COM 4A board installed the controller supports 8 ports 9 ports with the modem With the Multifunction board installed COMS 1s the assigned port defines port usage such as a slave config uration 1 e User Modbus SIM 2251 PC communication port a Report Front Panel or Serial Port as well as the general type of serial communications protocol To accommodate installations that use Modbus registers and the SIM 2251 protocol along with a data acquisition system MON2000 enables you to arrange data values for a more effective polling
209. e Outputs Valves Temperature Control Serial Ports TCPHP Averages Calculations 1 Use the Application gt Calculations gt Averages menu to access this function The Averages Calculations dialog appears Double click the desired cell and either type the new data or use the provided pull down menu to select the new setting Reset Time Weekday BEEN 3j Variable EE 24 Hour Mole Percent FA Hourly Mole Percent a ETAN Mole Percent ER Hou Mole Percent 5 at Hour Mole Percent 6 M he Mole Percent BEM izbie Mole Percent EG Not Used Mole Percent EE Hourly Male Percent mp Hourly Mole Percent 11 Hourly Mole Percent ER arable Heating Value Gross BTU Dry MEN arabe Gallons 1000 SCF MEN sable Gallons 1000 SCF MEN sable Gallons 1000 SCF 16 Variable Avg Molecular eight Stream Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 e cl e e e e e el sch ll ll Component Hours Restart 1 Cb 47 35 17 2 PROPANE 3 rBUTAME 4 n BUTANE E iz i B NEQPENTANE KFENTAME rPENTANE NITROGEN g METHANE 10 CARBON DIORIDE 11 ETHANE 1 SR a Lb 47 35 17 PROPANE BUTANE ETE Ean S E7 Cons C F8 Beat SL Emas AUG 2005 When changing the reset time note the follow
210. e Time date and time the alarm condition began AUG 2005 Alarm Log 8 8 LOGS MON2000 Table 8 2 Alarm Log Attributes Continued Attribute Description Alarm Message 1 describes the alarm condition If an alarm message is changed see Section 5 6 and Section 5 7 all affected alarm entries including those previously recorded will include that change Alarm Message 2 displays the alarm limit and current condition values as applicable 3 By default MON2000 displays all recorded alarms To view only the unacknowledged alarms click the Unacknowledged alarms only radio button To view only the active alarms click the Active alarms radio button 4 To acknowledge a single alarm An alarm triggered by a user defined value will continue to display as an active alarm until that value is no longer in the alarm state a Ensure you have selected the correct display option see Step 3 b Select the alarm you want to acknowledge c Click the Ack F2 button or press the F2 key Alarm Log AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 8 4 fees Chromatogram Control Maintenance Log Parameter List Alarm Log Clear Ack All Active Alarms h Event Log 8 5 ieee Chromatogram Control Maintenance Log Parameter List Alarm Log CleanfAck All Active Alarms LOGS 8 9 5 To acknowledge all unacknowledged alarms a Ensure you have selected the correct display op
211. e already been entered System Component Data F Timed Events F5 a Use the Application gt Streams menu to uc access this function nn Limit Alarms lays Discrete Alarms b The Streams dialog box disp Streams O X Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Opt Pres 3 Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Valves Temperature Control Apc o Preamp Serial Ports TCP IP Baseline Values F2 Cancel Alphanumeric Field For Help press F1 GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 75 c Scroll to the Opt Press columns and note these values along with the corresponding optional pressure and stream number s d If you wish to enter different pressure values do so now and then click the button to accept your Otherwise click the Cancel button to return to the main window 2 Use the Application gt Serial Ports menu to access the Register function Serial Ports Handshake Read None None None None sl Report pa 3600 None None 4 nh 9600 None Mane Registers F3 Cancel GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations 5 76 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 3 From the Serial Ports dialog click the Registers F3 button or press the F3 key The Registers dialog appears Registers EN Variable Stream Component Avg Molecular weight Stream 1 12 Avg
212. e auto answer 6 UP off Modem sends carrier detect CD signal on connect and drops CD on disconnect DOWN on CD always on J T UP off For power on and ATZ reset the Y or Y1 configuration is used from user defined nonvolatile memory NVRAM DOWN on For power on and ATZ reset the generic template FO is used from read only memory ROM 8 UP off Disable AT command set recognition V DOWN on Enable AT command set recognition V Customizing MON2000 AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 29 MON2000 GVC MaxTech 28 8 Kbps Modem The following setup for GVC 28 8 Kbps external Voice Data FAX modems was verified at Daniel Canada At the GC Controller To make these settings for the modem at the GC Controller you will need to use a terminal program such as ProComm o other commercial modem software to input the AT commands to the modem before connecting it to the GC Controller AT amp F5 Factory default with v 42bis flow control disabled must be first ATB8 9600 baud Or ATB11 19200 baud AT amp DO Modem ignores DTR not necessary if using a cable that incorporates the DTR signal from the Controller ATMO Turn OFF speaker ATS0 n nis number of rings for auto answer e g ATS0 1 ATSO 2 etc A T amp CO Force carrier detect high AT CO Turn OFF compression If compression is turned ON with AT C1 or OFF with AT CO then the modem at other end should match
213. e help feature contains all user information and instructions for each MON2000 function as well as the MON2000 system To access the MON2000 Application Help file Press the F1 key at any time to view help topics that discuss the currently active dialog or function Use the Help gt Help Topics menu to view m the help contents dialog About MON2D00 Use the scroll bars and arrows to display more of a topic You can also resize and or move the topic dialog for better viewing convenience When applicable a topic will contain links to other related topics notes and helpful popups Use these links as you need Using Online Help AUG 2005 GETTING STARTED q 3 19 MON2000 3 9 OPERATING MODES FOR MODEL 700 The Model 700 GC supports four different operating modes Each mode allows the GC to analyze data from a given number of detectors streams and methods See Table 3 4 for more information Table 3 4 Operating Modes for Model 700 Mode ID Detectors Streams Methods Number Supported Supported Supported 0 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 1 2 3 10 ABOUT MON2000 Feel To verify information such as the software E version number copyright date and the call es query ratio 1 Use the Help gt About MON2000 menu to access this dialog AUG 2005 Operating Modes for Model 700 3 20 GETTING STARTED MON2000 2 MON2000 appears the About MON2000 dialog About MON2000 E E PES EMERSON MUN 20DU V
214. e loop for 60 seconds prior to beginning the first analysis 4 Select the desired calibration type a Click the Manual radio button to NOTIC E perform a manual calibration The CDT for the selected stream s will not be updated with raw data that are A Ed ne outside the acceptable deviations as Section 5 2 for details listed on the CDT For more information see Section 5 2 b Click the Forced radio button to perform a manual calibration The CDT for the selected stream s will be updated with raw data that are outside the acceptable deviations as listed on the CDT For more information see Section 5 2 N OTI CE 5 Click the button to accept your selections and continue For either choice only VAR Use the Report Display option in the Reports menu to view the results of the Calibration Click the Carcel button to abort and function return to the main window 6 The Calibration begins FEET Use the status bar to monitor the progress of this function 4 5 BASELINE RUN E view Hep Use this function to initiate a single GC Auto Sequence F2 baseline run to assess chromatogram peaks caused by the GC valve action alone A baseline run is a calibration like run during which no calibration or sample gas 1s injected 1 e the valve 1s not fired Single Stream Halt F3 Calibration Valve Timing GC Time Stop Now AUG 2005 Baseline Run 4 6 CONTROL FUNCTIONS
215. e the Com ID value to anything other than 0 Setting the Com ID to zero allows the MON2000 software to automatically recognize the Com ID defined by the controller DIP switches When connected MON2000 displays the controller DIP setting as the Com ID 1n the main window titlebar See Table 5 15 for more information GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 67 MON2000 Table 5 15 Description of Com ID Settings Connection Usage Read Write Protocol PC or modem PC R ASCII direct serial connection User_Modbus RW RTU SIM 2251 DCS User_Modbus R ASCII SIM 2251 RW RTU Printer Report W ASCII direct serial connection 1 User Modbus and SIM 2251 are slave port protocols the GC Controller can operate only as a slave 2 User_Modbus a PLC emulation Modbus protocol can use scaling to convert floating point numbers to integers 3 SIM_2251 emulates Daniel 2500 communication protocol and is a simulation of the 2251 GC Controller 4 See Appendix I for instructions on how to connect a modem to the GC Controller AUG 2005 GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations 5 68 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 5 16 4 Registers To accommodate installations that use Modbus registers and the User_Modbus protocol MON2000 enables you to assign GC analysis variables to registers This function is not required for normal GC operation Only use this function if you are designing a special installation to direc
216. eating Value Inf MJ m3 Dm Double click the desired variable If the selected variable applies to a single component e g Gallons 1000 SCF Liquid Volume Percent or Mole Percent then the Standard Components menu appears AUG 2005 Trend Data 7 30 REPORTS 3 The Select menu for streams appears Double click the left mouse button on the desired stream to make your selection 4 MON2000 displays the Date Range Selection pop up dialog Date Range Selection E C All Dates Ge Selected Dates atan Date rele End Date 3421 2001 omen Select All Dates radio button or choose Selected Dates From the pull down menu select the date range for the Trend report Click the selection Or to apply your Click the Cancel button to return to the trend window 5 MON2000 reads data from the online GC unit and plots the current live trend for the selected component and stream Plotting a trend line interrupts the normal storage of ongoing Auto Sequence analysis results A trend line graph generated from the maximum 1200 archived analysis records can require up to 8 minutes to plot Any Auto Sequence analysis that occurs during the plotting will not be retained for future retrieval nor will be included in ongoing calculations Trend Data Stream 1 Stream 2 Stream 3 Stream 4 Stream 5 Stream 6 Stream Stream MON2000 AUG 2005 REPORTS 7 31 MON2000 The
217. ed Cal Curt Save a lll CGM 2 23504 Stream 1 Det 1 3 29 2001 8 13 51 AM LAST com CGM H 23504 Steams Det 1 3 3 2001 2 44 40 PM 030901 com CGM 2 23504 Stream 1 Det 1 3 28 2001 8 13 51 AM 030907 com 2 Click the Remove button MON2000 removes the chromatogram from view and if applicable closes the cgm file SAVING A CHROMATOGRAM TO DISK NOTICE To save a currently displayed chromatogram to This function will save a disk live chromatogram at the current point thus overwriting the last cgm file 1 Use the Chromatogram pull down menu to select a specific chromatogram Chromatogram Edit Results Desc Save Remove Forced Cal Curt Save E E CGM H2 23504 Stream 1 Det 1 3 29 2001 8 13 51 AM LAST cgm E CGM H GE stream 1 Det 1 3 9 2001 2 44 40 PM 030301 com CGM 2 2350A Stream 1 Det 1 3 23 2001 8 13 51 AM 030907 gm 2 Click the Save button Removing a Chromatogram from View AUG 2005 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER 6 9 MON2000 MON2000 displays the Save Chromatogram File window save Chromatogram File ix Cave in E Save EM cl D 22 0 com cave as type CGM Files cam v Cancel Use the provided directory tree to select the desired file location and name then click the Save button 3 MON2000 saves the specified chromatogram along with its corresponding graph settings 6 5 GRAPH FUNCTIONS Graph Use the Graph buttons to access any of the
218. ed in the File GC File GC Directory entry po bik ik ey General Configuration List of Commands Commands ype ime GC Entry UTE EH _ i ALE IBI Connect Log on with Ethernet Card Bottom 2 Enter the GC Entry Type and a name for the Command Description 9 Next click the Add button to select another command Or Click the Cancel button at any time during this process to discard any changes and return to the MON2000 PLUS main window Data Collection Configuration AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 9 MON2000 Alarms Command To configure the Alarms Command from the Configuration for Data Collection window 1 Select POLL from the General Configuration Command pull down menu 2 Press the TAB key or click 1n the Type field and select Alarms from the pull down menu 3 Inthe Command Description field enter a name for the Alarm Log collection 4 Click the Pal Command Details button The Poll Command Alarms dialog box displays Poll Command Alarms H X Alarms Configuration Ending Time Alarm Log Active Alarms Unacknowledged Alarms Output File Filename File Format Comma Delimited 5 csv 5 Click the Alarm Log check box Press the TAB key or click in the Time Selection field AUG 2005 Data Collection Configuration 9 10 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 6 Usethe Time Selection pull down menu and choose one of the foll
219. el 2251 Enhanced Specification Chromatograph Controller Modbus Communication Indices and has been updated for the 2350A GC Controllers G 3 continued SIM 2251 MODBUS REGISTER LIST Description 3001 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 1 3002 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 2 3003 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 3 3004 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 4 f 3005 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index zs 3006 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 6 3007 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 7 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 8 3008 3009 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 9 3010 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 10 3011 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 11 3012 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 12 3013 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 13 3014 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 14 8015 Componen
220. election Field For Help press F1 AUG 2005 Temperature Control 5 56 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 3 Use the pull down menu to select the appropriate mode setting e g AUTOMATIC MANUAL or OUT OF SERVICE Ensure that the temperature is constant for the Oven Oe Multivalve System block and column module kit and the SSS Column Function Factory Default Setting Column 1 Detector s or Block Temperature 80 C 176 0 F Column2 Column Temperature 80 C 176 0 F Column 3 Sample Stream Block Temperature 40 C 104 0 F Column 4 Spare Future Use 4 Click the OK button to apply the changes or click the Cancel button to discard your changes and return to the MON2000 Main window Temperature Control AUG 2005 MON2000 Application System Component Data F Timed Events FS User Defined k Calculations k Limit Alarms Discrete Alarms Streams Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Valves Temperature Control Serial Ports TCPJIP AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS q 5 57 5 15 SERIAL PORTS Use this function to configure and manipulate the serial port communication parameters the GC Controller uses to connect with MON2000 1 Use the Application gt Serial Ports menu to access this function 2 The Serial Ports dialog appears Serial Ports ke Parity Handshake TS TS Protocol a None Mane ATU Mane Mane ATU Man
221. em units see Section 5 1 for details deg F base temperature in degrees Fahrenheit deg C or Celsius Opt Pres 1 If compressibility 1s activated for a par Opt Pres 2 ticular stream Calculation Control Opt Pres 3 function see Section 5 5 1 up to 3 optional pressures can be defined to calculate additional post analysis data Only the base pressure can be edited The base temperature is a constant 6 F 15 C for all calculations 4 To view or print the baseline run results click the Baseline Values F2 button or press N OTI GE the F2 key The Baseline Values dialog appears If a stream is not used you cannot access baseline data for that Baseline Values for CDT 1 stream Height Det B3 155 1 0 0005213 5 Click the Cancel button to return to the main window Streams AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS q 5 39 MON2000 5 9 ANALOG INPUTS System Component Data F C E LS This function allows you to User Defined k Calculations assign identifying labels Limit Alarms Discrete Alarms assign scale ranges Streams Analog Inputs N Analog Outputs calibrate analog inputs for zero and full Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs scale values Valves Temperature Control mm Electrical current signals ranging from 4 to 20mA 10 are accepted as analog inputs To use the Analog Inputs function Usethe Application Analo
222. entry Prompt to confirm discard Display confirmation dialog before changes exiting a dialog that contains changed data Prompt to confirm save Display confirmation dialog before saving changes changed data Synchronize GC Controller s Program the GC Controller clock to time to PC on download etc match the PC clock upon download Tab from spreadsheet to next Move from field to field and button to control button rather than from cell to cell within a spreadsheet or tabular display Enable display in PPM If enabled percentages less than 0 99 are displayed in PPM parts per million rather than as a percentage 5 Click the A button to apply your changes and return to the main screen Click the Cancel button to exit and return to the main screen without applying your changes CONNECT VIA GC EXTERNAL MODEM AUG 2005 MON2000 Output data for the PC Config Report depends on the GC Controller and its application File Application Reports Logs Chron Connect Disconnect Download Upgrade Flash PC Config Report OfFline Edit k ac Directory Users Change Administrator Password Modbus Test Program Settings Print Setup Register MONZOOO Update MON2000 Recent File Exit AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 59 2 14 3 Generate PC Config Report This function allows you to generate or print out a report of the currently active GC application control settings Se
223. equencing x Polling Control File Po Open Output Files Append to the existing files Dvenute the existing files Enable Transaction Logging Cancel 2 Click the button and the Open Polling Control File window displays Open Polling Control File B 2 x Look in Ca BIN o BE 4utoPollTest_051004 apc el AutoPollTest 2 D51004 apc aa AutoPaliTest new ape e AutoPaliTest new 1 apc aa AutoPaliTest new 2 apc File name Files of type Polling Control File apc Cancel E Data Collection AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 41 MON2000 3 Select the desired polling control file then click the button The Start Auto Sequencing window displays Start Auto Sequencing E X Polling Control File Po 0mm Output Files Append to the existing files Overnsite the existing files Enable Transaction Logging Cancel Choose to append or overwrite the existing output files or abort the process In the check box select Enable Transaction Logging 1f desired see Transaction Log this section 4 Click the DK button to confirm the start of automatic operation MON2000 PLUS begins the Auto Sequencing process and displays the data collection and status Auto 5equencing Status a X Polling Control File Start Time 5 27 2004 2 03 45 PM Current Command Await Description Await Time Status of Completio
224. er 0 to use the broadcast mode In the NOTIC E broadcast mode WinMB polls all known devices Each device interprets this message Any change is applied to the as an instruction to read and take action corresponding register value at however a response message may not be each device Table 10 4 received by WinMB shows which function codes support the broadcast mode AUG 2005 Getting Modbus Data 10 8 MODBUS TEST 2 Use the Function pull down menu to select the desired read or write option Table 10 4 Available Modbus Function Codes Function Code 1 Read Coil 3 Read Reg 5 Set Single Coil 5 Set Single Reg 15 Set Multiple Coils 16 Set Multiple Regs Description read one or more coil values MON2000 Broadcast read one or more register values set write one coil value set write one register value set write multiple coil values set write multiple register values 3 In the Data Addr data field type the starting register Note that the data type is set automatically by WinMB per the specified data address Use the Data Type pull down menu to select a different data type for these registers Table 10 5 Default Data Type per Register Range for SIM_2251 Register Range 1000 2999 3000 4999 5000 6900 7000 8999 Default Type Boolean Integer Long Float To select data types for SIM 2251 registers 1000 to 9000 see Section 10 3 2 4 Inthe Quan
225. er Name Zo Oe ECH Unit Type 2550 System Description 2350 Standard 1 64 avgs Chromatogram Buffers Size 21000 Max Peaks 64 Number of Valves 5 Daylight Saving Time Normal CGM Analog Output Config 0 Baseline Offset 12 CFG Baseline Number l Metric Base Conditions OTI Max Archive Averages 64 Max Archive Avg Records 64 CFG Revision Level 150 CFG Base Name USASTD1 KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKRKKKKRKKK Ko Kok Kk KK CK KK KK KK IU KK Ek E kk Ak A KO KU KK A KO KG KO KK KO KO KK KK KK OK KG KK MK KG X KC A RARA AR Component Data Table Report from 2350_001 2350_001 BIN 6 27 2000 15909249 Component Component Data Table 1 U S DetID RetTime Resp Factor F V CalConc AnalMthd 10 a CO d I Sage PROPANE i BUTANE n BUTANE NEOPENTANE i PENTANE n PENTANE NITROGEN METHANE CARBON DIOXIDE BR THANE Component STD STD STD STD STD STD STD STD STD SID SID Updt 2013490 13165350 1520820 15452250 t651260 17150950 TEE 0 To02920 637330 9530899 1060440 REDeEV VAR VAR VAR VAR VAR VAR VAR VAR VAR VAR VAR GROBTU 8 00993 O09 9 ARO dau LN Oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe NETBTU MolWgt AREA AREA AREA AREA AREA AREA AREA AREA AREA AREA AREA 10 dik Cot 415357 LI PROPANE 1 BUTANE n BUTANE NEOPENTANE i PENTANE n PENTANE NITROGEN METHANE CARBON DIOXIDE ETHA
226. er or older rack mount GC Controllers proceed as follows a Access the GC Controller Terminal Board for field wiring On the explosion proof GC Controller remove outer housing bolts and lower the cover on its bottom hinge The TB faces the front On rack mount GC Controllers the TB is exposed and faces the rear b Loosen the six thumbscrews that secure the TB Then gently unplug the TB from its mating DIN connectors at the back top of the board c Lower the TB down held 1n place by its ground straps at the bottom of the board in order to expose the Card Cage Assembly Disconnect Power and Disassemble E 12 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS MON2000 d Unplug the TB power supply cord from its connection at the Card Cage Assembly power supply e Loosen the four thumbscrews that secure the Card Cage Assembly to the chassis Then remove the Card Cage Assembly away from its chassis mount so that 1t is easy to work on f Unplug all cables connected to the boards in slots 2 through 6 of the Card Cage Assembly in order to access the SBC53 CPU Board 3 Remove the SBC53 CPU Board from slot number 2 second from the top of the Card Cage Assembly E 6 REPLACE EPROMS RESET CPU 1 For 2350 GC Controllers locate the EPROMs that will be replaced U18 and U19 They are near the card connector edge of the SBC53 CPU Board Carefully note which EPROMs are labeled ODD and EVEN and which sockets hol
227. ercent of cases but a higher number may be required depending on your operation system modem and or modem drivers The same value should he considered a minimum when running on Windows 95 regardless of the Auto Dial setting It may be necessary to enter a modem initialization string 4 MON2000 1s configured with two default directories Default 1 parameters are set for 9600 baud rate 5 Default 2 parameters are set for 19200 baud rate 6 Click the appropriate Com ID cell and type the Modbus communication identification number set by DIP switch positions on the Customizing MON2000 MON2000 AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 19 GC Controller system interface board for the GC unit To successfully connect to the GC unit the COM IDs specified via the File gt GC Directory and the Application gt Serial Ports dialogs must match See Section 5 15 1 for more information Click the Comments cell to enter any helpful information regarding a particular GC unit such as location or purpose Use the dynamic pull down menus to select the desired PC Port Baud Rate Data Bits Stop Bits Parity and Handshaking settings The following parameters support an auto detect setting Baud Rate Data Bits Stop Bits Parity Protocol Set any of these parameters to autodetect and MON2000 will conform to the settings used by the GC unit 9 Use the provided cells to input RTS On
228. ersion 2 46 025 Process Management Copyright C 2002 Emerson Process Management All rights reserved Registration information Name Call query ratio 1 gt retries f Company serial TAPI version 20 Canada Europe USA Phone 713 827 6314 Fax 713 827 6312 E mail tech serviceceiemersonproacess com WWW http A www emersonprocess com daniel service The Call Query Ratio estimates the quality of your serial communications If this ratio 1s less than or equal to 0 5 then the connection is problematic The maximum value of 1 indicates a good connection The TAPI version represents the Telephony API software MON2000 accesses for dial up 1 e remote communications 3 Click the button to exit and return to the main window About MON2000 AUG 2005 MON2000 Single Stream Halt F3 Calibration Baseline Run Valve Timing GC Time Stop Kow Use the Report Display option in the Reports menu to view the results of the Auto Sequence function AUG 2005 CONTROL FUNCTIONS 4 1 CONTROL FUNCTIONS 4 1 The options 1n the Control pull down menu allow you to initiate various operating modes of the gas chromatograph GC unit AUTO SEQUENCE Use this function to start continuous GC analysis runs that follow a predefined stream sequence At the initial startup the current stream in the stream sequence 1s the first stream analyzed See Section 5 8 for detailed
229. essure Menu Application gt Component Data E6 Application gt Calculations gt Control Application gt Calculations gt User Defined Application gt Limit Alarms Application gt Calculations gt Control Application gt Streams MON2000 Section 0 2 5 9 1 0 9 9 5 6 5 9 1 5 8 AUG 2005 MON2000 Date Time 03 24 9 Stream 3 Stream 5 12 24 3 Analyzer AT401STD Company Daniel Industries Raw Data Report Analysis Time 225 Cycle Time 240 Mode ANLY Cycle Start Time 12 20 Strm Seq 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Houston TX REPORTS 7 11 No RETENTION PEAK PEAK DET MTHD INTEGRATION Peak Width TIME AREA HEIGHT START END Half Height l 25 7 1640 44 1 2 24 0 26 5 0 7 2 29 0 24864 409 1 3 26 5 33 6 1 4 3 48 8 3 66064e 005 4707 l 4 46 4 56 8 1 8 4 63 5 86164 792 1 2 59 5 68 0 2 so 5 71 5 90836 737 1 2 68 0 78 1 PET 6 82 6 45000 299 1 3 78 1 90 3 3 6 7 1905 7 49350 261 1 2 99 2 112 3 4 5 8 117 8 50382 244 l 3 112 3 127 7 4 9 9 145 6 2 4774e 005 4635 1 2 142 9 148 6 1 3 10 150 1 3 50245e 007 3 2258e 005 1 3 148 6 167 8 d a d 11 177 6 2 0876e 005 1804 1 1 173 1 189 4 2 8 12 203 6 5 87488e4 005 3868 1 1 196 6 215 6 3 7 Table 7 4 Contents Guide for Raw Data Report Content Related Function s Menu Section Retention Time standard GC application n a n a Peak Area Peak Height Det ector Integration Start End Peak Width 1 2 Height Mthd method standard GC application peak
230. euvyued 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PZ OOT Lut 9PIXO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SOPP bar gT 656T Z EZEI PREZET 966661 SITIFI Z amp 809F 69609Y PEEIAT 4 00 80 0 99800 79087 suy 9uozuoq LOLSEF 6 28 P LS LSEP LLISSh SL L09F ZES09P SS609F PLSGLIOP 60PO 10 y0 888270 49901 pa ToyouoTe 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 L0 9 Hm Do 92 Do 08 D 8T 2 0 Do 98 0 00 2ST 9 0 0 03 OS Oo 0 egen oureN pwp jouyey ouypx JOU AA TOWA PWENT PWAN IOW fM Jopey 41039291 J3ojoe q Tejo euoduoa FIAD JAMAD JUIAO JIAO dngAo nSAO2 dngAOQ dng A2 uns ung uns Figure B 1 ISO Component Data Table Continued AUG 2005 Component Data Table B 9 COMPONENT DATA TABLE MON2000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 L9T 90T eue Ax ur 9uexou 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 P06 001 TAS g exo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 POS 00T W JN 6 9 c8e amp 6cp GOS6Ch 84266 SEZEZP PEGONF GOPONF OO SEZON P9009P_ 99660 94880 808g 0 88T 86 o o o 4q39 A GO 9 904 GR GOLE 699048 PEGOLE vY 6960 960 66 9P616S POLLES 50 20 TIS8Z O 6180 TOT P8 0 2 2 N39JJ joyooTe 90949 TI QL9 66909 TY 919 GO POL 69 y92 60992 69 99 98560 9 980 VOLO 6y0 66 144701 9708 9 Z08 69 208 Z8 Z08 9 068 60 L68 oo teg 16368 9EF0 0 L PO O 6F0 0 60 9T 9 E19JN 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ec PIT Sepo l u zu q 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GT OZI 1 doug 1 SLTOZE GSPIZE SOSIZE Foos EGBZEE PTOS S9TI SW 969996 S9I20 8660 1960 SI ZL euejuoeq
231. eviation between the new response factor and the current response factor total concentration of all components Component Data 5 10 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 See Table 5 2 an asterisk in the column heading indicates a column that contains standard component values If any of these values is modified the corresponding component becomes non standard i e user defined It is not recommended that you edit a standard component value 5 2 1 Select Standard Component s To select standard component s to be used by the displayed CDT 1 Select the Component cell where you want the new component 2 Click the STD Comps I2 button or press the F2 key to access the Standard Components memu The Standard Components menu appears 4 Double click the selected component to add it to the CDT The component 1s automatically inserted into the selected table cell Click the x button or press the ESC key to abort and return to the Component Data Table dialog Component Data To add a new row to the CDT click the last cell in the last row and press the ENTER key CARBON MONDSIDE CARBON DIDXILE AUG 2005 MON2000 Standard Components 150 value EN 5 2 2 Name ACETYLENE Typically this function should only be performed when the MON2000 software is upgraded User defined components are not affected by this update AUG 2005 5 2 3 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 11
232. ex Reid Vapor Pressure Gallons 1000 SCF C2 Gallons 1000 SCF C3 Gallons 1000 SCF C4 Gallons 1000 SCF C5 Gallons 1000 SCF C6 User Flag 1 Average Molecular Wgt HeatVal Sup Dry MJ m3 HeatVal Sup Sat MJ m3 HeatVal Sup Act MJ m3 E We ce ES CENSO Wt A NA YAL A e E G ORO A AA AA SA AO Ie SAL A AA AAA e A SA AA cAc ASA A S A A SEN dee E E AA JEN AC A E A AS VE DD AVES ARA A JA A A E GENS Ac A AA A mA KH En O AA AA Ac S A SET SE SAN A GAR NAS ES VER As As A o E VA o d o Sp o a A CR SA A SA dh A o YAN A O PAS o ro E io SEM SE lo O ES O A A Ao O cs O A A ER se A DANA ASA ENS VA VER CES SA A SA VA VA A AD A O E A A YAL v VA Eu o XE SA AR Er WES WES A SER OE E A AA A A UA A SA A A SA HeatVal Inf Dry MJ m3 HeatVal Inf Sat MJ m3 N N N N N N NN HeatVal Inf Act MJ m3 N N N N N N NN HeatVal Sup Dry MJ kg N N N N N N N N HeatVal Inf Dry MJ kg N N N N N N N N HeatVal Sup Dry Kc m3 N N N N N N N N HeatVal Sup Sat Kc m3 N N N N N N N N HeatVal Sup Act Kc m3 N N N N N N N N HeatVal Inf Dry Kc m3 N N N N N N N N HeatVal Inf Sat Kc m3 N N N N N N N N HeatVal Inf Act Kc m3 N N N N N N N N HeatVal Sup Dry Kc kg N N N N N N N N HeatVal Inf Dry Kc kg N N N N N N N N Metric Rel Dens Lqd N N N N N N N N Metric Gas Density N N N N N N N N Metric Lqd Density N N N N N N N N kk kk KC KC Ck ck Kk ok ck Kk KC Kok ck KC Kok ck Ko Kok Kk KK CK KK KK KK KK KK KU KU KK KK KO KU KU KO KO KU KO KK KO KG KD KK KO OK Ak KG X KC
233. functions to customize users the directory of GC applications and PC communications parameters 2 9 1 Configure Users Use this function to create new user accounts or edit the existing account data An extra level of security is assigned to the File gt Users submenu The File gt Users submenu can only be accessed by first entering a Password into a dialog box titled Enter Administrator Password After gaining access to the Users dialog the operator then has the ability to create new user accounts or edit existing account data This feature 1s not available to the Regular and Read Only user 1 Use the File gt Users menu to access this function 2 The Enter Administrator Password dialog box appears Enter Administrator Password B X Password Cancel Customizing MON2000 MON2000 File Application Reports Logs Chror Conneck Disconnect Download Upgrade Flash PC Config Report Offline Edit k ac Directory Change Administrator Password Modbus Test Program Settings Print Setup Register MONZOOO Update MON2000 Recent File Exit AUG 2005 MON2000 File Application Reports Logs Chror Connect Disconnect Download Upgrade Flash DC Config Report Offline Edit k ac Directory Users Change Administrator Password Modbus Test Program Settings Print Setup Register MONZOOO Update MON2000 Recent F
234. g Inputs menu to access this function 2 The Analog Inputs dialog appears Analog Inputs EN Analog Inputs Fined Variable 100 Var 100 Var 100 Var 100 Var Full Scale Fired Value Current v alue Auto Talles k Curent Tier rsen EM bang Alphanumeric field For Help press F1 To edit the settings displayed click the appropriate cell or click and use the provided pull down menus NOTICE The 2350A GC Controller and the Model 700 unit supports up to four Al channels AUG 2005 Analog Inputs 5 40 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 See the following table for details or refer to Step 3 for a more automated process Table 5 7 Description of Analog Input Settings Setting Channel Label Zero scale Full Scale Fixed Variable Description channel number assigned Number of available analog inputs 1s dependent upon the GC Controller model name used to identify the analog input 12 characters maximum value used as the zero scale when con verting the analog input value value used as the full scale when convert ing the analog input value analog input operation mode FXD fixed VAR variable If the operation mode is fixed the analog input 1s set to the number entered for the ns NOT CE Fixed Value Current Value GC GRI PAZ Zero Scale Calib Adjustment mA Full Scale Calib Adjustment mA Analog Inputs analog input value used during fixed MON2000
235. g a GRI performed after a preamp calibration has calculation been completed or as a trouble shooting procedure Analog Inputs AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 43 MON2000 8 Click the button to accept your changes and return to the main window Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window Application 5 1 0 ANALOG OUTPUTS ied en F5 This function allows you to meye a e assign variables to Analog Outputs Discrete Alarms Streams assign scale ranges Analog Inputs Analog Outputs IM calibrate analog outputs for zero and full Discrete Outputs scale values Valves Temperature Control Serial Ports TCP IP 5 10 1 Analog Output Dialog Description To use the Analog Outputs function 1 Use the Application gt Analog Outputs menu to access this function 2 The Analog Outputs dialog appears Analog Outputs EN Variable Stream Component Current Value zer Scale Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 CE 47 35 17 Stream 1 PROPANE Rd Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 ETHANE Garer re Auto Cal F8 pm p AUG 2005 Analog Outputs 5 44 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 To edit the settings displayed double click the appropriate cell or click and use the provided pull down menus When assigning analog outputs first check the CGM Analog Output Config field in the System dialog see Section 5 1 An ana
236. g uns wjp 3uouoduro Figure D 1 ISO Component Data Table Component Data Table AUG 2005 COMPONENT DATA TABLE B 6 MON2000 gueyng 6 eeec IPEGG ZREZ 9 ESG 01 5 ITLZ 6116 671 6 oun AMBIO 9 610 SOT 9S SID Spro 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8300 98 00 61800 TOF voa SPIXOUOTA 8678S 967896 T6796 8585 967897 96596 Tocar 9586 0 0 PBZOU 39500 TOBZ tr0Q182 1 88 18 P JEDW ZIBESh PEST LBBEZY gp 965 GP OL TLGP STl OSSP reen LOESO T8 E0 866176 90 96 96 09 9Q P P SG TOIV 908P P I9srer SLSS9 99069 VHE9F eier een 80960 green 5 6996 99 00 08 09 L TVGIP SCTGIP 9F GIPE 66W IE GIW6SE cos I 59 opge E8180 30900 0 E0 906166 99 LVSS LY LESTIE 9vSICb 2GIEP 6Z9I W SOPLIF 98G99P 60799 9IE99P TESSO GWEV 6890 11 9696 90 9L OPSG 9L989vC LEBWE grote ITLOPLE ILSPLe BWEPLE reg GOWO T9920 66620 98899 80 QW OPEZ 98O0PQ6 eme SUTIL ZOUZ SALI 9U6 99156 8 910 66210 I 8T0 80198 I 0 0 90 0 07 DST 0 0 0 9 0 08 9 87 0 0 0 08 ST 9 JWEN pouypx TOME pouypx OW IOWA WWT IOWUfN IOWA JONES 10906A 106A eo queuodwoj JUI AD IAD JWAD JIAO dngad dnsA2 dngA2 AnsAD ung ums uns Figure B 1 ISO Component Data Table Continued AUG 2005 Component Data Table B 7 COMPONENT DATA TABLE MON2000 oux PAW L jouyry OWA TOWA TOWA TOWA IOW f4 103201 101201 101961 JUI AO DI AO JuIAO JUIAO dugAO dugAO dngA dng A2 ums uns ums 9 85PT PL 96PT
237. gm 551_rqmZ cgm 031901 com taday cgm Zoom Com Z Com red 13 02 cgm LAST com File name E O01 com Files of type CGM Files com L ancel E 2 Use the provided directory tree to locate the desired CGM file or CGM Comparison file and click the button to open Viewing a Live Chromatogram AUG 2005 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER q 6 5 MON2000 3 The Chromatogram window displays Chromatogram Viewer ang q 412750 45 00 d Time gou B E 3 00 Summation 2g Dr 140 0 Component Amplitude 8 View curent CGM i GC Archive L Save A D values 0 0 25 5 51 0 70 5 102 0 127 5 153 0 178 5 2040 2795 755 0 Li Print at end of run et 2 PC Fie foo Ss SS q A CO EL CONSUELO SESS Save at end of run Chromatogram Baselines Edit Results Desc Save Remove Forced Cal Curf ll Save Cmp Paw Data arapl A E dit Cursor Print Bi CGH H2 23504 F1 Streams Det 2 1 5 2004 12 31 53 test com Close If a chromatogram contains data for more than one detector a Select Detector menu dialog displays Double click either Detector 1 Detector 2 or Both AUG 2005 Viewing a Live Chromatogram 6 6 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER MON2000 4 MON2000 displays the chromatogram file ese The corresponding data is dynamically displayed in the provided legends 1 Integrate Use the Graph and Chromatogram functions to manipulate the dis
238. guration for Data Collection window Data Collection Configuration AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 27 Reports Command The archived analysis reports as viewable under MON2000 when connected to a controller from the Reports gt Archived Data gt View Data menu can be retrieved and stored To configure the Reports command 1 From the Configuration for Data Collection window click the Add button to select another command Configuration for Data Collection K X Folling Control File cvs CABIM SA amp utaPallTest new 1 apc Polling Output File s Default Filename File Format Report E DefaultRepart Data E DefaultD ata General Configuration List of Commands Alarms Averages Calibration Event Log Maintenance Log 0 Registers 8 Poll e Disconnect 10 Delay p EE 1 Repeat Add Insert Delete Pall Command Details Run Command Details Save Io Cancel ou 2 Next select the Poll command 3 Press the TAB key or click in the Type field then select Registers from the pull down menu 4 Press the TAB key or click in the Command Description field Assign a name for the Reports data file Data Collection Configuration 9 28 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 5 Click the Pal Command Details button and the Poll Command Reports dialog box displays Poll Command Reports KS X Reports Configurati
239. ign the results of optional base pressure s to the Modbus register See Section 5 16 5 GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations 5 70 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 7 To change the stream assignment click the appropriate cell Use the provided pull down menu and click the desired stream to select 1t To copy the stream settings from a highlighted row and apply them to the next row click the Cope 5 F button or press the F7 key This feature also increments the Stream value to the next available stream e g incrementing from Stream 2 to Stream 8 per the GC application An error message displays when the last available stream is reached 8 To change the component assignment click the appropriate cell Use the provided pull down menu and click the desired option to select it To copy the component settings from a highlighted row and apply them to the next row click the Copy C F8 button or press the F8 key This feature also increments the Component value to the next available component e g incrementing from Ammonia to Benzene per the GC application An error message displays when the last available component 1s reached 9 To select a scale and range a Select the scale range to be replaced N OTI CE By assigning a scale range a floating Assigning a scale and point value can be converted to an corresponding range is an integer value per the user defined scale optional step ass
240. ignment The default scale assignment is O FloatPt which means the value is not converted to integer and is stored in two 2 adjacent Modbus registers GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 71 MON2000 b Click the Seale FS button or press the F5 key A menu list of all available scales and ranges appears m oo Oo OH c Double click the desired new scale and corresponding range Note that any of the available 33 scales can be redefined via the Edit Scales function see Step 10 10 To redefine a scale or create a custom scale a Click the Edit Scales F2 button or press the F2 key b The Edit Scales dialog appears 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 L Edit Scales Cancel All 33 scaling options will display AUG 2005 GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations 5 72 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 c Input the new Zero Scale or Full Scale values as appropriate To convert floating point data to a whole integer each scale definition follows this algorithm F integer Ep 3977 Re range Full Scale 4095 R range Zero Scale O Sp scale Full 100 S scale Zero O Dr data floating pt 97 13 from Methane d Click the button to accept your changes and return to the Registers dialog Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the Registers dialog GC Serial Port and
241. ile Exit AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP q 2 15 Note that the default password admin 1s not case sensitive This password 1s used as a security measure to deny unauthorized users access to the MON2000 Users submenu which allows Super users to add edit or change security levels Read on ly Regular Regular Regular Regular Regular NOTE At least one user should be a superuser Download Users to GC ira Cancel a Use the File gt Change Administrator menu to change the Administrator password The Change Administrator Password dialog box appears X Old Password New Password Confirm New Password l TN Insert the old password enter the new password and confirm the change Then click the your changes button to apply Customizing MON2000 2 16 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 4 To configure a new user or edit existing user parameters a Click the appropriate Name cell and type the desired user name Note that the user name is not case sensitive but punctuation e g commas or spaces 1s preserved b Click the appropriate Type cell and use the provided combo box to select the desired security level Note that there should be at least one Super user c Click the appropriate PIN cell and type the desired PIN for this user Note that the PIN is limited to 12 numeric characters If no PIN is entered the user can log on to the MON2000 software program or the GC un
242. imited tut Cancel Use the directory tree to specify the desired location and choose a format type Either N O TI CE select an existing file or type the new file You can save log data name 1n the File name data field ET l formats 7 Click the Save button to create this log file apply your selections and return to P Born inp f deliminated the main window e xis Excel e htm HTML Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window 10 4 2 Save Modbus Data To save the data table in a separate file 1 Click the Save button to access the Save Data function The Save Data Displayed dialog appears Save Data Displayed As Fs Save in C Data Es d b a ESE File name loa txt Save as type Tab D elimited tat Cancel Using Modbus Data AUG 2005 MODBUS TEST 10 17 MON2000 2 Use the directory tree to specify the desired N OTI Ge E location and either select an existing file or type the new file name in the File name You can save log data data field in any of these formats e txt ASCII tab 3 Click the Save button to save this data deliminated and return to the main window e xls Excel e htm HTML Click the Cancel button to return to the main window without saving this data 10 4 3 Assign Scale Ranges for User Modbus This 1s an optional task that applies to applications using the User Modbus protocol By assigning scale
243. ined 4 k ra kisak kelke ki ma ka w ePEEG M ER EE URE 5 19 INC TG EE 5 19 e de EE 5 20 Text SITIOS n h 5 20 UE deu CN 5 21 COMP ON so snnstsuupecemiasenssensinesunesessateuicoonsaceuees 5 21 A le TEEN 5 23 User Defined NEE 5 25 Limit AT du CN 5 27 Limit Alarms Description 5 30 Discrete Alarms 5 31 AUG 2005 Application Functions MON2000 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER AUG 2005 5 8 5 9 5 10 5 10 1 5 10 2 5 10 3 5 10 4 5 10 5 5 11 5 12 5 15 0 15 1 5 16 5 16 1 5 16 2 5 15 3 5 16 4 5 16 5 5 16 6 6 1 6 2 6 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS v EE Ee 5 33 Analog Inputs eegen ba kn e m ea EEN 5 39 Analog OUCPUIS vii kis koy kn kk act X e x at kr a a 5 43 Analog Output Dialog Description 5 43 Changing a Vanable 5 46 Changing the Bargraph 5 46 Performing a Manual Calibration 5 47 Performing an Automated Calibration 5 48 Discrete Inputs 5 50 Discrete O utputS 5 51 ECH 5 52 Temperature Control 5 55 Serial POMS EE 5 57 Serial Ports Confguraton cce 5 60 GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations 5 62 GC DB 9 Serial to Ext Modem DB 25 5 64 GC Phoenix Plug to Ext Modem DB 25
244. ines G Edit Results Desc Save Remove Forced Cal EumAll raph CGM 82 2350 P1 Stream 1 Det 2 1 5 2004 10 53 51 sense nn ns nn nn e mm MON2000 displays the Timed Events Table dialog Timed Events Table 1 K _ xi Sample Type Valve H 4 Av D4 Detector IN Detector 5 EI Detector 1 4 Peak width Slope Sens BS Peak width Inhibit Inhibit RER inhibit BETON hibit BEEN Inhibit BEEN inhibit BEER ummatior SES Summation BER inhibit IT Pesk width icri mwi S1 Ba B B ot B h B B nan Cancel Selection Field For Help press F1 Chromatogram Functions AUG 2005 MON2000 Save changes and discard changes options are available from the right click menu You must access the Component Data Table to add insert and delete retention times Use the Application gt Component Data menu or press the F6 key AUG 2005 6 6 3 6 6 4 2 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER 6 15 Click the Save button to save your changes or press the F8 key 3 Press the ESC key to discard changes Editing Retention Times from CGM Viewer To edit component retention from the Chromatogram Viewer window 1 Double click the left mouse button to edit the retention times from the CGM viewer Or Right click and use the drop down menu to modify retention times via the normal editing procedures Editing TEVs from Cursor
245. ing Average Setting Used Hourly Reset Time 24 Hour Day Reset Time Weekly Weekday Monthly Day Reset Time Calculations 5 24 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 To set a custom time interval per calculation set the Type to Variable and enter the desired interval length 1n the Hours cell A setting of 0 means an average calculation will be performed for each analysis run of that stream Any GC analysis variable with defined alarm limits cannot be averaged or archived while in an active alarm state see Section 5 6 for more information on Limit Alarms To disable this feature use the Control Calculations function to set Avg Limit Alarm Test to OFF see Section 5 5 1 Note that this custom Hours setting overrides the Reset Time setting 3 Use the provided pull down menu to adda new variable to the list 4 To view an archive of averages for a given variable select the desired variable and click the Archive F5 button or press the F5 key The Archive Data dialog for that variable appears 24 Hour Archive Data for Average 6 Calculations AUG 2005 MON2000 An error message displays when the last available stream or component is reached Application System Component Data F Timed Events FS User Defined k Control Limit Alarms Averages Discrete Alarms User Defined Streams Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Discrete Inputs Discrete Outp
246. instructions on configuring the predefined sequence 1 Use the Control gt Auto Sequence menu or press the F2 key to access this function 2 The Start Auto Sequence dialog appears Start Auto Sequence EN 3 Click the Purge check box to set the purging option Note that the default setting 1s ON Purging allows sample gas to flow through the sample loop for 60 seconds prior to beginning the first analysis 4 Click the i il button to continue Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window 5 The Auto Sequence GC Analysis begins if you selected the Purge Stream option MON2000 performs this 60 second task first Auto Sequence 4 2 4 2 CONTROL FUNCTIONS MON2000 Use the status bar to monitor the progress of this function To change the operating parameters such Det Mode as the Timed Event Tables TEVs and Component Data Tables CDTs see Section 4 for information about Application functions SINGLE STREAM Use this function to start continuous GC E view Help analysis run s on a single stream 1 Auto Sequence F Halt Calibration Use the Control gt Single Stream menu to Baseline Run Valve Timing access this function GE Time Stop Kow The Start Single Stream Analysis dialog appears Start Single Stream Analysis EN Stream E Stream 2 v Purge stream for 60 seconds v Continuous operation
247. ion gt Analog Outputs 2 12 Application gt Discrete Outputs edit numeric value 5 4 1 Application gt User Defined gt Numeric edit select values 5 4 9 Application gt User Defined gt Selection edit text strings 5 4 3 Application gt User Defined gt Text Strings Procedures Guide AUG 2005 GETTING STARTED q 3 13 MON2000 Table 3 8 Menu and Manual Section per MON2000 Procedure Continued Task or Data Item Section s Menu Keystroke existing alarm s 8 3 Log gt Alarm Log full scale value for input 5 9 Application gt Analog Inputs GPM liquid equivalent on off 5 5 1 Application gt Calculations gt Control height or area measurement method 5 2 Application gt Component Data F6 High Alarm 5 6 Application gt Limit Alarms Analyzer I D 2 9 2 File gt GC Directory 5 1 Application gt System inhibit on off times 5 3 Application gt Timed Events F5 input s being used 5 9 Application gt Analog Inputs 5 11 Application gt Discrete Inputs integration on off times D3 Application gt Timed Events F5 Low Alarm 5 6 Application gt Limit Alarms Mole percent on off 5 0 1 Application gt Calculations gt Control Normalization on off 5 0 1 Application gt Calculations gt Control outputs being used 5 6 Application gt Limit Alarms a Application Discrete Alarms 5 10 Application gt Analog Outputs 5 12 Application gt Discrete Outputs Peak Width on time Ds Application gt Timed Events F5 Ratio
248. ion number label assigned by MON2000 This number correlates with the stream switch A maximum of 12 streams can be con trolled by MON2000 and a standard GC appli cation text string label to 1dentify a stream 12 character maximum how stream is used Settings include calibration CAL analysis ANL not used NOT detector used by this stream Control of the detector is application specific For example for Model 700 2350A Modes 0 and 1 the Det col is DET1 and read only for Model 700 2350A Mode 2 the Det col 1s editable for Model 700 2350A Mode 3 the Det col 1s DUAL and read only CDT associated with this stream see Section 5 2 CDT 2 For the Model 700 2350A Modes 2 and 3 an additional CD column displays TEV associated with this stream see Section 5 3 TEV 2 For the Model 700 2350A Modes 2 and 3 an additional TE column displays Streams 5 36 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 For calibration CAL streams you can edit the following control parameters Table 5 5 Description of Calibration Stream Settings Cal Setting Tot Avg Start Int Streams Description number of runs made for each calibration Range 1 to 10 number of last calibration runs to average E g i 5 calibration runs are performed and Aug is set to 3 then the last 3 runs are used to average the calibration results time the first automatic calibration is to be performed nu
249. ions dialog appears User Defined Calculations EN H Label IM label 1 E label 2 h Current v alue EE F2 EES Alphanumeric field 3 Click the calculation name you wish to edit or click in the next available blank Label cell The Label field accepts 15 characters 4 Click the EditCalc F2 button to edit or create the calculation function The Edit User Defined Calculation dialog appears Edit User Defined Calculation 1 label 1 EN Variable Stream Component Avg Molecular eight Stream 1 Gallons 1000 SCF C24 Stream 1 Mole Percent Stream 1 011 CB 47 35 17 1 Stream 1 2 Stream 2 h 3 Stream 3 B Stream 6 Cancel Calculations MON2000 Your user defined calculation becomes a variable that can be used when calculating averages assigning alarm limits calculating analog outputs generating bargraphs and reports e creating other user defined calculations AUG 2005 MON2000 The calculation completes each step from top to bottom AUG 2005 Application System Component Data F Timed Events FS User Defined k Calculations k Limit Alarms Discrete Alarms Streams Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Valves Temperature Control Serial Ports TCP IP 5 6 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS q 5 27 a To change the calculation function click the ap
250. iption field Data Collection Configuration AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 39 End Command Use the End Command to mark the end of the polling control file and signal the Auto Sequencing module to stop processing 1 From the Configuration for Data Collection window click the Add button to select another command 2 Use the Command pull down menu and select End Configuration for Data Collection EN X Polling Control File c GC BIN AutoPollT est new 1 apc Polling Output File s Default Filename File Format leport 4 DefaultReport Data E DefaulData Command Description Log on with Ethernet Card Bottom Alarms DU Get Alam Log Averages Get Averages Calibration et Cal Report Event Log Set Event Log Maintenance Log ES EEE See Es Get Maintenace Log Registers Pol Registers DO et Reports Es Disconnect from GC Controller pu 1 Time Delay 1 Repeat Auto polling End Process Delete Poll Command Details Run Command Details Save Lx Cancel 3 Enter a title for the End Command in the Command Description field Data Collection Configuration 9 40 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 9 3 DATA COLLECTION Initiate Auto Sequencing from the MON2000 PLUS for the file you just configured or open an existing file Data Collection gt Start Auto menu 1 The Start Auto Sequencing window displays Start Auto S
251. irectory entries Delay The delay command instructs the Auto Sequencing module to delay for a specified interval of time prior to proceeding The user enters the time in hours Disconnect This command instructs the Auto Sequencing module to terminate communications with the controller to which it is currently connected No additional user provided information is necessary for this command If this command 1s executed and no GC Controller is con nected then the command 1s ignored End This command marks the end of the polling control file and signals the Auto Sequencing module to stop processing Poll The poll command instructs the Auto Sequencing module to acquire a set of data of a single type from the GC Controller to which it is currently connected The user first selects the data type to be acquired Poll Data Types Alarms Averages Calibration Event Log hegisters Reports Maintenance Log Repeat The repeat command instructs the Auto Sequencing module to restart processing of the commands in the polling control file at the beginning of the file The repeat command can be specified with a count that specifies the number of times to execute the sequence of commands In the file Without the count or with a count of zero the sequence of commands will be re executed indefinitely until terminated manually by the user Run The run command instructs the Auto Sequencing module to start execution of a user program The u
252. ister contents It may be necessary to assign scales to regis ters to convert floating point values to whole integer representations Establishing Communications 10 4 MODBUS TEST MON2000 10 2 2 Set GC Com Parameters via MON2000 Set the communication parameters for the GC Controller serial port to which your PC or other device 1s connected To determine or reset the communications parameters at the GC Controller 1 Use the Application gt Serial Ports menu to access the Serial Ports function The Serial Ports dialog appears Serial Ports Handshake None None None None 3 Report ha S600 Mone Mone SS o Ele 9600 None None Registers F3 Cancel 2 Verify the MON2000 serial port Usage setting a Determine the GC Controller serial port to which you are directly connected b In the Serial Ports dialog ensure that the Usage setting for the port is either Consult accurate d tati f the GC SIM 2251 or User Modbus du Ab bos installation or visually If the setting is incorrect change it by inspect the serial line connection at the GC using the provided combo box Controller Terminal Board 3 Verify the Baud Rate setting WinMB accepts the following baud rates 300 1200 2400 4800 9600 14400 19200 38400 57600 115200 4 Ensure the remaining serial port parameters are correct Revise as required and record for future reference Establishing Comm
253. it via the front panel with the assigned user name that 1s no password will be required 5 To write user data to the online GC unit a Click the Download Users to GC F2 or press the F2 key b MON2000 writes the data to the GC Controller 6 Click the button to apply your changes and return to the main screen Click the Cancel button to exit and return to the main screen without applying your changes Customizing MON2000 MON2000 Super users can write changes to the GC unit configure MON2000 and access the Users function Regular and Read only users can only view data AUG 2005 MON2000 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 17 2 9 2 Set Up GC Directory CAUTION _ This function allows you to set up a directory e OL delete any currently listing of all GC units MON2000 can control for used applications from the GC A Directory lt an enter ds this application From the GC Directory you inadvertently deleted you can configure the PC serial port communication may need to reinstall the parameters for a specific GC unit application software for that GC Data entered in the GC Directory is stored in the Gedir dat file GC BIN The Station Name is the user assigned name to a GC location As GC applications are installed Enn MON2000 adds the application name to the GC Connect Directory Disconnect Download xod The GC unit name shown in the GC Status Bar Offli
254. ivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum 18 E 20 ZA 222 ZO 24 Zio 26 2 28 29 20 3d S 09 34 JI 36 10 11 d 13 14 Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used 7393 Tage 3 390 T3 96 AA 1398 du 7400 7401 7402 7403 7404 Ja Do 7406 7407 7408 7409 7410 Ea aki 7212 Jalo 7414 JE IS 7416 7417 7418 7419 AZ PAZ 1422 Juba 7424 714235 avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel a
255. ization Once response factors have been determined by the controller or entered by the operator component concentrations are determined for each analysis using the following equations Equation C 4 Response Factor Calculation Area Ht CONC ARE or CONC TRF n n where concentration of component n in mole percent area of component n in unknown sample response factor of component n calculated from area of calibration sample Units are area per mole percent peak height of component n in unknown sample response factor of component n calculated from peak height of calibration sample Units are height per mole percent Note that the average concentration of each component will also be calculated when data averaging 1s requested Analysis Computations C 8 DATA COMPUTATIONS MON2000 Component concentrations may be input through analog inputs 1 to 4 or may be fixed If a fixed value is used the calibration for that component is the mole percent that will be used for all analyses Equation C 5 Concentration Calculations with Normalization CONCN where CONCN CONC CONC CONC x 100 y CONC normalized concentration of component 66 22 n in percent of total gas concentration non normalized concentration of component n in mole percent non normalized concentration in mole percent from each of the k components to be grouped into this normalizatio
256. k Ko Kok ok KK Kk KK KU KK KK KU KK KK KK KU KU A KO KU KK KK KO KO KO KK KO KK KK KK OK KG KK kkk Kk Kok k Ek Streams Report from 2350 001 23550 DEE BIN 6 247 2000 15240249 Det CD TE Tot Avg Base Condition PSIA SE No Optional Base Pressures No Stream Stream Stream Stream Stream Stream Stream Stream ANL ANL ANL ANL ANL ANL ANL calibration streams Name Op Base res Detl 1 Detl 1 Detl 1 Detl 1 Detl 1 Detl 1 Detl 1 Detl 1 defined 1 Cal Data SALE 5 OTOU 5 3 Dg 00 3 S us E 9 EE 5 o OTO 5 o DS 5 3 OF S 5 3t D OU Op Base res A Int Auto 24 Y Y 24 Y Y 24 Y Y 24 Y Y 24 Y Y a Y CY 24 Y Y 24 Y Y Op Base Pres 3 d T 14 14 Tu LA ddr dd 3 KS e E T 43 E e 13 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Stream Stream Stream Stream Stream Stream Stream Stream KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKRKKKKRKKK Ko KKK KKK KK KK A KKK A KU KU E kk Ak A KO KU KO KK KR KKK KO OK KK KK OK OK KK KK KG AX K Kk AK Kk kk A Analog Input Report from 22350 001 2350 0014 BIN 6 2 2000 25202249 Zero Scale Full Scale F V Fixed Value 1 AT 1 100 VAR kk x ck Kok ck ck k ok ok Kok Kok k KC Kok KKK ok Ko KC Ck kk KK KG KR KKK KKK KK KCK Ko KO KKK KO KKK Kok kk Kk k kk k ko k ck k RARA kk Analog Output Report from 2350 001 2350 001 BIN 6 2 2000 15 02 49 NO Variable S C 1
257. l set in this Valve dialog The same Usage assignment cannot be used for multiple valves unless these valves are set to Unused current state of the valve button to accept your changes and return to the main window Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window Valves AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 55 MON2000 5 14 TEMPERATURE CONTROL Use the Temperature Control function for monitoring the Temperature of the Oven Detector s and Columns and the Stream Switching block to determine when the Model 700 is thermally stable The bottom row labeled Temperature C displays the current temperatures The settings and values are shown in the following figure and table The settings and values are preset at the factory and are based on the specific customer application These values should not be changed unless recommended by Daniel Customer Service Personnel or it 1s a factory application requirement SS eee 1 Use the Application gt Temperature Control System menu to access this function Component Data F Timed Events F5 User Defined 2 The Temperature Control dialog displays Calculations e Temperature Control es x Limit Alarms n Discrete Alarms Streams Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Valves Setpoint Output Serial Ports Temperature E TEPIP Temperature Control S
258. lated Function s Menu Date Time standard GC application n a Analysis Time Timed Events Table TEV Application gt Timed Events F5 Cycle Time TEV Application gt Timed Events F5 Stream Report Display Select Stream Reports gt Report Display Stream Name Application gt Streams Mode standard GC application n a Cycle Start Time standard GC application n a Analyzer System Analyzer Name Application gt System Strm Seq System Stream Sequence Application gt System Report Header User Defined Text Strings Application gt User Defined optional gt Text Strings Report Display MON2000 Section n a 5 3 0 9 Fo 5 8 n a n a 5 1 5 1 5 4 9 AUG 2005 REPORTS 7 9 MON2000 Analysis Report Date Time 03 24 95 12 24 Analysis Time 225 Cycle Time 240 Stream 3 Stream 3 Mode ANLY Cycle Start Time 12 20 Analyzer AT401STD ETE Seq id 24 34 5567 75 38 Company Daniel Industries Houston TX Component Mole Weight Liqvol Gallons BTU BTU Relative Name Percent Percent Percent 1000 SCF Gross Net Density C6 47 35 17 0 0187 0 1076 0 0488 0 0083 0 99 0 92 0 0006 PROPANE 0 4922 1 3011 0 7918 0 1364 12 41 11 42 0 0075 i BUTANE 0 0998 0 3477 0 1906 0 0326 S25 3 00 0 0020 n BUTANE 0 1017 0 3543 0 1872 0 0321 3 33 3 07 0 0020 NEOPENTANE 0 0493 0 2132 0 1102 0 0189 Tay CN 1 82 0 0012 i PENTANE 0 0500 0 2162 0 1068 0 0183 2 01 1 85 0 0012 n PENTANE 0 0502 0 2171 0 1062 0 0182 2 02 1 87 0 0013 NITROGEN 0 5624
259. le TT Time 5 Save at end of run Ka Chromatogram Edit Results laraph 4 a tue E dit Cursor pm Print en Timed events event type valve or detector value time Double click right click or F5 En edit For Help press F1 AUG 2005 Chromatogram Viewer Function 6 2 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER 4 Click the Close button to exit this dialog Any display changes or open data will be lost See Section 6 4 to save a chromatogram to disk 6 2 VIEWING A LIVE CHROMATOGRAM 6 2 1 From Online GC To view a live chromatogram trace from the online GC 1 Check the View current CGM option If a chromatogram contains data for more than one detector a Select Detector menu dialog displays Double click either Detector 1 Detector 2 or Both 2 MON2000 plots the current live chromatogram The corresponding data is dynamically displayed in the provided legends Use the Graph and Chromatogram functions to manipulate the display To Zoom 1n on a particular point click and drag your mouse over that area repeat as necessary Use the Restore State or Zoom Out options from the right click menu see Section 6 9 to return to the original display You can display up to 8 chromatograms at one time Each chromatogram 1s color Viewing a Live Chromatogram MON2000 M View current CGM Save A D values Print at end af run Save at end of run Detector
260. ler Terminal Board for field wiring and the connection points for external devices are as follows Table 5 14 Serial Ports on GC Terminal Board Port DB 9 Plug Phoenix Plug 1 COM1 P2 J5 2 COM2 P3 J6 3 COMB n a J10 4 COMA n a J11 GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations MON2000 Application System Component Data F Timed Events FS User Defined k Calculations k Limit Alarms Discrete Alarms Streams Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Valves Temperature Control Serial Ports TCPJIP AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 63 MON2000 External modem connections can be made to any of the four serial ports However a possible exception exists for Serial Port 4 the internal modem for the Model 500 with the 2350A Controller if installed uses Serial Port 4 Phoenix plug bare wire connections are available to all four serial ports Pin outs are identical for all four serial port Phoenix plugs and jacks Each Phoenix plug jack male combination allows bare wire connection and uses 9 pins as illustrated 9 RI 8 CTS 7 RTS 6 DSR 5 GROUND 4 DTR 3 RxD 2 TxD 1 RLSD Figure 5 1 Phoenix Connector Pinout for J5 J6 J10 J11 DB 9 plug connections available for serial ports 1 and 2 only Two of the serial ports as noted in Table 5 14 permit connection to an external modem via a DB 9 plug AUG 2005 GC Serial P
261. lication gt Streams Valve on off times Dd Application gt Timed Events F5 Weight Percent on off 5 5 1 Application Calculations Control Wobbe value on off 5 5 1 Application gt Calculations gt Control Zero value for input 5 9 Application gt Analog Inputs Procedures Guide AUG 2005 MON2000 The keylock switch affects only online operations i e those that are performed while connected to a GC Controller The keylock switch feature is only available on controllers with BOS version 1 6 and later The GC Controller parameters protected by the keylock switch may vary slightly from version to version AUG 2005 3 6 GETTING STARTED q 3 15 KEYLOCK SWITCH CONTROL If your GC unit has the keylock control enabled you will not be able to write changes or new data to the GC Controller The following error dialog will display AN GC controller locked no updates allowed To see which Modbus registers are affected by the keylock control view the Communications section of the PC Config Report via the Report Viewer see Appendix A for instructions and an example When closed on the GC keylock switch protects many of the GC Controller s parameters from being changed using MON2000 Most of the dialog boxes 1n the Application s menu allows you to view data but does not allow you to save changes when the keylock switch 1s closed Several items 1n the Reports and Control menus are unavailable
262. lications Numeric Use this function to edit values for defined initialized variables The User Defined Numerics dialog defines the names types and values for all application specific numeric variables 1 Use the Application gt User Defined gt Numerics menu to access this function 2 The User Defined Numerics dialog appears User Defined Numerics EN we Mame d Cancel Double click the desired Value cell and type the new number 3 Click the il button to accept your changes and return to the main window Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window User Defined 5 20 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 4 2 Selection Use this function to edit values for defined selection variables The User Defined Selections dialog defines the names and values for all application specific selection variables 1 Use the Application gt User Defined gt Selection menu to access this function 2 The User Defined Selections dialog appears User Defined Selections EN Double click the desired Option cell and use the provided pull down menu to select the new setting 3 Click the il button to accept your changes and return to the main window Cancel Click the button to abort and return to the main window 5 4 3 Text Strings Use this function to edit text strings for defined string variables that may be used 1n reports The User Defined Text Strings dialog defines
263. line help file to quickly access reference terminology function descriptions and other related information See the following sections for more information 10 6 1 How to Access To access online help use the File gt Modbus Test menu to display the Modbus Help test dialog then Press F1 on your PC keyboard Or Click the Help button located on the toolbar The Modbus Test Program Help Index displays Function _ Oy xi File Edit Bookmark Options Help Modbus Test Program Help Index The Modbus communications program is intended far testing of Daniel equipment such as Gas Chromatography GC ultrasonic meter and flow computers The program allows the user ta poll registers Boolean and numeric read and modify its content The Modbus main dialog offers the following functionality Modbus Function Selection Requires the user to enter parameters for a successful Modbus communication Port Setup Allows the user to setthe default communication parameters Log Data Allows the user to log the data blocks to a file Save Sheet Saves the displayed sheet AUG 2005 Using Modbus Test Online Help 10 20 MODBUS TEST MON2000 10 6 2 How to Navigate To navigate within this help file e Click the Contents button to display an index a topic tree contents menu and a search function e Click the Index button to display an index where you can select a specific term e Click the Back button to re
264. llows NNO normal mode no error control data is buffered versus direct mode reliable mode or auto reliable mode CO disable auto reliable buffer versus buffer data for 4 seconds or 200 characters NQO disable flow control versus enable XON XOFF flow control enable unilateral CTS flow control or enable bilateral CTS RTS flow control U S Robotics Sportster The following setup for U S Robotics Sportster 28 8 Kbps external FAX modems was verified at the GC assembly and checkout lab At the GC Controller the modem DIP switches were set to 5 and 8 UP the rest DOWN At the PC the modem DIP switches were set to 2 4 6 and 7 UP the rest DOWN Customizing MON2000 2 28 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 With these switch settings initialization string amp F was required See Table 2 4 for further explanation of these switch settings and the parameters they control Table 2 4 DIP Switch Settings for U S Robotics Sportster Modem Switch Function At GC At PC 1 UP off Normal DTR computer must provide DTR signal for modem to accept commands DOWN on Modem ignores DTR V 2 UP off Verbal word results DOWN on Numeric results V 9 UP off Suppress result codes DOWN on Enable result codes V 4 UP off Display keyboard commands DOWN on Suppress echo 5 UP off Modem answers on first ring or higher DOWN on Disabl
265. load Application menu to access this function 2 A menu of stored application files appears Double click the desired file Connect to GC and Halt Analysis E 2 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS MON2000 3 The Save Uploaded GC Application File dialog appears Save Uploaded GC Application File i 1x Save n C3 app E aa 2350 001 bin a 2350is02 bin el 2350 D Z bin el 2350iso3 bin aa 2350 003 bin al 2350nw01 bin 2350 Op bin a 2360 001 bin el 2350 D 7 bin el 2361 001 bin el 2350iso1 bin File name Save as lype BINFies BIN sl Cancel Use this dialog to assign a new file name to N OTI C E the GC Application file that is the target for uploading The existing file For clarity you could name this file Mars ia p OLD bin to distinguish it from the the connected GC displays in the File name field upgraded application file Press the ENTER key or click the Save button to continue 4 The Upload Application process begins This process usually takes about 15 minutes to complete MON2000 automatically disconnects from the GC after the Upload Application process has finished 5 Use the File gt Exit menu to close MON2000 Or you can exit MON2000 by pressing the ALT F X keys or click the wi button on the main window OFFLINE EDIT TO UPLOAD APP amp RENAME AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 E 3 E 4 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS q E 3 UPGRADE
266. loat Integer L bits Integer 16 bits Open Save s AutoReset Cancel Getting Modbus Data 10 12 MODBUS TEST MON2000 5 To open an existing template file click the Open button The Select Template Configuration File dialog appears Select Template Configuration File 71x Look in E Daniel Modbus Test Program ata File name chi Files of type AN Files Cancel Use the directory tree to locate the desired file e g templ cfg highlight it and then click the button 6 To edit the displayed file Use the provided combo boxes to select a different data type The Offset and Size values change to accommodate the data type e Click the Autofieset button to change all template data types to the type last selected 7 To save the displayed file to disk click the Save As button The Select Template Configuration File dialog appears Save Template Configuration File EA ES Save in E Daniel Modbus Test Program ES Data Save as type Configuration File cfg Cancel Getting Modbus Data AUG 2005 MODBUS TEST 10 13 MON2000 Use the directory tree to specify the desired location Either select an existing file or type the new file name e g temp2 cfg in the File name data field Then click the Save button 8 Click the button to apply your selections and return to the main window Click th
267. log output assignment that uses the same analog output number as the CGM setting will produce erratic CGM trace output possibly with incorrect scaling See the following table for details Table 5 9 Description of Analog Output Settings Setting lt Number gt Variable Stream Component Current Value Analog Outputs Description number assigned to Analog Output Number of available analog outputs is dependent upon the GC Controller model If the GC unit includes a Daniel Analog Expansion Module AEM P N 1 0500 001 reserve analog output number 1 first row for the variable Bargraph type of GC analysis data on which to base signal level of analog output stream number assigned to the variable or the channel number if referencing an analog output name of component monitored by this output current readout values of the analog output values reflect scale assignments AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 45 MON2000 Table 5 9 Description of Analog Output Settings Continued Setting Description Zero Scale value used to represent the minimum value 4mA when scaling the analog output value Full Scale value used to represent the maximum value 20mA when scaling the analog output value Fixed Var analog output operation mode Fixed fixed Var variable If the operation mode is fixed the analog output is set to the number entered for the Fixed Value Fixed Value analog output value u
268. lons 1000 SCF C37 Pa Gallons1000 SCF C4 x allons EN Gallons1000 SCF C5 Gallone 1000 SCF C6 EH G Density bmA1 000 f3 SG as Density kg m ER Heating Value Gross BTU Dry ENE Heating Value Gross BTU Sat Heating Value Gross BTU Act Heating Value Met BTU Dry Heating Value Met BTU Sat Heating Value Met BTU Act Heating Value Sup Mums Dry eating Value Sup m3 sat Heating Value Sup MJ m3 5 Heating Value Sup Mums Act Heating Value Inf MJ m3 Dr Heating Value Inf MJ m3 Act Heating Value Sup Ml ko Dry Heating Value Inf MJ ka Dr AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 69 4 The Registers dialog appears Stream Component Stream 1 Stream 1 Motused 0 000 0 Stream 1 Motused 0 0 0 Stream 3 Motused 0 000000 Stream 3 Motused 0 00000 Stream 3 1 CB 47 35 17 5 View or edit data Double click a given table cell or use one of the edit function buttons described below to make your changes For each default O FloatPt scale assigned reserve 2 Modbus registers for a given variable Scale assignments other than O FloatPT require only one register per variable Note that the Reg column displays the number for the GC Controller Modbus register that will be polled by a connected data acquisition system To change a variable assignment click the appropriate Variable cell Use the provided pull down menu and click the desired variable to select 1t From the Variables menu you can ass
269. lt Filename File Format KE Sample Report Sample Data Each Poll Command includes the criteria to define acquisition and storage of a single type of data Click the Poll Commands pull down menu from the General Configuration Lists of Commands section of the Configuration for Data Collection Window General Configuration List of Commands Commands e iepeat a ng GC Entry bad Command Description Edit An Existing Polling Control File To edit or modify the configuration of an existing file 1 From the MON2000 main window use the Data Collection Open File menu 2 Click the button and the Open Polling Control File window displays Open Polling Control File Look in Ca BIN O et ES an AutoPaliTest 051004 ape AutoPollTest 2 051004 apc AutoPaliTest new ape AutoPaliTest new 1 apc AutoPaliTest new 2 ape File name Files of type Polling Control File ape Cancel E Data Collection Configuration AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 7 MON2000 3 Select the desired polling control file then click the button 4 The Configuration for Data Collection window displays Configuration for Data Collection b X Polling Control File cvs C BIM SA amp utaPallTest new 2 ape Polling Output File s Default Filename File Format Report DefaultReport Data E DefaultD ata General Configuration List of Commands Del
270. ly m oo Oo OH For instructions on creating or editing a scale see Section 5 16 4 7 The Optional Base Pressure variable should be listed with the settings specified 8 Click the changes button to accept your 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 L AUG 2005 GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations 5 78 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 16 6 Setting Optional Base Results As discussed in Section 5 16 4 you can assign GC analysis variables to various Modbus registers Follow the procedure below to add the Results Opt Base Press variable to the Registers List A group of 12 GC analysis calculations can be used to reflect the use of different base pressures See Section C 3 for more information To assign the Results Opt Base Press variable 1 Verify the values for optional base pressures that have already been entered a Use the Application gt Streams menu to access this function b The Streams dialog displays Streams UI Name In Auto Auto EM 24 E 1 Baseline Values F2 Cancel Optional pressure 1 c Scroll to the Opt Press columns and note these values along with the corresponding optional pressure and stream number s GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations MON2000 Application Reports Logs Chre System Component Data F Timed Events F5 User Defined k Calculations k Limit Alarms Discrete Alarms
271. ly and the keyboard cable into JI on the CPU assembly 3 Turn on the power The CPU assembly reboots and displays the Systems Configuration window The speaker on the CPU will chirp and the monitor will prompt ENTER NEW DATE mm dd yy Press ENTER ENTER NEW TIME Press ENTER The A gt prompt displays Verify that the programming disk is the current revision specified on the work order package and insert into the floppy drive Type C then ENTER to change to the C drive Set Up and Programming AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 E 8 3 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS q E 17 After the C gt prompt is displayed type ERASE then press ENTER When prompted ARE YOU SURE Type y then press ENTER At the C gt prompt type DIR then press ENTER Verify that only the Command com file remains on the C drive that the file size 1s 54 645 bytes and that there are 16 105 472 bytes free Type A then ENTER to change back to the A drive Type INSTALL then follow Steps 6 through 11 see Section H 8 1 GC Reassembly Use the following instructions to reassemble the GC Controller CPU PC 104 Bus and the Modem I em TY Figure E 1 CPU PC 104 and Modem Place and securely plug the WinSystems CPU Board into slot number 2 of the Card Cage Assembly Reconnect all ribbon cables that were unplugged Set Up and Programming E 18 UPGRADE 2350A
272. m resistor across the signal at the input of the device where this analog output is used Connect a Voltmeter across the resistor and measure the result 11 Return to the Analog Outputs dialog and reselect the channel being calibrated 12 Set the Fixed Value to the Full Scale value entered in Step 5 Calibrating by Percentages D 8 ANALOG OUTPUT CAL FOR 2350A MON2000 13 Click the button to accept your changes and exit from the Analog Outputs dialog 14 Look at the voltmeter again and record the full scale reading NOTICE 15 Return to the Analog Outputs dialog and Voursolineter reading reselect the channel being calibrated should be very close to 16 Change the Zero Scale Adjustment to the Mn ons PAPAE zero scale voltage reading and the Full E00 span will be 4 Volts and Scale Adjustment to the full scale voltage kinh accordingly reading 17 Click the button to accept your changes and exit from the Analog Outputs dialog 18 Return to the Analog Outputs dialog and reselect the channel being calibrated 19 To quickly verify your changes enter the midpoint of your range e g 600 for the Fixed Value Click the button to accept your change The resulting voltage output should be close to span midpoint e g 3 20 Return to the Analog Outputs dialog and reselect the channel being calibrated 21 Set the Fixed Var parameter to Var and the Fixed Value to 0 0
273. mber of hours between automatic calibrations AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS q 5 37 Table 5 5 Description of Calibration Stream Settings Continued Description enable disable the automatic calibration and baseline run first check box sets the automatic calibration second check box sets the baseline run For the automatic calibration to work at least one stream switch valve event Strm Sw must be included in the corresponding TEV see Section 5 3 If the automatic baseline run is enabled the GC performs an additional calibra tion run before the calibration runs to be averaged without the calibration gas This run evaluates peaks caused by the GC valve action alone any peak areas found are subtracted from the subse quent analyses To view or print the baseline run results see Step 4 Disabling the Auto Base setting will delete existing CDT baseline data for the associated stream You can edit the following parameters for a defined stream used in GC calculations These parameters are also used for post analysis calculations that use stream specific base pressure and temperature values Note that these parameters are not applicable for every application MON2000 Cal Setting Auto Cal Auto Base AUG 2005 Streams 5 38 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 Table 7 Description of GC Calculation Parameters Par Setting Description PSIA base temperature in PSIA or bar units To change the displayed syst
274. mits Low use only Low and Low Low limits 6 Input the desired high low limits 1n the appropriate cells NOTIC E 7 To copy the stream settings from a highlighted row and apply them to the next An error message displays row click the Copy 5 F5 button or press o eege the F5 key This feature increments the P Stream value to the next available stream reached e g incrementing from Stream 2 to Stream 8 per the GC application AUG 2005 Limit Alarms 5 30 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 8 MON2000 To copy the component settings from a highlighted row and apply them to the next row click the Copy C F6 button or press the F6 key This feature increments the Component value to the next available component e g incrementing from Ammonia to Benzene per the GC application Click the button to accept your changes and return to the main window Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window Limit Alarms Description Limit Alarms Variable selected variable assigned to the limit alarm Stream stream number assigned to the variable or the channel number if an analog input or analog output Component component name and number assigned to the variable Discrete Output number of the discrete hardware output that will be set when the alarm is active zero indicates no discrete output will be set AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 31 MON2000 Type
275. mponent Data F AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 7 MON2000 Component Data Table 1 Total Concentration 100 0002 User Detector Retention Fixed Calibration Analysis Standard P Time Variable Concentration Method 30 2 2013430 W I M 0283x Area 50 2 1316330 REI 1 Area 65 7 1520820 Fired h 0 3 Area fab 1545350 var 3 Area 86 3 1651260 var 0 1 Area 109 4 1775050 var O 0993 Area 121 6 1793230 Var 0 0999 Area 149 5 282 Vai 2 5x Area 153 1 537330 Vai 89 57194 Area 179 2 353088 Vai 1 Area 200 6 1060440 Var 54 Area Component Response Factor 1 ET 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 odo 1 STEE Fan EIE SH FANS FA Update STD FS Sort AT IFE pm 4 View or edit data Double click a given table N OTI C E cell or use one of the edit function buttons to make your changes To add a new component Some table cells will change into pull down move the cursor to the last menus when selected Choose your data table cell last row last column and press ENTER from the pull down menu provided Note that a red component name indicates a standard component A black component name indicates that this component has been edited or defined by the user Analysis Method 0 03 Area 0 998 Area 0 301 Area 0 3 Area 0 099 Area 0 1 Area 0 0999 Area 240 amp Area Calibration E ERE For more information on the editing functions available see
276. ms number current streams Next next stream number to run Anly analysis cycle Run run time Date current date 1s displayed Time current time is displayed The left area of the status bar describes actions of menu items as you use the mouse pointer over the menu selection This area similarly shows messages that describe the actions of toolbar buttons as you press and hold them After viewing the description of the toolbar button command and you do not wish execute the command move the mouse pointer away from the toolbar command then release the mouse button MON20OOO User Interface 3 6 GETTING STARTED MON2000 The right areas of the status bar indicate which of the following keys are activated Indicator Description Cap NUM SCRL CAP the Caps Lock key 1s ON NUM the Num Lock key is ON SCRL the Scroll Lock key is ON Your connection status is also displayed in the titlebar If Online Edit appears then MON20OOO is connected to the GC and is recognizing the existing application If Connected appears then MON20OOO is connected to the GC but does not recognize the existing application If no connection data is displayed there is no connection MON2000 User Interface AUG 2005 MON2000 GETTING STARTED 3 7 The GC Status bar consists of Item GC Det Mode Stream Next Anly Cycle Run Date Time AUG 2005 Description GC unit to which MON2000 is curre
277. n Next Command Connect Abort AUG 2005 Data Collection 9 42 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 5 The module begins with the first command in the selected polling control file and performs the requested operation Processing continues sequentially through the file performing the operations requested by each command If a repeat command is encountered then the processing 1s restarted at the beginning of the file If an end command or the end of file 1s encountered the module closes all open files and control returns to the MON2000 PLUS program Auto Sequencing Status During Auto Sequencing a status display is maintained on the screen As each individual command 1s processed the following general information 1s displayed Depending on the command being processed the details of the exact data included will vary Polling Control file in use Start time of operation Command being processed Description of command being processed Status of completion of the command Level detail appropriate to the individual command Next Command to be processed Auto Sequencing must be stopped before other MON2000 PLUS menu selections are chosen To begin the Auto Sequencing process 1 Use the Data Collection gt Start Auto menu Data Collection AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 43 2 The Start Auto Sequencing window displays
278. n number of components to be included in the normalization Analysis Computations AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 DATA COMPUTATIONS C 9 C 4 POST ANALYSIS COMPUTATIONS C 4 1 Liquid Equivalent Computations The equivalent liquid volume in gallons per 1000 standard cubic feet GPM is given by Equation C 6 Equivalent Liquid Volume GPM GPM CONCN x LCF x BASEPRS BASETEMP 459 67 14 73 60 459 67 where GPM CONCN LCF n BASE PRS gallons 1000 standard cubic feet of component n normalized 1f selected concentration of 66 2 component n liquid equivalent conversion factor for component n at 14 73 PSIA and 60 degrees F base contact Pressure specified defaults to 14 73 C 4 2 Heating Value Calculations Equation C 7 Dry Gross BTU Value of Total Gas DRYBTU CF 2 1 where DRYBTU CF CONCN BTU CF P 100 a CONCN BTU CF 100 uncorrected dry BTU content per cubic foot of total gas sample normalized if selected concentration of 66 22 component n calculated from peak analysis energy content per cubic foot of component n stored in permanent memory total number of components to be used 1n calcula tion of total BTU CF removed the 100 factored into the calculation of the concentration earlier In the analysis Post Analysis Computations C 10 DATA COMPUTATIONS MON2000 Equation C 8 Ideal Relative Density of
279. n 10 3 2 Use the Data Type radio buttons to select the desired template option to decode registers or decode logs 3 Note that the Record No setting 1s now ecord No available Enter the desired record by WER typing in the provided data field or using the scroll arrows Getting Modbus Data AUG 2005 MON2000 MODBUS TEST 10 11 Table 10 6 Using Record Numbers with Templates Data Type Setting Other Setting s Result register template Enter Data Addr value Read Quantity fields 1 e the number of Enter Record No value fields specified by the Quantity setting Enter Quantity value from the specified Record No of the log template e AUG 2005 register Data Addr Enter Record No value Read all fields associated with the Record No Enter Data Addr value Read all fields in all records for the Enter 0 for the Record specified log register Data Addr No value To verify which record number should be entered consult the Modbus specifications for your device For more information on GC Modbus registers see Appendix F Click the Edit Template button The Template File dialog appears with a new template displayed File CAP rogram FilesXD aniel Industries Inc Daniel Modbus Test Program EA Template Type l bits 16 hits l bits l bits l bits l bits l bits Unsigned Integer 16 bits Integer 32 bits Unsigned Long 32 bits F
280. n window Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window Table 7 8 Description of Settings for GC Printer Control Description enable disable report printing after each analysis run regardless of report type selected enable disable report printing after each calibration run regardless of report type FCal selected enable disable report printing after every final calibration run regardless of report Time type selected time at which report should print every 24 hours AUG 2005 00 00 disables 24 hour setting 12 00 AM disables 12 hour setting Note that the Time setting will override the Hours setting This setting only applies to streams enabled 1 e checked ON for report printing GC Printer Control Setting Hours Avg lt numbe red column s gt Form Feed Alarm Logging Event Logging 7 4 REPORTS MON2000 Table 7 8 Description of Settings for GC Printer Control Continued Description hour interval at report should print Use this setting for intervals less than 24 hours For example use this setting if you wish to print a report every 8 hours Ensure that the Time value is 00 00 to disable the 24 hour setting or 12 00 AM to disable the 12 hour setting This setting only applies to streams enabled 1 e checked ON for report printing average type to be used 1n the report calculations calculations are dependent on settings in the Averages Calcul
281. n window 5 5 CALCULATIONS These options allow you to activate and define how the output of standard or user defined chromatograph analysis data 1s used 1n various calculations man 5 5 1 Control System dey ke aaa Use this function to designate by streams the csi standard calculations e g mole percent liquid PIE Sa volume gas density Wobbe index etc that E E should be performed from the GC analysis Ee data Calculations are enabled or disabled for Ee each sample stream Discrete Outputs Ee 1 Use the Application gt Calculations gt SE Control menu to access this function TCPYIP AUG 2005 Calculations 5 22 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 2 The Control Calculations dialog appears Description Lila 032045 Le l7 LCa Cs Coltu lre SIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIEIIRRIIRIIEIIRRIIRIIEI NIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIEI BIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRRIIEIIR SIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRRIIEIIEI SIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRRIIEIIEI SIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRRIIEIIEI SIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRRIIEIIEI NIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRRIIEIIEI BIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRIIEI BIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRRIIEIIR SIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIEI Click the check boxes to toggle a calculation NOTICE ON or OFF for a given stream N OTI CE Scroll towa
282. named CFG Base Name and locate it in the column labeled CFG Base Name then read the Analyzer Name BIN file to determine the application BIN file name Guide to Standard Application Files AUG 2005 MON2000 Analyzer Name BIN file 2350_001 2350_002 2350_ 003 2350_006 2350_007 23501501 23501502 23501503 2350F 102 2360_001 2350EXMB 23601501 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS E 21 Table E 2 System Variables for Standard Application Files Unit Type 2350 2350 2350 2350 2350 2350 2350 2350 2350 2360 2350 2360 CFG Base Name USASTD1 USASTD2 USASTD3 USASTD6 USASTD7 ISOSTD1 ISOSTD2 ISOSTD3 USSTDFILEO2 USADUALI1 USSTDFILEO1 ISODUALSTD1 System Description 2350 Standard 1 64 avgs 2350 Standard 2 92 avgs 2350 Standard 3 128 avgs 2350 Std 6 32 avgs 10 strs 2350 7 12Str 128 Avg 260Mbus 2350 ISO Std 1 64 avgs 2350 ISO Std 2 92 avgs 2350 ISO Std 5 128 avgs 12 stream with files 2360 test applica tion Extended Modbus 4 strm plus cal 2360 ISO Std 1 64 avgs Max Archive Averages 64 32 128 32 128 64 32 128 204 64 150 64 Stream Sequence 10 12 12 e Standard BTU applications use the BIN files 2350 001 2350 002 and 2350 003 for 64 32 and 128 averages respectively e The Extended Modbus application uses BIN file
283. ncing dialog box 1s displayed x Polling Control File p Open Output Files C Append to the existing files Overwite the existing files Enable Transaction Logging 6 Click the button and select the file 7 Double click the file or click the button Data Collection Configuration AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 35 8 Select the appropriate radio button append to the existing file or overwrite the existing file Click the Ok button and the Auto Sequencing Status window displays C AGCSBINSAutoPollT est new 2 apc Start Time 5 28 2004 10 11 00 AM Curren t Comman d Await The Auto Sequencing Status window shows the Polling command file name Start Time date and hour the current command 1n the polling process the Command Description Status of Completion and the Next Command in the polling command file 10 To halt the Auto Sequencing process at anytime click the Abort button Data Collection Configuration 9 36 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 Delay Command Prior to executing the auto polling function the Delay Command instructs the Auto Sequencing module to delay for a specified interval of time The user enters the time delay in one hour increments To configure the Delay Command 1 From the Configuration for Data Collection window click the Add button to select
284. nd Also note if you are not connected to a GC Controller this command is ignored 3 Enter a title for the Disconnect Command 1n the Command Description field Await Command This command instructs the auto sequencing module to wait for a specific time of day prior to processing the commands in the file The user enters the desired time of day in hours and minutes To configure the Await Command 1 From the Configuration for Data Collection window click the Add button to select another command AUG 2005 Data Collection Configuration 9 34 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 2 Use the Command pull down menu and select AWAIT Configuration for Data Collection x Polling Control File BE C BINSAutoPollTest_new_2 apc Polling Output File s Default Filename File Format DefaultReport DefaultData Delay Hours ERES Log on with Ethernet Card Bottom Alarms p Get Alarm Log Averages eS Get Averages Calibration DO Bet Cal Report Event Log Maintenance Log Disconnect from GC Controller 1 Time Delay El 1 Repeat Auto poling C c q RinAutoppolling End Pracess Add Insert Delete Poll Command Details Run Command Details Save Io Cancel 3 Insert the time in the Time field 4 Enter a title for the Await command in the Command Description field 5 From the MON2000 PLUS main window select the Data Collection gt Start Auto menu the Start Auto Seque
285. ne Edi of the MON2000 main window is entered via ENTM the System dialog see Section 5 1 Tm Administrator Password Modbus Test To edit the GC directory Program Settings Print Setup Register MONZODD 1 Use the File gt GC Directory menu to access Update MONZODO this function Bi 2 The GC Directory dialog appears Gt pirectory x Station Name LommlD Comments ESCH 1 2350 60 WITH DEFAULT COMMS PARAMETERS Se so af Modem Properties F2 Cancel AUG 2005 Customizing MON2000 2 18 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 3 Press the F1 key to open the MON2000 Application help file for detailed information about these settings e MON Application Help a SS EN inl rl X File Edit Bookmark Options Help GC Directory File menu Use this function to create and edit entries in the GC Directory file GCDIR DAT which lists available GCs and their communications parameters Direciory Description Station Name non edit name of application that has been downloaded to that GC controller CommID Modbus slave address 1 to 247 Comments atext string displayed in the connect to GC list Assists in identification PC Port select port COMI COIT COMB or COMA Baud Rate select haud rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 or 38400 Data Bits select data bits 7 or i Stop Bits select stop bits 1 or Z Parity select parity EVEN ODD or NONE Handshaking select handshaking RTS
286. nfiguration 9 20 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING Event Log Command 1 From the Configuration for Data Collection window click the Add button to select another command Configuration for Data Collection E x Polling Control File c GC BIN AutoPollT est new apc Polling Output File s Default Filename Type Time GC Entry D Ni OD s Command Description IBI Connect Joe s GC Ethernet Connection 2 Poll Alarms 2 Poll Averages Averages Log 1 Pol Calibration CO Calibration Log NU Poll Event Log Event Log entire log Add Insert Delete Pea Command Details Run Command Details Save DK Cancel E a a 2 Next select the Poll command 3 Press the TAB key or click in the Type field then select Event Log from the pull down menu 4 Press the TAB key or click in the Command Description field Assign a name for the Event Log data file Data Collection Configuration MON2000 AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING q 9 21 MON2000 5 Click the Pall Command Details button and the Poll Command Event Log dialog box displays Poll Command Event Log E f X Event Lag Configuratian Event Lag Selection Start Date Start Time End Date End Time Entire Log r Output File Filename File Format New Data File Comma D elimited csv 6 From the Event Log Selection pull down menu choose Entire Log 7 Click the D button to appl
287. nimum minimum minimum L0 1 1 12 T3 14 15 16 L 18 1 9 20 21 22 223 24 25 2 6 21 28 29 30 Jd 32 33 34 35 Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used PC CONFIG REPORT A 61 MON2000 7558 avg archivel minimum 56 3 Not Used No kk kk ck KC KC Ck kk KC KC Kk A Ko Kok Kk KK CK KK KK KK UK A Ek E KU CK A KO KU KK Ek KO KG KU KK KK OK KG KG MK KG KC Kk A Kok k kk kk KKKKKKK kk x ck KC KC Ck ok KC Ck ok Kk KC Kok ck Ko Kok KKK CK KK CK KK KU KU A Ek E kk A KR KKK KR KKK KKK KK OK OK KK KK KO WA K KK XO X Kk Ck RARA kk kk TCP IP Report from Model 2350A 4 28 2005 2 00 51 PM Usage PC Comm ID 0 Host Name DANIELGC Use DHCP Specify an IP address Specify an IP Address IP Address e GE Subnet Mask LOO ANS A EES Gateway HI P ae O Oze Read Write RW ACkCk KCkCk ck KC Kk ck ck KC Ck ck Kk KC Kok k Ko Kok k Ko Kk Kk CK KK CK KK KU KU KK KKK kk Ak KR KKK KKK KK OK OK KK KK KO WA K KK X KC Kk Ck RARA kk kk Temperature
288. nnection fails at any time MON2000 displays a message 1n the GC Status bar that 1t has been disconnected You can end the connection from the File gt Disconnect menu by clicking the disconnect icon on the MON2000 toolbar or by exiting MON2000 If you are using the Modbus RTU protocol the values for baud rate data bits stop bits and parity must match the settings you configured in the Modem Properties dialog These values are required to correctly calculate character timing When you start MON2000 after the parameters are established you can connect to the GC via the File gt Connect menu or by clicking the Connection icon on the MON2000 toolbar Customizing MON2000 AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP q 2 25 2 9 4 Modem Initialization Strings Setup This section provides examples of modem initialization strings and setups that have been tested and proven operable This string of text characters known as AT commands has special meaning to the PC modem and 1s used by the modem for every telephone connection made to a selected GC unit To edit or enter a modem initialization string use the Start button and use the Control Panel gt Modems gt General gt Properties gt Connection gt Advanced to access the Advanced Modem Connection Settings dialog Enter the modem initialization string in the Extra Settings field Advanced Connection Settings i 1x Uke enan control wollze
289. nter TW TTT ti 4 Select All Si Clear All F3 Start F4 Close Check to include in report For Help press F1 Click the Select Al F2 button or press the F2 key to select all options Click the Clear All F3 button or press F3 to deselect 1 e clear all checked options How to Print A 2 PC CONFIG REPORT 3 Use the Output radio buttons to either save the report to disk print the report with or without form feeds or display on screen If you want to use the standard Windowsg Print dialog to select a printer uncheck the Use default printer option 4 Click the button or press the F4 key to generate your customized PC Config Report and print or save this file By default if a print option is selected MON2000 will print the report to your configured printer see Section 3 7 A 2 EXAMPLE REPORT This example PC Config Report on the following pages represents a typical report that includes all sections It is provided for reference only Example Report MON2000 If you are online with the GC Controller a PC Config Report that includes all options can require up to 20 minutes to generate and save Printing a full report can take longer If you press the ESC key MON2000 will stop after the current option is completed AUG 2005 System Report from 2350_001 2350_001 BIN 6 27 2000 1520249 Description Value otream Sequence 1 Aux Stream Sequence Analyz
290. ntly connected A status flag indicates an active alarm an unacknowledged alarm or the File Edit mode offline editing detector monitoring the alarm status of the currently connected GC A GC unit can have up to 2 detectors mode of the Detector Typical modes are dle Auto Cal Auto Base Auto Anly FCal current stream being analyzed next sample stream to be analyzed analysis time total cycle time seconds selected before starting another analysis time seconds elapsed since current cycle began date and time per PC clock MON20OOO User Interface 3 8 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 5 GETTING STARTED MON2000 View Menu Use the View menu to toggle 1 e switch ON or pm OFF which main window component you wish ERE to view See Section 3 3 1 for an identification w 6Cstats and definition of each component ToolTips To vlew a ToolTip move the mouse cursor to the Toolbar icon you want identified MON2000 displays the ToolTip for five seconds Data Entry and Function Features Use the data boxes buttons check boxes and toggles to input data or to choose options and activate features click check box to turn setting ON or OFF use dynamic pull down type input menus to select option in data fields Streams scrol Display Option Alarm log Ce Unacknowledged alarms only Active alarme 1 click radio button to select option Baseline Values F2 Cancel
291. o occur LIMITS 0 0 to 6000 0 seconds To access the Timed events feature 1 Use the Application gt Timed Events menu ER Si or press the F5 key to access this function E 2 The Timed Event Tables menu displays EE f hsting the TEVs available per associated Discrete Alarms stream s Streams Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Valves Timed Event Tables EN Table Associated Streams Temperature Control Serial Ports TCP IP i Cancel 2 Choose the desired TEV The number of available TEVs depends on the GC unit configuration The standard GC application contains four TEVs MON2000 can operate GC Applications with up to five TEVs To assign a TEV to a stream use the Streams function see Section 5 8 Timed Events AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS q 5 17 MON2000 3 Click the button to accept your selection The Timed Events Table dialog appears Click the Cancel button to abort and MON2000 returns you to the main window Timed Events Table 1 EN Spectrum Gain Events Son EE IDE T Detector H IB Cetector e E Valve 3 On ValwewWWwwWww Un EM Detector 1 ER Detector 1 Valve DE h 2 Off Valve 3 Un Valve 3 T Peak width BE nhibit BEN Inhiri 4 View or edit data To add a new timed event move the cursor to the last table cell last row last column and press the ENTE
292. odel 700 GC applications Valve DO for valves and discrete outputs only input the valve number or discrete output channel number Use the provided combo box to select valve number by name State for all types except for stream switch use the pull down menu to toggle ONNOFF Time input the time that the event is to occur LIMITS 0 0 to 6000 0 seconds Integration Events Type use the pull down menu to select between Inhibit Integrate Auto Zero Slope Sensitivity Peak Width Single Baseline FID Gain Summation or Fused Override Value For peak width or slope sensitivity input the number of points to be used LIMITS Peak Width and Slope Sensitivity 1 to 99 For FID gain use the pull down menu to toggle Low High For Single Baseline use the pull down menu to toggle OFF BGN Begin ning END Except for AutoZero for all others use the pull down menu to toggle ON OFF Auto Zero does not have Value field Det enter the appropriate detector number that the event will effect Valid range 1s 1 or 2 Time input the time that the event is to occur LIMITS 0 0 to 6000 0 seconds Timed Events 5 16 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 Spectrum Gain Events Detector use the pull down menu to N OTI CE select between detectors 1 and 2 S ee Section 6 6 for editing Gain input the gain value for that detector TEVs from CGM Viewer LIMITS 0 to 24 Time input the time that the event is t
293. of the ISO applications Guide to Standard Application Files AUG 2005 MON2000 MODBUS REG LIST FOR 2350A GC F 1 APPENDIX F MODBUS REG LIST FOR 2350A GC GC Controller Modbus registers that may be of interest to the developer are of two varieties SIM 2251 and User Modbus Differences are Table F 1 Comparison of SIM 2251 and User Modbus F 1 INTRODUCTION SIM 2251 amp USER MODBUS summarized in the following table SIM 2251 Serial slave port Modified protocol that allows floating point numbers to be transmitted over Modbus via 2251 emulation slave type Nearly all register contents are predefined a few 9000 series registers can be user defined Ge read write Variables assigned to registers can be listed in contents of a PC Config Report for instructions see Section 2 14 3 for an example report see Appendix A For more detail about register contents see Section F 2 1 When using the Modbus Test software set Register Mode to DANIEL to view register contents see Section 10 2 3 F 1 1 NOTES ON USER MODBUS User Modbus Serial slave port The standard Gould Modbus protocol that accommodates PLC Emulation LO HI Boolean coils are predefined Numeric registers are user defined Variables assigned to registers can be listed in contents of a PC Config Report for instructions see Section 2 14 3 for an example report see Appendix A Boolean coils contents also listed in Section F 2
294. of these runs the OFF time for the selected valve s 1s adjusted so that the associated component area can be compared to the areas of the previous three 3 runs If the delta is less than 1 percent the OFF time for the valve is updated to the current time minus 1 second 1 Use the Control gt Valve Timing menu to access this function If the GC unit is in Auto Sequence mode MON2000 prompts that the continuous analysis must be stopped Halt the analysis see Section 4 3 and wait for an Idle status Then continue initiating the valve timing Valve Timing 4 8 CONTROL FUNCTIONS 2 Valve Timing Use the provided data fields and combo MON2000 The Start Valve Timing Run dialog appears Start Valve Timing Hun EN Stream 2 Stream 2 v Purge stream for 60 seconds Valve COT Component 0 0 None 00 None 00 None MON2000 displays the stream to be used for the baseline run To select which stream is used for calibration see Section 5 8 Click the Purge check box to set the purging option Note that the default setting 1s ON Purging allows sample gas to flow through the sample loop for 60 seconds prior to beginning the first analysis MON2000 displays the Select Valves menu boxes to enter the valve number and corresponding CDT component see Section 5 2 for more information on CDT s Click the button to accept your selections and continue Click the C
295. og along with the TCPIPP related functions and editing status 1 Use the Application gt System menu to access this function AUG 2005 System 5 2 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 2 The System dialog appears Description Value a LS Unit In Cube P2350 Standard 64avo 12strm Normal 10 EH bang Comma delimited stream sequence up to 40 entries For Help press F1 Click and edit any value presented 1n the white cells Note that the Daylight Savings Time option when set to Override will make the GC Controller ignore the time change from Standard to Daylight Savings 1 e Standard Time will remain 3 Click the changes and return to the main window Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window System button to accept your MON2000 AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 3 MON2000 Table 5 1 Description of Items in System Dialog Item Function Edit Stream Sequence Defines the order of stream analysis for Detector 1 V Stream Sequence 2 Defines the order of stream analysis for Detector 2 V Aux Stream Sequence Aux Stream Sequence 2 Analyzer Name Unit Type System Description Chromatogram Buffer Size Max Peaks AUG 2005 only available with selected hardware Note that this item is not available in all GC applica tions Defines the auxiliary order of stream analysis for Detector 1 Can be used to run an alternative st
296. on Reports Selection sann Output Order Output Type Runs Since Last Collection 1 Oldest First Analysis Single Record Output File Filename File Format HepartLag Comma D elimited 4 cv 6 Usethe following selection criteria and then enter appropriate data Reports Configuration Reports Selection MON2000 Runs Since Last Collection E Time intervals defined by start date time staind Time Most Recent n Days and end date time and a stream number EFEREN or zero to indicate all streams e Most recent ndays whereby user provides the number n and a stream number or zero to indicate all streams Runs since last collection whereby the user provides a stream number or zero to indicate all streams Choose the file output format from the File Format pull down menu Output File Filename File Format Camma Delimited gt csv D est lt tat Camma Delimited 5 csv Data Collection Configuration AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 29 MON2000 8 Regardless of the selection criteria method used above choose the order of returned reports 1n the Output File with most recent first or with oldest first 9 Next select the Output Type as a complete report or an analysis single record format 10 Select the output file format The reports are stored fully formatted ASCII text or Output Type Analysis Single Record eh s T stored in a comm
297. on 10 3 1 Use Single Data Type Use this function to assign a data type to a group of registers you will read or edit To poll a group of registers with the same user defined data type 1 Follow Steps 1 through 5 in Section 10 3 2 Click the Use Type to decode registers radio button to choose this option ai Use Short D I ta decode registers C Use template to decode registers Edit lempate Use template to decode logs 3 Use the Data Type pull down menu to assign a data type to the selected registers see Section 10 3 Steps 3 and 4 Getting Modbus Data 10 10 MODBUS TEST MON2000 4 Click the Transmit button to retrieve the selected registers 1 e the specified data addresses from the GC Controller or other device Click the Step button to cease transmission and return to the Modbus Function Selection options Note that the transmitted received packet displays in the Packet Input Output window 10 3 2 Use Template Mixed Data Types Use this function to create a new template or use an existing template file to directly decode Modbus register data retrieved from the GC Controller or other device Via the configuration of a given template WinMB imposes the specified data types etc onto the incoming registers The Template function 1s best used when decoding mixed data types To create a new template or use an existing template 1 Follow Steps 1 through 5 in Sectio
298. on EN This is the last CGM saved from 1st shift prior to performing routine maintenance 2 Type the desired statement s 3 Press the ENTER key to save this description Use the X button or press the ESC key to exit this dialog without saving your entry 7 6 7 Print Trend To print the displayed trend graph click the Print button MON2000 prints the report to your configured printer see Section 3 7 AUG 2005 Trend Data 7 36 REPORTS 7 6 8 Save Trend To save a currently displayed trend to disk 7 6 9 Click the button Save Use the provided directory tree to select the desired file location and name then click the button MON2000 saves the trend along with its graph settings Save Read Trend Archive This feature is not available if the corresponding analysis record does not exist 1n the GC memory or if you are viewing this trend data offline from a file To read the Trend Archive 1 Trend Data Click the grchive button If you are operating a Model 700 or 2350A GC then an Archive Range Selection dialog displays a Toggle the appropriate radio button to select either All Dates or Selected Dates To specify a date range use the Start Date and End Date pull down menus b Click the button to continue MON2000 The table is saved as a tab deliminated ASCII file with a txt extension Selected Dates Start Date 1171072000 End
299. on Mame Connection Type Direct Remote Telephone r1 Direct connect MD Pago DA U PCI Modem 172 16 23 105 172 16 23 125 Som EtherLink PCI 3Com EtherLink FEI Direct connect kl F38802 Ll PCI Modem Fenil Alliance V 32bis FA 14400 bps Daniel Mark I Direct Connection 3Com EtherLink FEI Modem Properties Fz Cancel AUG 2005 2350A Options 2 54 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 3 Enter the same IP Address into the Server Name IP Address field of the GC Directory that was previously entered in the GC Controller see Section 2 9 2 GC Directory Station Name Connection Type Direct Hemoate Telephone Server Mame IP Address Direct connect MDP3880 vv LI PCI Modem 3L am EtherLink PCI 172 15 23 105 3Lom EtherLink PLI 172 16 23 125 Geet Alphanumeric Field For Help press F1 Modem Properties Fz 4 Set the number of retries to three GC Directory Station Mame Telephone Server NameP Address IC Multiplier Modem Properties F2 Cancel Alphanumeric Field For Help press F1 Click the button to apply your changes 2350A Options AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP q 2 55 2 14 CONNECT VIA GC EXTERNAL MODEM Ensure you have a pre existing PC connection to the GC unit before installing the external modem If the GC unit is already on location do this via another remote operator connection
300. on off 5 5 3 Application gt Calculations gt User Defined Ratio Denominator Bud Application gt Calculations gt User Defined Ratio stream number s 5 5 8 Application gt Calculations gt User Defined Relative Density on off 5 5 1 Application gt Calculations gt Control Response Factor 5 2 Application gt Component Data F6 Response Factor percent deviation 5 2 Application gt Component Data F6 Retention Time percent deviation 5 2 Application gt Component Data F6 Rolling Average on off 5 5 2 Application gt Calculations gt Averages AUG 2005 Procedures Guide 3 14 GETTING STARTED MON2000 Table 3 8 Menu and Manual Section per MON2000 Procedure Continued Task or Data Item Section s Menu Keystroke Rolling Average component for 5 5 2 Application gt Calculations gt Averages Rolling Average number of analyses 5 5 2 Application gt Calculations gt Averages Rolling Average stream number s 0 0 4 Application gt Calculations gt Averages Spectrum Gain 5 9 Application gt Timed Events F5 stream number s for output 5 6 Application gt Limit Alarms 5 7 Application gt Discrete Alarms 5 10 Application gt Analog Outputs 5 12 Application gt Discrete Outputs stream sequences skipped number 5 1 Application gt System 5 8 Application gt Streams streams analyzed number 5 1 Application gt System 5 8 Application gt Streams streams analyzed sequence 5 1 Application gt System 5 8 App
301. oose the directory location and file name or create your own parameter file name Click the Save button to continue MON2000 saves the parameter data to the selected directory When the upload is complete your connection to the GC unit is automatically terminated You are now viewing the uploaded application file off I1ne You can edit this application by using the MON2000 Application functions see Section 5 for more information Note that the application file name 1s displayed in the GC status dialog and the File Edit mode 1s displayed 1n the main screen titlebar l MON2000 Online Edit GC Device ID 1 Modbus RTU Modem 19200 8 File Application Reports Logs Chromatogram Control View Help S e E Ba v is dt When you have finished editing this file you can download it to the GC Controller see Section 2 15 or save for future use Offline Edit of GC Application 2 70 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 2 17 3 Upload BOS When connected to the GC this function allows you to upload the current BOS De firmware file from the GC Controller to save for future download see Section 2 16 1 Use the File gt Offline Edit gt Upload BOS menu to access this function File Application Reports Logs Chron Connect Disconnect Download Upgrade Flash Pig Confia Report Offline Edit File Selection Upload pplication GC Directory Upload BOS Users Change A
302. ort and Cable Configurations APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 Both of the GC Controller DB 9 jacks are female and have identical pin assignments N OTIC E A DB 9 male pin numbering scheme is also illustrated but for reference purposes only DB 9 MALE DB 9 FEMALE pin numbering socket numbering pinout for both DB 9 female jacks at GC Controller 5 4 3 2 1 GND DSR RxD TxD RLSD 9 8 7 6 RI RTS CTS DTR Figure 5 2 DB 9 Connector and Pinout P2 and P3 5 16 1 GC DB 9 Serial to Ext Modem DR Zb To make an RS 232 serial connection between one of the DB 9 serial ports of the GC and an external modem with DB 25 serial port you will need to manufacture a cable The cable will need DB 9 male and DB 25 male plug cable ends as illustrated 1n Figure 5 3 GC serial ports were wired to appear as DCE so that a straight through serial cable could be used instead of a null modem cable for direct serial connection between the GC Controller and the PC which is Data Terminal Equipment DTE The DB 9 jack on the GC serial port 1s wired to appear like a Data Communications Equipment DCE Therefore you use a custom null modem type cable as shown below to make the connection between the GC and an external modem GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 65 MON2000 gg Bor 8RTS E TCS 5 CIS out emm 5 GROUND
303. ove those screws first b Then carefully lower the front panel on its bottom hinges The front panel is heavy so make sure it does not drop and cause damage c For the rack mount Controller the rear of the enclosure 1s open 1t allows access for most field wiring procedures without removing the enclosure 2 Locate the GC Controller s Terminal Board for Field Wiring TB The TB is attached to the GC Controller s card cage assembly facing the enclosure s front panel In the rack mount Controller the TB faces outward toward the rear of the enclosure 3 Loosen the six screws that secure the TB Then unplug the T from its connections at the back top of the board Conversion Process AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP q 2 33 Lower the TB down and out of the way held in place by its ground straps at the bottom of the board This exposes the Card Cage Assembly Loosen the four screws that secure the Card Cage Assembly to the chassis Then remove the Card Cage Assembly away from its chassis mount so that it 1s easy to work on Locate the System Interface and Driver board It is mounted to the top of the Card Cage Assembly Remove all cables connected to the System Interface Board P N 3 2350 005 P N 3 2350 022 or P N 3 2350 023 Remove the I O48 Board assembly drawing P N BE 12973 and cables from the top slot of the Cage Card Assembly This board is not used on the 235
304. owing Start End Time Most Recent Since Last Collected Since you are configuring a new polling command file use either Start End Time or Most Recent nDays Alarms Configuration Time Selection Alarm Lag Start End Time D Active Alarms Start End Time i Most Recent n Days Unacknowledged Alarms Since kast Collected Enter the starting date starting time ending time and ending date in the appropriate data fields 7 From the Output Field dialog enter a file name for the Alarms configuration file Output File Alarm Logs Data Comma Delimited lt csv gt OK Cancel 8 Click the DK button to apply the configuration changes MON2000 PLUS displays the Save Changes dialog MON2000 Save changes e Data Collection Configuration MON2000 If Active Alarms or Unacknowledged Alarms is selected no additional information is necessary and all of the entries of the selected type are returned AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 11 MON2000 9 Click the Yes button to save the changes and return to the Configuration for Data Collection window Or Click the changes 10 If Active Alarms or Unacknowledged Alarms is selected no additional information 1s necessary and all of the entries of the selected type are returned button to discard your a To verify the default settings from the Configuration for Data Collection Window
305. pace Super VGA monitor with 800x600 resolution free serial port for remote local connection to gas chromatograph for online operations free parallel port for connection to printer Windowsg compatible modem for remote connection only Ethernet connection when using Ethernet networking System Requirements AUG 2005 MON2000 pudate Tras Eh Settings Eq Find e Help Bun Documents k Log OFf Amelark tap Suspend tap Shut Do AUG 2005 PALIN ZOU 2 2 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 3 INSTALLING MON2000 SOFTWARE To install MON2000 If you are upgrading MON2000 you must install the new software with same directory as the current version 2 3 1 Either place the MON2000 CD in your CD ROM drive or insert Installation Disk 1 into your floppy drive 2 Launch Windowsg Explorerg by either Clicking the 28 Start button see the taskbar to access the Programs menu option Double clicking the Windows Explorerg icon on your desktop 3 Access either your CD ROM drive or floppy drive 4 Double click the file setup exe 5 The Installation Wizard begins Follow the instructions provided on each screen Upon successful installation Windowsg automatically creates a MON2000 icon on your desktop COPYING MON2000 TO DISKS Use this procedure to copy the MON2000 installation files to 3 floppy disks for future installation 1 Label 3 blank formatted 3
306. perating system Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 0 or later is required to view spreadsheets or reports saved in HTML format If running Windows 95 with the 2350A optional Ethernet card the user must download Socket 2 from www microsoft com windows95 downloads to utilize MON2000 s ethernet feature AUG 2005 System Requirements 2 2 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 Windowsg 98 version 1 or later Windowsg 2000 version 1 or later Windowsg XP version 1 or later see note for system requirements Whindowsg NT Server version 4 service pack 3 or later Use the Settings gt Control Panel gt System gt General Page menu to check the system version number For Windowsg 95 the version number should be 4 00 950A B or later For Windowsg 98 or Windows 2000 the version number should be 1 or later To use Windowsgq XP you need e Computer Processor PC with 300 MHz or higher processor clock speed recommended e 233 MHz minimum required single or dual processor system e Intelg Pentiumg Celeron M family or AMD K65 AMD Athlon V AMD Duron family or compatible processor recommended e Memory 128 MB of RAM or higher recommended 64 MB minimum supported may limit performance and some features e Hard Disk Minimum 1 5 GB of available hard disk space For Windows NT4 the version number should be 4 00 1381 or later 16 megabytes MB of RAM 32 MB or higher recommended 5 MB of free hard disk s
307. play To Zoom 1n on a particular point click and drag your mouse over that area repeat as necessary Use the Save State Restore 1 KPENTANE State or Zoom In or Out options from the right click menu see Section 6 9 to return to the original display for both Live and Archived CGM views Press the keyboard HOME key to force the CMG view to the N OTI CE default state Also pressing the keyboard The Save State function is HOME key sets the CGM view to the default available when viewing a state 1f the current application analysis live or archived CGM time is different from the previous NOTICE application analysis time The MON2000 software looks for and finds the application s analysis time Pressing the Home key returns the user to the default CGM state Component ee Amplitude o zoom In Mur zoom Gut Mur Zoom x In Mum right arrow Zoom X Qut Mum left arrow Zoom Y In Mum up arrow zoom Y Gut Mum down arrow CErl Hame Restore State Cursor to Nearest Point F8 315 397 478 562 644 726 808 291 973 4055 1138 Time s Toggle Lines Diots Display F9 E Toggle Mouse Position Tip Ctrl F4 Toggle Nearest Point Tip Ckrl Fa Print Ctrl P Copy En clipboard Ctrl C Paste From clipboard Ctrl w Right Click Menu Viewing a Live Chromatogram AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER 6 7 You can display up to 8 chromatograms at one time Each chromatogram is
308. prm ane nem wen sum ume em m o Lo emu sues snm o usn sam sns men me m D Ls sum sus aan e seme onem museum m Du Eee ms om Dem een sew m mg pes 3 pw eee p am m me ones sme um m m 3 p o ew mu oo wm fe oe fe fo fe Lm pese Dump pw usa s ao Component Data Table AUG 2005 COMPONENT DATA TABLE q B 3 MON2000 Table B 1 Example Standard Component Data Table Continued Daniel Component Mol Reid Rel Dens Rel Dens Lb eal GPM GrossDry Net Dry AGA8 Sim Name Wt Vapor Gas 8 Factor BTU BTU No 2251 I D No mI Fui ERES Es er eo vam ore vem om mes sms Pion uae m mm m 00 00 puer Dee s o m me pene pum pone uoo ome m oo o pe me qm ow Dum we os wp wee um m com pum vo oo pum mes D wee uus sme use oa ss wem Dess we po Desa sm nem vue sm sm omm we ws O eee sus vo nar sss vam sam eam mmm w we AUG 2005 Component Data Table B 4 COMPONENT DATA TABLE MON2000 Table B 1 Example Standard Component Data Table Continued Component Mol Reid Rel Dens Rel Dens i52 GPM GrossDry Net Dry AGA8 Name Wt Vapor Gas 8 Factor BTU BTU No e pns i so o sae e on A eee om me omms see eum wem m D s D om ep o f o CON ON e ON Oo ON 9 o9 CCI f o CON CON ON A Oo O 9 CON CON ON CON ON ON ON 9 os Co m pre rum ama wem KON ON mm Lee per m acne oo 00 m pee ama KE xen per m pw oo mem sim usen mm s n ser vem umm we
309. procedures without removing the enclosure d Locate the GC Controller s Terminal Board for Field Wiring TB The TB is attached to the GC Controller s Card Cage Assembly facing the enclosure s front panel In the rack mount Controller the TB faces outward toward the rear of the enclosure 2 Loosen the six screws that secure the TB Then unplug the T from its connections at the back top of the board 3 Lower the TB down and out of the way held in place by its ground straps at the bottom of the board This exposes the Card Cage Assembly 4 Loosen the four screws that secure the Card Cage Assembly to the chassis Then remove the Card Cage Assembly away from its chassis mount so that 1t 1s easy to work on 2350A Options AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 47 MON2000 5 Locate the System Interface and Driver board It is mounted to the top of the Card Cage Assembly a Disconnect the Analog cable from J6 on the System Interface Board then disconnect all CPU cables from the System Interface Board b Remove the CPU assembly and install the COM4A Board with associated mounting hardware to J19 and J20 PC 104 Bus connector on the CPU assembly If an option board is already plugged into the PC 104 bus on the CPU the modem and mounting hardware will be installed into the PC 104 connector on the option board c Plug one end of the Ethernet extension cable P N 3 2350 088 into J5 of the Ethernet assembly
310. propriate cell and use the pull down menu to choose the desired operator To change or add a variable name use the Variables pull down menu To select a stream or component click the appropriate cell and use the pull down menu to choose the desired stream component Enter any constant values 1n the Value 1 and Value 2 cells b Click the button to accept your changes and return to the User Defined Calculation dialog Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the User Defined Calculation dialog 5 Click the button to accept your new or edited calculation and return to the main window Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window LIMIT ALARMS Use this function to set threshold limits for GC analysis data When a limit 1s exceeded an alarm is activated and logged See Section 8 3 for information on Alarm Logs Note that Modbus Registers assigned to alarms are application specific Limit Alarms 5 28 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 1 Use the Application gt Limit Alarms menu to access this function 2 The Limit Alarms dialog appears Limit Alarms Variable Stream Component Discrete Output 1 Stream 1 1 LE 47 35 17 Dn 1 2 Stream 2 11 ETHANE DO 1 3 Stream 3 DD 1 2 Stream 2 BUTANE DO 1 nrBLITAME DO 1 gp meme NEDPENTANE DO 1 3 Stream 3 FFEMTAHE DO 1 mPENTANE Ka 8 Stream 8 NITROGEN DO 1 E Stream 8 METHANE DO 1 E
311. ption channel number assigned name used to identify the discrete output 12 characters maximum sets operational mode for this discrete output Auto value is determined by application Off value is set to OFF On value is set to ON current state of the discrete output On Time time the digital output will be turned ON OFF MON2000 clock Off Time based on user PC system clock If the ON OFF times are the same the timing feature has no effect Application 3 Click the button to accept your ENS changes and return to the main window Click the return to the main window VALVES This function allows you to Timed Events FS User Defined k Calculations k Limit Alarms Cancel button to abort and Discrete Alarms Streams Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Temperature Control Serial Ports TEPIP assign identifying labels monitor valve operation control the operation modes The number of discrete outputs available depends on the GC application To use the Valve function Valves 2350A GC Controllers support up to 12 Stream valves and 5 Analyzer valves for a total of 17 valves Model 700 controllers support up to Analytical Valves AV 1 to AV 5 and S 1 to S 8 Stream valves AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 53 MON2000 1 Use the Application gt Valves menu to access this function 2 The Valves dialog appears
312. put Input Input Input 1 GG LA NP BP C2 H H H H L L L L HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW Real Time Clock Failure eec Analog IGH IGH IGH IGH OW OW OW OW HIGH HIGH AUG 2005 stream_togg stream_togg stream togg stream togg Stream togg stream togg stream togg Stream togg MON2000 90 lmtalarm set 91 lmtalarm set 92 lmtalarm set 93 1mtalarm set 94 Imtalarm set 95 Imtalarm set 96 imtalarm set 97 Imtalarm set 98 1mtalarm set 99 imtalarm set 100 1mtalarm_ set 101 lmtalarm set 102 1mtalarm set 103 1mtalarm set 104 1mtalarm set 105 stream data 106 stream data 107 stream data 108 stream data 109 stream data 110 stream data 111 stream data _ 112 stream data 113 doutcur 114 doutcur 115 doutcur 116 doutcur 117 doutcur AUG 2005 OM oH HB B B B Bop RPP HB F CC 1o 0 A Ui ds QJ NO PP OW 0 1 0 OT UJ N HP CO 1 Oh Ul d 2 bi MODBUS REG LIST FOR 2350A GC PRP RPP H pP B H B BP BH B P HP H HP P P BP B B pP np pa pp po Stream Stream Stream Stream Stream Stream Stream Stream OO 1 On I PWD LS F 5 User Modbus Register List F 6 MODBUS REG LIST FOR 2350A GC MON2000 F 2 1 SIM 2251 MODBUS REGISTER LIST The information in the following tables is derived from engineering specification number ES 17128 005 Mod
313. r a period of 90 days from the date of shipment or completion of the Services Products purchased by Seller from a third party for resale to Buyer Resale Products shall carry only the warranty extended by the original manufacturer Buyer agrees that Seller has no liability for Resale Products beyond making a reasonable commercial effort to arrange for procurement and shipping of the Resale Products If Buyer discovers any warranty defects and notifies Seller thereof in writing during the applicable warranty period Seller shall at its option promptly correct any errors that are found by Seller in the firmware or Services or repair or replace F O B point of manufacture that portion of the Goods or firmware found by Seller to be defective or refund the purchase price of the defective portion of the Goods Services All replacements or repairs necessitated by inadequate maintenance normal wear and usage unsuitable power sources unsuitable environmental conditions accident misuse improper installation modification repair storage or handling or any other cause not the fault of Seller are not covered by this limited warranty and shall be at Buyer s expense Seller shall not be obligated to pay any costs or charges incurred by Buyer or any other party except as may be agreed upon in writing in advance by an authorized Seller representative All costs of dismantling reinstallation and freight and the time and expenses of Seller s personnel for site t
314. r all CGMS to showing only the TEVs and components for the currently selected stream Chromatogram Functions 6 20 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER MON2000 3 MON2000 toggles the display of the TEVs and Components spreadsheets and the CGM view Event Type Event Type Component Det Time ES EN PROPANE 1 49 0 Component Det Time ES PROPANE Cur All View 1 Cur All View 2 6 7 VIEWING BASELINE DATA Use the Baseline function to display the retention times and baselines for the selected chromatogram 1 Use the Chromatogram pull down menu to select a specific chromatogram Chromatogram Edit Result Desc Save Remove Forced Cal Curt Save dr E CGM H2 23504 Stream 1 Det 1 3 29 2001 8 13 51 AM LAST cgm Bl CGM 1 23504 Steams Det 1 3 9 2001 2 44 40 PM 3090 com CGM 2 23504 Stream 1 Det 1 3 28 2001 8 13 51 AM 030901 com 2 Click the Baselines button This removes the integration lines from a displayed Archive CGM 3 MON2000 displays a plot of the baseline values and lists the corresponding retention times 1n the legend table Viewing Baseline Data AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER 6 21 6 8 VIEWING RAW DATA Use the Raw Data function to display the Raw Data Table for the selected chromatogram 1 Use the Chromatogram pull down menu to select a specific chromatogram crm SE Desc Dave Remove Forced Cal Curt Save E M CGM 2 235
315. r press the Corresponding detector number first then by the F6 key to access this function Retention Time MON2000 automatically sorts the components Sorting the CDT components by retention time may affect one or more of the following e Analog Outputs e Averages e Bargraphs e Limit Alarms e User Defined Calculations TIMED EVENTS Use this function to view and or edit the GC domm zm Timed Events Tables TEVs assigned to and ae used by particular gas streams A Timed Events Description See Section 6 6 2 for details about editing Streams Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs NOTICE Temperature Control Serial Ports TEPIP from the Chromatogram gt Chromatogram Viewer menu Analysis Time Input total analysis time N OTI CE LIMITS 0 0 to 6000 0 seconds The Cycle Time must be at Cycle Time Input total cycle time LIMITS jeast 10 seconds greater 0 0 to 6000 0 seconds than the Analysis Time Off During Baseline per sample valve toggle check boxes to select which valve s remain off during a baseline run Timed Events AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 15 Valve Events Type use the pull down menu to select between valve number Valve discrete output channel number DO and stream switch Strm Sw additional selections SSO1 SSO2 Bleed1 Bleed2 Block1 and Block2 are available for the M
316. ranges floating point data can be converted to integer values Use the Serial Ports Edit Register List function to assign scale ranges See Section 5 16 4 for detailed instructions See Appendix F for more information regarding GC Modbus registers 10 4 4 Print Modbus Data To print the transmitted data click the Print Data button The standard Windowsg print dialog appears MON2000 prints the report to your configured printer see Section 3 7 AUG 2005 Using Modbus Data 10 18 MODBUS TEST 10 5 TROUBLESHOOTING COMMUNICATION ERRORS The WinMB Communication Error Log is maintained in a circular buffer that holds up to 512 entries WinMB tracks the errors for a given session but does not store them When you exit WinMB all errors are cleared To view any communication errors that occurred during the data transfer from the File gt Modbus Test menu 1 Click the Error button to access the Communication Error Log function The Error dialog appears Error List of Errors 2 To view all errors that have occurred 1n this session click the Update button To delete all entries to date click the Clear button 3 Click the Cancel button to return to the main window Troubleshooting Communication Errors MON2000 Double click a Description cell to scroll through the displayed text AUG 2005 MODBUS TEST 10 19 MON2000 10 6 USING MODBUS TEST ONLINE HELP Use the WinMB on
317. ravel and diagnosis under this warranty clause shall be borne by Buyer unless accepted in writing by Seller Goods repaired and parts replaced during the warranty period shall be in warranty for the remainder of the original warranty period or ninety 90 days whichever is longer This limited warranty is the only warranty made by Seller and can be amended only in a writing signed by an authorized representative of Seller Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Agreement THERE ARE NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AS TO MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER MATTER WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE GOODS OR SERVICES It is understood that corrosion or erosion of materials is not covered by our guarantee 2 LIMITATION OF REMEDY AND LIABILITY SELLER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES CAUSED BY DELAY IN PERFORMANCE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY HEREUNDER SHALL BE LIMITED TO REPAIR CORRECTION REPLACEMENT OR REFUND OF PURCHASE PRICE UNDER THE LIMITED WARRANTY CLAUSE IN SECTION 1 HEREIN IN NO EVENT REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT INFRINGEMENT NEGLIGENCE STRICT LIABILITY OTHER TORT OR OTHERWISE SHALL SELLER S LIABILITY TO BUYER AND OR ITS CUSTOMERS EXCEED THE PRICE TO BUYER OF THE SPECIFIC GOODS MANUFACTURED OR SERVICES PROVIDED BY SELLER GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BUYER AGREES THAT IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER
318. rds the end of the list to set You can use the arrow metric calculations keys to move from one Stream cell to another and Description press the space bar to toggle the calculation SE BIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRR BIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRR BIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRR BIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRR BIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIR BIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRR BIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRR BIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRR SIIMIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRR BIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRR E ti O LD DLL io BIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRRIIRIIRIIRRIIRIIRR Before enabling a metric calculation ensure that you also enable the Metric Base Conditions setting in the Systems dialog see Section 5 1 3 Click the il button to accept your selections and return to the main window Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window Calculations AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS q 5 23 MON2000 5 5 2 Averages Application Use this function to designate by streams and ea eee it components averages of standard calculations iu 4 MON2000 should perform Calculations Control Limit Alarms Averages Discrete Alarms User Defined Streams Analog Inputs Analog Outputs 9 A Discrete Inputs Discret
319. rdware will be installed into the PC 104 connector on the option board a a e O o Fisure 2 8 Modem Piggy backed on CPU Board 2350A Options AUG 2005 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 45 MON2000 c Plug one end of the modem extension cable P N 3 2350 075 into J1 of the modem assembly The in line Jack on the remaining end of the modem extension cable attaches to the lower left 1nside wall of the card cage shield after the CPU assembly 1s reinstalled and all cables reconnected to the System Interface board No software setup is required for this board 7 To use an existing Modem 1414 a For operation with the 2350A CPU set the Standard 1414 Modem jumpers per the following table Table 2 6 1414 Standard Modem Jumper Settings Jumper Pin J4 J5 Open J6 3 5 4 6 JT 7 8 J9 Open b On the 2350A WinSystems CPU set J21 pin 18 14 AUG 2005 2350A Options 2 46 INSTALLATION AND SETUP MON2000 2 13 3 2350A Ethernet Installation To add an Ethernet assembly 1 To add a modem at the GC Controller site remove the Controller enclosure s front panel a For the explosion proof Controller the front panel is secured by 16 screws Remove those screws first b Then carefully lower the front panel on its bottom hinges The front panel is heavy so make sure it does not drop and cause damage c For the rack mount Controller the rear of the enclosure 1s open 1t allows access for most field wiring
320. ream sequence when a Discrete Input 1s set see Section 5 11 for detailed instructions Note that this item is not available in all GC applica tions Additional alternative stream sequence provided for V second detector in dual detector applications Auxiliary order of stream analysis for Detector 2 Can be used to run an alternative stream sequence when a Discrete Input 1s set see Section 5 11 for detailed instructions Note that this item is not available in all GC applica tions Defines the GC unit name that appears in the status bar of the main window when connected to the GC Con troller Can contain up to 12 characters Identifies GC unit type 1 e model number A field to record miscellaneous reference information to further identify the system Can contain up to 28 characters Provides number of bytes used to store a chromatogram Provides maximum number of peaks application spe cific System 5 4 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 Table 5 1 Description of Items in System Dialog Continued Item Number of Valves Daylight Savings Time CGM Analog Output CGM Baseline Offset CFG Baseline Number Metric Base Condition System Function Edit Identifies number of chromatographic valves application specific Allows the GC Controller to adjust automatically for V DST Normal enables automatic DST adjustment United States Override disables automatic DST adjustment
321. ress option 5 Use the corresponding component pull down menu to select the desired optional N O TI C E base pressure option Metric GC analysis TE Component variables are available only Results Opt Base Press if the Metric Base Average Min Value Average Time Stamp sures 2 Conditions option has been Archived Average Value Archived Average Max Value 2 Optional Base Pressures 2 enabled see Section 5 1 Archived Average Min Value Archived Average Time Stamp Analog Input Optional Base Pressures Results Opt Base Press Analog Output Custom Dim Data Field 1 Custom Dim Data Field 2 Custom Dim Data Field 3 Custom Dim Data Field 4 Custom Dim Data Field 5 Custom Comp Data Field 1 Custom Comp Data Field 2 Custom Comp Data Field 3 Custom Comp Data Field 4 Custom Comp Data Field 5 See Table 5 16 to determine which number you should enter 6 To assign a scale ensure that the correct row is selected and click the Scale F5 button or press the F5 key Double click the desired scale option to apply m OO ooo For instructions on creating or editing a scale see Section 5 16 4 7 The Results Opt Base Press variable should be listed with the settings specified 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 Click the changes button to accept your GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 81 MON2000 Table 5 16
322. rmine when the report display is refreshed Anly after each analysis Cal after each calibration Fcal after each final calibration None not updated 4 Click the button or press the F2 key to generate and display the selected report To close this dialog without generating a report click the Cancel button to return to the main window Report Display AUG 2005 REPORTS 7 3 MON2000 5 MON2000 generates the report per your specifications and displays the results 1n the File Viewer dialog CalRep txt Microsoft HTML Document 4 0 Calibration Run 3 of 3 Date Time 04 03 00 11 05 Analysis Time 60 Cycle Time 75 Stream 1 Stream 1 Mode FCAL Cycle Start Time 11 04 Analyzer 2350 HH1 atrm Seq il Company Daniel Industries COMPONENT CAL RAW DATA NEW RF RF amp NEW ET RT amp NAME CONC DEV DEV C 47 35 17 0 02290 o 00000 o 00000 o 00 0 0 0 OO PROP ANE 1 00000 o 00000 O 00000 98 55 0 0 2 19 i BUTAME 0 30000 o 00000 Oo 00000 85 247 n a 0 61 n BUTAME 0 30000 o 00000 o 00000 86 02 n a 0 41 NE OP ENT ANE 10000 o 00000 o 00000 90 53 n a n 58 i PENTANE 0 09930 o 00000 O 00000 43 33 n a 0 55 n PENTANE o 09990 o 00000 o 00000 65 70 n a 1 15 NITROGEN 2 00000 o 00000 o 00000 98 80 n a D 87 HETHANE Ba 57190 o 00000 D 00000 99 95 n a 1 18 CARBON DIOXIDE 1 00000 o 00000 o 00000 94 66 n a O 67 ETHANE 5 00000 o 00000 o 00000 99 22 0 0 2 T9 Back Eoman Dave Prnt Font E MON200
323. romatogram file Chromatogram Functions AUG 2005 MON2000 The selected GC Archive chromatogram must be from a good calibration gas run AUG 2005 6 6 8 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER 6 19 Forcing a Calibration Use the Forced Cal function to calibrate the GC using the raw data and stream number for the selected GC Archive chromatogram The results are stored in the CDT under the corresponding stream number To perform a forced calibration 1 Use the Chromatogram pull down menu to select a specific chromatogram Chromatogram Edit Result Desc Save Remove Forced Cal Curt Save E CGH 2 23504 Streams Det 1 3 29 2001 8 13 51 AM LAST com CGM tH E stream 1 Det 1 3 3 2001 2 44 40 PM DUST com L JCGHM 2 23504 Stream 1 Det 1 3 29 2001 8 13 51 AM 030901 com 2 Click the FarcedCal button Toggling TEVs and CGM Components To toggle the display of the TEV and CGM Component speadsheets 1 Use the Chromatogram pull down menu to select a specific chromatogram Chromatogram Edit Result Desc Save Remove Forced Cal Curt Save de E CGH H2 23504 Steams Det 1 3 29 2001 8 13 51 AM LAST com CGM 1 2350A Steams Det 1 3 9 2001 2 44 40 PM 03090 com L JCGHM 2 23504 Stream 1 Det 1 3729 2001 8 13 51 AM 030901 com 2 Click the GWAl button If multiple CGMs are displayed in the graph area the CUR ALL button toggles between showing all TEVs and all components fo
324. ructions for downloading an application and using the Offline Edit function to change an application s configuration Section 3 Getting Started This section includes instructions on how to log on and log off navigation instructions for MON2000 listing of available procedures and keyboard shortcuts access and navigation instructions for the MON2000 User Guide online help file Section 4 Control Functions This section includes description of available Control functions and detailed step procedures Description of Manual AUG 2005 INTRODUCTION 1 3 MON2000 Section 5 Application Functions This section includes description of available GC Application functions and detailed step procedures Section 6 Chromatogram Viewer This section includes description of available Chromatogram Viewer functions and detailed step procedures to view save and print chromatograms Section 7 Reports This section includes descriptions of available reports and sample outputs instructions on how to generate and print a given report Section 8 Logs This section includes description of Maintenance Alarm and Event logs description of the Parameter List step procedures for viewing editing and clearing logs AUG 2005 Description of Manual 1 4 INTRODUCTION MON2000 Section 9 Data Collection This section includes descriptions of Data Collection and Auto Sequencing inst
325. ructions on how to configure generate and run the Data Collection and Auto Sequencing function using MON2000 PLUS Section 10 Modbus Test This section includes short description of the WinMB software minimum system requirements for installing WinMB on a 32 bit Microsoft Windowsg platform installation and start up instructions description of available Modbus Test functions and detailed step procedures description of the WinMB online help file and navigation instructions Description of Manual AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 INTRODUCTION 1 5 Appendix A PC Config Report This appendix provides a sample PC Config Report for reference only Appendix B Component Data Table This appendix provides two sample Component Data Tables for reference only Appendix C Data Computations This appendix discusses the various equations and computations involved with acquisition and analysis tasks Appendix D Analog Output Cal 2350A GC This appendix demonstrates how to calibrate an analog output for a 2350A GC Controller using the MON2000 software Appendix E Upgrade 2350A GC S W and 2350 EPROMS This appendix describes how to upgrade the GC software and the 2350 GC Controller EPROMS the 2350A WinSystems CPU P C104 Bus and DiskOnChip Appendix F Modbus Reg List for 2350A GC This appendix explains the differences between SIM 2251 and User Modbus protocols and lists the corresponding Modbus registers
326. s Discrete Outputs Valves Temperature Control Serial Ports TCP TP AUG 2005 MON2000 Application System Component Data Fe Timed Events FS User Defined k Calculations k Limit Alarms Discrete Alarms Streams Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Discrete Inputs Discrete Gutputs Valves Temperature Control Serial Ports TEPIP Signals routed to discrete outputs are assigned via the Limit Alarm and Discrete Alarm functions see Section 5 6 and Section 5 7 AUG 2005 9 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 51 Click the button to accept your changes and return to the main window Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window DISCRETE OUTPUTS Use this function to assign labels to the GC discrete outputs and control their operational modes The number of discrete outputs available depends on the GC application 1 2 Use the Application gt Discrete Outputs menu to access this function The Discrete Outputs dialog appears E On Time Off Time value Common Alarm Calib M aint To edit the settings displayed double click the appropriate cell or click and use the provided pull down menus Discrete Outputs 5 52 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 See the following table for details Setting Channel Label Switch Current Value Table 5 11 Description of Discrete Output Settings Descri
327. s After a new GC Controller has been loaded with a standard application the standard application is customized by the entry of timed events component table entries and other operator entered information consistent with the performance characteristics of the chromatograph hardware to which the Controller is connected and the needs of the user Thus the standard application becomes a user application and differs from the factory released standard application from which it originated At the time when software 1s upgraded including application files 1t becomes important to know which factory released standard application formed the basis of the user application so the user application can be upgraded too with newer version of the standard application file You can determine which standard application formed the basis of the current user application by inspecting various MON2000 screens while connected to the GC in most cases you need only inspect the System dialog AUG 2005 Guide to Standard Application Files E 20 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS MON2000 E 10 2 Standard Applications v1 50 and Later If you are using a GC Application that is version 1 50 or later you can quickly determine the original standard application name by viewing the variables listed in the System dialog Use the Application gt System menu to access this dialog In the System dialog see Table E 2 find the value for the variable
328. s MSWord or Excel print currently displayed chromatograph area print all displayed chromatograms restore last saved display settings for Live or Archived for the selected chromatogram save current or archived display settings for the selected chromatogram toggle cursor from coarse less accurate to fine more accurate toggle graph from line s to dots raph cursor follows movement of mouse while tooltip displays exact coordinates of the current point raph cursor follows movement of mouse cursor zoom in on entire graph zoom out from entire graph zoom in on X axis zoom out from X axis zoom in on Y axis zoom out from Y axis AUG 2005 MON2000 You must be currently online with the desired GC unit to generate a report from the controller REPORTS q 7 1 REPORTS The options listed in the Reports menu enable you to display print or store various pre configured GC reports See the following sections for more information on specific reports and related functions 7 1 REPORT DISPLAY This function allows you to immediately display print or store preconfigured reports on GC analysis data Data 1s reported either real time from the GC unit or from previously stored files 7 1 1 View Report from Live Data IEEE To display a report with live data from the GC Report Display unit at Report Request GC Printer Control MON2000 Printer Control sea BEE Usethe Repor
329. sed Used Used Used Used Used Used TADI 7460 7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 7467 7468 7469 Tad 7411 7472 TA TG 7474 1475 FALO TAA 7478 7379 7480 7481 KA SZ FAS 7484 7485 7486 7487 7488 TAD 7490 7491 avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum TO Ld l2 d 14 l o 16 Ee LO 19 20 Z 22 2 9 24 29 26 ZAN 28 29 30 ou SA 33 34 35 36 Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used
330. sed during fixed operation Zero Adjustment value used to correct Zero Scale When defining a new analog Full Adjustment value used to correct Full Scale output perform a calibration 3 Click the button to accept your first to obtain accurate Zero changes and return to the main window and Full Adjustment values Pas SONON T ng Or Click the Cancel button to abort and Section 5 10 5 return to the main window AUG 2005 Analog Outputs 5 46 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 10 2 Changing a Variable To change a variable assignment click the appropriate Variable cell Use the provided pull down menu and click the desired variable to select 1t 5 10 3 Changing the Bargraph Use this function to designate which AEM output analog signals can be used to drive the bargaph device inputs Each of the 16 available AEM output signals can be assigned to represent various GC analysis data variables To edit the variables and corresponding settings displayed by the bargraph 1 Click the Bararaph F5 button or press the F5 key 2 The Bargraph dialog appears Bargraph atream s 134587810 1 Z2 34 5 6 7 8 310 1Z34 5 6 7 8 310 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 Z 34 5 6 7 8 310 1 Z 34 5 6 7 8 310 1 Z2 34 5 6 7 8 310 1 Z2 34 5 6 7 8 310 1 Z2 34 5 6 7 8 310 1 2 3 4 5 5 7 8 3 10 1 2 3445 5 7 8 3 10 1 2 3445 5 7 8 3 10 1 2 3445 5 7 8 3 10 1 2 3445 5 7 8 3 10 1 2 3445 5 7 8 3 10 1 2 34 5 5
331. ser specifies whether the Auto Sequencing module waits for completion of the user program before processing the poll control file commands or continues immedi ately thus executing 1n parallel with the user program This feature allows you to further process the collected data As an example the user program might perform some validity checking on the data reformat it and then and store it in an Access database on the MON2000 PLUS PC Data Collection Configuration AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 5 MON2000 Create a New Polling Control File To create and configure a new polling control file Data Collection TH 1 Use the Data Collection gt Configura Start Aun New File tion gt New File menu to access this function 2 MON2000 PLUS displays the Configuration for Data Collection window Configuration for Data Collection NS X Polling Control File Polling Output File s GC Entry EE Command Description Add Insert Delete Pall Command Details Run Command Details Save Io Cancel 3 Select the desired command from the Polling Output File s Report and or Data by clicking the appropriate check box Polling Output File s Default Filename File Format AUG 2005 Data Collection Configuration 9 6 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 Use the tab key to select the Default file name field then assign a name for the chosen selection s Defau
332. sis is in progress the components will continue to elute from the columns per the Idle mode All resultant data will be lost Do not perform a Stop Now unless absolutely necessary Whenever possible use the Halt function 3 Any GC function in progress is stopped The Mode field in the status bar displays Idle Det Mode AUG 2005 Stop Now 4 12 CONTROL FUNCTIONS MON2000 This page is intentionally left blank Stop Now AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 1 MON2000 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS The options 1n the Application pull down menu allow you to manipulate or edit the control settings that exist for particular gas chromatograph GC application functions You can edit an application while online with the GC Controller or when using the Offline Edit function see Section 2 17 for information on Offline Edit see Section 2 15 to download an application first 5 1 SYSTEM pplication Use this function to define or edit the GC Ze stream sequence unit name and system ia um description You can also use this function to activate Metric Base Condition for calculations Calculations k SE based on metric units Discrete Alarms Streams SE The System dialog also includes a series of non nagg WUCPUES e tisse BES editable fields for reference or trouble shooting Di te Outputs e E See Table 5 1 for a summary of the items Temperature Control a e z ied provided by the System dial
333. sis time as defined by the TEV Table see Section 5 3 MON2000 does not automatically prevent the user from defining excessive component retention times equal to the raw data of component peak divided V by component concentration The maximum value is 1 0E 38 AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 9 MON2000 Table 5 2 Description of Standard Parameters in a CDT Continued Item Function Edit Fixed Variable whether a component response factor is fixed or V variable Calibration Concentration Analysis Method RT Percent Dev RT Secs Dev RT Update Method Resp Factor Dev Total Concentration AUG 2005 A fixed response factor will not be updated during calibration component concentration in calibration gas V To enter a PPM type Xp e g 4 0p will appear as 4 0 ppm Values above 90 PPM are converted to percentages used to determine component raw data value V Use the pull down menu to select either area height fixed or the appropriate analog input used with auxiliary analyzer maximum acceptable percentage of deviation of V the new retention time from the current retention time maximum acceptable deviation time in seconds of V the new retention time from the current retention time determines when component retention time will be J updated Select Analysis to update after each run Select Calib to update only during final calibration run maximum acceptable percent d
334. specify a number of calibrations then the most recent number of calibration results are included in the output file with one record for each calibration Calibration archiving for a future release of the Model 2350A and the Model 700 will be modified to store the results of at least the most recent year of calibrations Data Collection Configuration MON2000 AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 17 MON2000 6 When configuring the Calibration Poll Command for 2350A or Model 700 select the following criteria Stream number Starting date time and Ending data time since last collected or most recent n sequences Number of calibration sequence results to retrieve Collect all runs or just final cal results Specific parameters desired Data only or report format Records included in the output file with one record for each calibration are Calibration archiving for a future release of the Model 500 and the Model 700 will be modified to store the results of at least the most recent year of calibrations Stream Cycle Start time GC identifier Response factors for each component in the Component Data Table following the final calibration AUG 2005 Data Collection Configuration 9 18 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 For each calibration sequence the data for the individual calibration runs which were used to develop the Final Calibration results
335. st dialog appears Parameter List for Jean s Alphanumeric Field For Help press F1 Print F2 Save As PAR F3 Open PAR F4 SC Type Operational Drawings Parameter List Table 8 1 Items in Parameter List Parameter SO PN Purchaser Location Order Date Model Control Serial Analyzer Serial Approved by Date Customer Approved by Date Analyzer Flow Sample Conditioning System Interconnect Wiring Outline and Dimensional System Wiring Other MON2000 AUG 2005 LOGS q 8 5 MON2000 Table 8 1 Items in Parameter List Continued Type Parameter Analysis Settings Flows 1n cc min Sample Loop 1 Sample Loop 2 Detector Valve Part Numbers Sample System Sample Valve 1 Flow Rate cc min Sample 1 Pressure PSIG Sample Valve 2 Flow Rate cc min Sample 2 Pressure PSIG SCS Oven Temperature C Solenoid Purge Flow cc min stream Column OD Gn ID Gn Length Support Mesh Phase Connected Function 3 To save this data to disk click the Save As PAR F3 button or press the F3 key The Save Parameter File dialog appears Save Parameter File i7 1x Save n C3 Bin Save as type Parameter par Cancel AUG 2005 Parameter List 8 6 8 3 LOGS MON2000 This feature only saves the files in par format Use the Save Parameter File dialog to choose the directory location and file name 4 To open an existing parameter
336. st displays Double click the appropriate stream and the controller sends the report to the printer Click the button Double click the appropriate stream and the print process begins Cancel Click the button to abort and return to the main window 7 3 GC PRINTER CONTROL This function allows you to define schedules for automatic printing of standard GC reports toa printer connected to the GC Controller 1 Use the Reports gt GC Printer Control menu to access this function GC Printer Control MON2000 Select EN 2 stream 2 3 Stream 3 h B Stream B Reports Logs Chromatogram Report Display GG Report Request GC Printer Control MON2000 Printer Control Archive Data Trend Data AUG 2005 MON2000 REPORTS 7 17 2 The GC Printer Control dialog displays GC Printer Control Report Name Emm Cal FCal Time ours vi 12 00 AM 12 00 AM 12 00 AM 12 00 AM 12 00 AM 12 00 AM 12 00 AM 12 00 AM 12 00 AM SiIMIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRR BIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIS Ihr EI EI EI EI EI EI EI EI EI SiIMIIMIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRIIRR TW UE O 3 Use the provided data fields check and combo boxes to select the desired settings See Table 7 8 for detailed descriptions You can for example set a report to print after each 4 Click the analysis and every 12 hours Setting Anly Cal il button to accept your selections and return to the mai
337. st points at the peak of the discrete valued curve stored in 2350A This interpolation technique is used both for peaks as well as valleys minimum points in fused peak sequences In the latter case lines are dropped from the interpolated valley points to the zero reference line to partition the fused peak areas into individual peaks The use of quadratic 1nterpolation 1mproves both area and height calculation accuracy and eliminates the effects of variations 1n the integration factor on these calculations While calibrating the controller may run several analyses of the calibration stream Using entries from an example program five analyses would be run Since only the last three are to be averaged data from runs one and two are not saved Results are stored on the third run Data from runs four and five are added to that stored for run three Cs ANALYSIS COMPUTATIONS There are two basic analysis algorithms included in the controller Area Analysis calculates area under component peak Peak Height Analysis measures height of component peak Analysis Computations AUG 2005 DATA COMPUTATIONS C 5 MON2000 C 3 1 CONC ANALYSIS WITH RESPONSE FACTOR Calibration The concentration calculations discussed as follows require a unique response factor for each component 1n an analysis These factors may be manually entered by an operator or automatically calculated by calibrating the system Equation C 1 Response Fac
338. t Not Not Not Not Not Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used T9062 7064 7065 7066 74 67 7068 7069 7070 TOTI LOTZ TOT 7074 Yow ee TUTO OS TOTO JO 7080 7081 SE A099 7084 TOGO 1086 1087 1088 TUGI 1090 JO S TS T093 7094 095 avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel avg archivel aincur aincur sim cal abtu sim cal dbtu sim cal_sbtu sim cal wobb sim cal rden s m cal comp sim cal gpm sim cal unno sim rf avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg avg 10 LA 12 1 3 14 L5 10 T eZ d 14 L9 Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used AI 1 10936 TOS POJO TOI 1100 SN ORE EE 7103 7104 Jd 7106 JO SEET EE TELO LENA VEN LN W AA FE Ted delas PO Ee TELO LELY TLA TEZA TAZZ PLAS 7124 Pele TEZO FEN
339. t 28 29 30 31 1 3 Use the Control GC Time Set menu to select the Set option The Set GC Time dialog appears MON2000 indicates whether the GC Controller 1s on daylight saving or standard time which depends on the configured system parameters Set GC Time EN H 2 00 h 10 43 34 4M Standard Time Click the left right arrows to view the P previous or future months HI Rp n 3 4 5 b 7 B Click the desired day for the date Note that a blue oval appears on the selected day Select which part of the time hour minute or seconds you wish to change Use the provided scroll arrows to increase or decrease the highlighted value Click the button or press the enter key to write the selected date time to the GC Controller Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window AUG 2005 CONTROL FUNCTIONS 4 11 MON2000 4 8 STOP NOW ET view Help Use this function to immediately stop all Auto Sequence F Single Stream analysis runs Halt F3 Calibration Baseline Run 1 Use the Control gt Stop Now menu to access Valve Timing GC Time this function 2 MON2000 prompts you to confirm your selection K Stop Now can affect the next analysis Do you really want to stop Click the Click the Mo button to abort and return to the main window This function forces the system to the Idle mode If Stop Now is performed while an analy
340. t Archive of Minimum values from Averages User Defined 1 36 7342 7343 Second Archive of Averages User Defined 1 36 7378 First most recent Archive of Maximum values from Averages User Defined 1 36 User Modbus Register List AUG 2005 MODBUS REG LIST FOR 2350A GC q F 13 MON2000 G 3 continued SIM 2251 MODBUS REGISTER LIST Reg No Description 7379 Second Archive of Maximum values from Averages User Defined 1 36 7414 7415 Second Archive of Minimum values from Averages User Defined 1 36 7450 7451 Third oldest Archive of Averages User Defined 1 36 7486 7487 Third oldest Archive of Maximum values from Averages User Defined 1 36 7522 7523 Third oldest Archive of Minimum values from Averages User Defined 1 36 7558 6 3 continued SIM 2251 MODBUS COMMUNICATION INDICES Description RW read write 1 or read only 0 LEN length REGS number of Modbus registers required Reg No 9001 software revision d system time month 1 12 1 NM system time day 1 31 1 9007 ECH xm FE device model number 004 o s ng a 9006 1 imeger 2 1 imeger 2 9008 9 1 imeger 2 ds 2 2 2 W 1 1 system time year 0 99 1 system time hour 0 23 TYPE VARIABLE NAME POINTER or DESCRIPTION 1 1 1 system time minutes 0 59 1 1 EI ma NR system time seconds 0 59 9o a ses 2 1 system time day 0 6 Lea Le
341. t Limit Alarms 5 6 NOTICE Streams used for analysis display O s in the calibration raw data columns see Section 5 8 Report Display AUG 2005 REPORTS 7 13 MON2000 Final Calibration Report Date Time 03 24 95 12 28 Analysis Time 225 Cycle Time 240 Stream 4 Stream 4 MODE ANLY Cycle Start Time 12 24 Analyzer AT401STD Strm eq 1 2 3 4 5 90 7 8 Company Daniel Industries Houston TX Component Cal Old RF New RF RF Old RT New RT RT Name Conc DEV DEV C6 47 35 17 0 03000 1 92126e 6 1 91453e 6 0 35 34 3 34 3 0 15 PROPANE 1 00300 1 11689e 6 1 11696e 6 0 01 50 8 50 8 0 00 1 BUTANE 0 30100 1 28687e 6 1 28641e 6 0 04 65 8 65 8 O OO n BUTANE 0 30200 1 32258e 6 1 32091e 6 0 13 73 5 73 4 0 07 NEOPENTANE 0 10000 1 39596e 6 1 39382e 6 0 15 86 0 86 0 0 06 i PENTANE 0 09990 1 4712e 6 1 47663e 6 0 37 108 3 108 3 0 00 n PENTANE 0 10000 1 51914e 6 1 52511e c6 0 39 120 2 120 2 0 00 NITROGEN 2 44300 726661 0000 726170 0000 0 07 145 1 145 1 O OO METHANE 89 61810 585512 0000 585221 0000 0 05 149 4 149 4 0 00 CARBON DIOXIDE 1 00400 861074 0000 861836 0000 0 09 179 9 17048 0 00 ETHANE 4 99900 953873 0000 953929 0000 0 01 207 2 207 1 0 02 ACTIVE ALARMS Table 7 6 Contents Guide for Final Calibration Report Content Related Function s Menu Section Component Name CDT Application gt Component 2 Cal Conc Data F6 Old RF standard GC application Application gt Component D2 New RF Data F6 RF
342. t Message Fa Print F5 OF Cancel b Add text in the appropriate Log Message cell then click the button to apply the changes Click the Cancel N OTI C zi button to discard your changes and return to the Main window A Log Message can contain up to 1000 characters 4 To change the log entry text However the aniio Maintenance Log can contain no more than 1100 characters a Click the appropriate Log Message cell b Click the Edit Message F3 button The Edit Log Message dialog appears c Type your edits Maintenance Log AUG 2005 LOGS q 8 3 MON2000 SE d To accept your edits press the RETURN key To cancel your edits click the xi button or press the ESC key Edit Log Message 1 Added on 3 23 00 at 9 02 33 AM EN test 5 To delete a log entry click the desired log entry and press the DELETE key 6 Click the il button to write this data to the GC unit Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window 8 2 PARAMETER LIST EE Chromatogram Control Use this function to keep a record of the Maintenance Log hardware components and associated Manke parameters for a given GC unit CleanfAck All Active Alarms Event Log To read and edit the Parameter List 1 Use the Logs gt Parameter List menu to access this function MON2000 retrieves the data from the GC unit AUG 2005 Parameter List 8 4 LOGS 2 The Parameter Li
343. t Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 15 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 16 Component Table n where n CDT D used during last run Component Index 1 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 42 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 33 User Modbus Register List AUG 2005 MODBUS REG LIST FOR 2350A GC q F 7 MON2000 G3 continued SIM 2251 MODBUS REGISTER LIST Reg No Description 3020 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 4 3021 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 5 3022 Component Table n where n CDT 5 used during last run Component Index 6 3023 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 7 3024 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 8 3025 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 9 3026 Component Table n where n CDT 4 used during last run Component Index 10 3027 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 11 3028 Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 12 2030 l Component Table n where n CDT used during last run Component Index 13
344. t is defined where the detector output exceeds the baseline constant but termination is defined subsequently where the detector output is less than the same constant Sequences of fused peaks are also automatically handled This is done by testing each termination point to see if the region immediately following it satisfies the criteria of a baseline A baseline region must have a slope detector value less than the magnitude of the baseline constant for a number of sequential points When a baseline region is found this terminates a sequence of peaks A zero reference line for peak height and area determination 1s established by extending a line from the point of the onset of the peak sequence to the point of the termination The values of these two points are found by averaging the four integrated points just prior to the onset point and just after the termination points respectively Peak Detection C 4 DATA COMPUTATIONS MON2000 The zero reference line will 1n general be non horizontal and thus compensates for any linear drift in the system from the time the peak sequence starts until it ends In a single peak situation peak area 1s the area of the component peak between the curve and the zero reference line The peak height 1s the distance from the zero reference line to the maximum point on the component curve The value and location of the maximum point is determined from quadratic interpolation through the three highe
345. t mouse button while event with the closest time hovering over the TEV legend to edit the timed events from the CGM viewer see the N O TI C E following figures If more than one CGM is Or a Giel the geen Right click and use the drop down menu to nee avente wine modify add insert and delete TEV s via the available to edit M normal editing procedures Chromatogram Viewer 127 50 45 00 30 100 0 1 Off 1 On Amplitude Edit Timed Events Table Edit Timed Events Update Time fram Cursor wv View current CaM 10 0 E Save A D values Save Arange DO 255 610 765 1020 1275 153 0 1785 2040 2295 2550 P natendofrun ID Discard menges UES Save at end of run Chromatogram Save sheet Graph a Copy to clipboard Edit Cursor Pri ll CGM 1 2350 P1 Stream 1 Det 1 1 5 2004 10 53 51 Print Sheet Timed events event type valve or detector value time Double click right click or F5 to edit For Help press F1 AUG 2005 Chromatogram Functions 6 14 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER MON2000 Chromatogram iewer SE Summation 90 0 ELEM Summation F2 inhibi 80 0 EB 70 0 SR Summation Summation 50 0 v 50 0 0 g 40 0 30 0 alic E BE Archivd 0 0 255 51 0 76 5 102 0 1275 1530 1785 2040 2295 2550 ES Print at end of fun Jet 2 d PE File Ee DD SD MN TL SORORE SER Dus 23 debe Di Save at end of run Chromatogram Basel
346. t they not be used for calibration purposes Instead use the current out terminals and the 250 ohm resistor as described All can be scaled with a percentage Calibrating by Percentages AUG 2005 MON2000 Your Voltmeter reading should be close to 1 0 V but does not have to be exactly 1 0 V If the reading is negative reverse the leads AUG 2005 ANALOG OUTPUT CAL FOR 2350A q D 7 To change a variable assignment click the appropriate Variable cell Use the provided pull down menu and click the desired variable to select 1t Variable 3 Heating Value Inf MJ ms Sat EMI Gallons 1000 SCF Ciy SS Gallons 1000 SCF C4 een Gallons 1000 SCF Gallons 1000 SCF C6 EH Density Ibm1000 f3 SG as Density kg m CS Heating Value Gross BTU Dry erg Heating Value Gross BTU Sat Heating Value Gross BTU Act Heating Value Met BTU Dry Heating Value Met BTU Sat Heating Value Met BTU Act Heating Value Sup Mums Dry Heating Value Sup Mums Sat Heating Value Sup Mums Act Heating Value Inf MJ m3 Dr Heating Value Inf MJ m3 Sat Heating Value Inf MJ m3 Act Heating Value Sup Ml ko Dry Heating Value Inf MJ ka Dr Set Zero Scale to 0 and Full Scale to 1200 Set the Fixed Var parameter to Fixed Set Fixed Value to 0 0 Set Zero Scale Adjustment and Full Scale Adjustment to 0 0 Click the button to accept your changes and exit from the Analog Outputs dialog 10 Connect a 250 oh
347. ta Save Sheet Print Sheet Help Close REE 0r 0 The Log Data function is not required for transmission of Modbus data To disable this function deselect the Enable Logging check box AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 MODBUS TEST 10 15 3 Use the Logging Mode pull down menu to select either a Sampling or Continuous mode Log Data List EN lw Enable Logging Data Registers and Values Log Data Parameters Logging Mode RED Time Interval between consecutive logs 2 minutes Type of lagaing Reset Append User Specified Filename B CAS AYE SJuneLog tut cence Continuous mode records the polled data continuously until the connection is terminated or the Log Data function is disabled see Step 2 Sampling mode records the polled data per the user defined Time Interval e g every 2 minutes select the desired logging type Append adds this log to the file specified preserving previously logged data Reset deletes the previously logged data and saves only this new log Click the button to apply your selections and return to the main window Go to Step 6 Click the Cancel button to return to the main window without applying your selections Using Modbus Data 10 16 MODBUS TEST MON2000 6 The Save As dialog appears Save As BE Save In E Daniel Modbus Test Program ES d EE E earlhle txt Save as type Tab Del
348. ta Sim cal 12 ES 14 212 16 10 11 12 32 Bit Integer 5 0 0 5002 sim cyctime sim calcycle Eloating Point TD 7002 7003 7004 7005 7006 3 9097 7008 7009 7010 TOLL TOTZ TOUTS 7014 LOLS TOTO FOL TOLG T9419 TOZO LOZ SE OE ROUZA t025 7026 7027 DEER SE Sim_molpct Sim_molpct Sam TR LOC sim Tolboct Sim_molpct SIM MOJlJPEL sim TH TT gim molpet sim_molpct Sddtomolboct sim molpcet sim molpct sim molpct sim molpct ST mMoLDOE sim molpct sim gpmwt sim gpmwt sim gpmwt sim gpmwt sim gpmwt sim gpmwt sim gpmwt sim gpmwt sim gpmwt sim gpmwt sim gpmwt sim gpmwt sim gpmwt 10 diad e l3 14 155 1 6 10 dE w2 1 3 7030 Tek 40 52 TOSS 7034 GOOD 40390 1034 T0398 40359 7040 7041 7042 7043 7044 7045 7046 7047 7048 7049 FOLIO TA TANIA 7053 7054 3 05 7059 Tor T0598 TD 7060 7964 T0652 sim gpmwt sim gpmwt sim gpmwt Sim abt sim sbtu sim rden gas sim compress sim wobbe sim unnormal sim totgpm calcval calcval calcval calevad calcval sim dummy sim dummy sim dummy sim dummy sim dummy sim dummy sim dummy sim dummy sim dummy sim abtu avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avgs avg avg avg avg avg avg avg 14 1 5 1 6 label 1 label 2 Not Not No
349. ta and the Export Archive window displays HT Savel IH SAVE m ti t EM pi Alantic cal rt 8603 csy Filename Save as type EEN Cancel 2 The exported data file 1s saved 1n the default GC gt Directory Use the pull down menu to save the data file to a different directory 3 Click an existing file to write over an existing file or enter a new file name in the Data Field 4 Save the file as either csv spreadsheet application format txt Word Pad or Note Pad application format ER Save am ka EI rh E Alantic cal rpt 8603 csy cal rptiz csy Save as type Siete l Files cs Cancel m ESY Files tesy Files IP caw Test Files TS txt AUG 2005 Archive Data 7 26 REPORTS If the GC you are using is a Model 2350A the Data Selection Range dialog appears Choose the date range as All dates radio button or Selected Dates radio button Start date End date Also note that the Date Range dialog only displays when files are archived for more than one day 5 Click the button to apply your selection Click the button to abort and return to the Trend Data window Cancel 6 The Select Archive Records dialog appears c Shean Arily 14 37 13 5 Stream 5 1 Stieam 1 11 Stream 11 Sheam 5 Stesm5 Steam 1 11 Stream 11 Stream 7 5 Sheen 5 1 Stream 1 11 Stream 11
350. the GC App directory AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 GC INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 67 Note that the application file name 1s displayed in the GC status dialog and the File Edit mode 1 e Offline Edit is displayed 1n main screen titlebar MONZ000 Online Edit GC Device ID 1 Modbus RTU Moder File Application Reports Logs Chromatogram Control View Help When you have finished editing this file you can download it to the GC Controller see Section 2 15 or save for future use 2 17 2 Upload Application This function allows you to upload the application from an online GC Controller to a disk file and edit that file When connected to the GC this function allows you to upload the current GC application data from the GC Controller and save to file for future editing When the application upload is complete the connection will be terminated 1 e disconnected 1 Establish a connection to the GC 2 Use the File gt Offline Edit gt Upload Application menu to access this function File Application Reports Logs Chromatogram Control wiew Connect Disconnect Download Upgrade Flash PC Config Report Offline Edit File Selection Upload Application ac Directory Users Upload BOS Change Administrator Password Modbus Test Program Settings Print Setup Register MONZOOO Update MON2000 Recent File Exit Offline Edit of GC Application 2 68
351. the monitor will prompt ENTER NEW DATE mm dd yy Press ENTER ENTER NEW TIME Press ENTER The A gt prompt is displayed Verify that the programming disk is the current revision specified on the work order package and it insert into the floppy drive Type INSTALL As the DiskOnChip is being programmed the following information 1s displayed AN gt SYS C SYSTEM TRANSFERRED A gt CD IMAGE A IMAGE gt COPY C BOS EXE PME16 EXE SCANDISK EXE SCANDISK INI AUTOEXEC BAT BOSCHECK EXE 6 FILE S COPIED A IMAGE gt CD AS NOS A gt At the A gt prompt type C then ENTER Type PME16 then ENTER Set Up and Programming E 16 UPGRADE 2350A GC S W AND 2350 EPROMS MON2000 9 The Protected Mode Program screen displays Verify that a cold start initial message is displayed in the middle of the screen and LED D2 is blinking on the CPU assembly 10 Press ESC to exit the program and power down 11 Carefully remove the cable from J1 and J10 to prevent cracking the connector housing Install the program label on the end of DiskOnChip opposite the serial number E 8 2 Reprogramming the DiskOnChip Reprogram the DiskOnChip using the following instructions 1 Install either the programmed DiskOnChip into socket U1 on the CPU assembly noting the orientation of pin 1 or install the complete CPU assembly into card cage 2 Plug the floppy drive cable into J10 on the CPU assemb
352. tion Log on with Ethernet Card Bottom Alarms Gt Alarm Log Averages Get verages Calibration Get Cal Report Event Lag BEEN UU Get Event Log Maintenance Lag M UU d n Pw E Registers Reparts Tan KEE ES lo Sass E EE 1 Ps Add Insert Delete Pall Command Details Run Command Details Save Io Cancel A 2 Next select the Poll command 3 Press the TAB key or click in the Type field then select Registers from the pull down menu 4 Press the TAB key or click 1n the Command Description field Assign a name for the Modbus Registers data file Data Collection Configuration AUG 2005 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING 9 25 MON2000 5 Click the Pal Command Details button and the Poll Command Registers dialog box displays Poll Command Registers X Registers Configuration Starting Number of Register Registers Coil Coil Modbus Register 6 The user 1s presented with a dialog which includes the following information Modbus Type SIM2251 or USER MODBUS Modicon Data Type Function Code Register or Coil Boolean Starting Register Coil Number Number of Registers Coils to request Registers Configuration e Number of To Location of Date Time Format Modbus Type Data Type Register Registers iecord Selectio R Records n Number of Last Written Coils Records Record SIM_ 2251 Reaister starting hecord n Startin
353. tion see Step 3 b Click the Ack All F3 button or press the F3 key In the Active Alarm view click the Clear Ack All Fa button or press the F4 key If an alarm is cleared before the condition has been resolved MON2000 redisplays the alarm entry as an active alarm 6 Click the Cancel button to exit and return to the main window CLEAR OR ACKNOWLEDGE ACTIVE ALARMS To clear or acknowledge all alarms click the Logs pull down menu and select the Clear Ack All Active Alarms option EVENT LOG Use this function to track the system and operator events that have occurred with a given GC unit To view the Event Log 1 Use the Logs gt Event Log menu to access this function MON2000 retrieves the last 50 events from the GC unit Clear or Acknowledge Active Alarms 8 10 LOGS MON2000 2 The Event Log dialog appears displaying each system or operator event and the corresponding data Event Log EN er ID Date Time Event Message 7712 88 111 00444M Maintenance Log Entry Deleted and Altered Cancel m Table 8 3 Event Log Attributes Attribute Description User Id user name Date date event occurred Time time event occurred Event Message indicates event type 1 e describes event Old Value if applicable the value before the event New Value if applicable the value after the event 3 Click the Cancel button to exit and return to the main window Event Log AUG 2005 M
354. tity data field type the number of registers to be retrieved range from 1 to 2016 Getting Modbus Data L IS Ss To ensure best data type assignments review a PC Config Report see Section 2 14 3 to view a live report see Section 7 1 to view a report file see Appendix A for a sample report AUG 2005 MON2000 Boolean registers are not user defined for either SIM 2251 or User Modbus and primarily contain alarm flags useful for debugging To view the contents of Boolean registers select the 1 Read Coil function code Numeric registers for User Modbus can be user defined see Section 5 16 4 To view the contents of Numeric registers select the 3 Read Regs function code AUG 2005 MODBUS TEST 10 9 Note that the requested number of registers cannot exceed the amount contained by the selected message block but you can retrieve a partial block You cannot cross a message block boundary Also note that in Standard Modbus mode each register 1s 16 bits Therefore integers SHORT consist of 1 register while floats FLOAT and long integers LONG consist of 2 registers 5 Type the desired repeat count how many times WinMB will read or set the specified registers before ceasing transmission in the Repeat data box You can repeat the poll from 1 to 9999 times A Repeat value of 1 produces an infinite polling loop that can be terminated by clicking the stop butt
355. tly access the GC Controller Modbus registers See Appendix F for more information regarding GC Modbus registers For a list of variable assignments made to all registers print the communication section of the PC Config Report To assign GC analysis variables and scale EE EFE rang es Ge Data F Timed Events F5 a ser Defined 1 Use the Application gt Serial Ports menu to access this function Ti n Tu i Discrete Alarms Serial Ports Analog Inputs Analog Outputs 2 The Serial Ports dialog displays Streams Discrete Inputs Cn ITE ITG Discrete Outputs ea Panty Handshake E Protocol h hits Li Valves Mane Temperature Control Mone DD rau Preamp Mone Mone Mone Mone Mone Mone ON OFF Device ID 1 Registers F3 Cancel Serial Ports TCPJIP sch sch el it cL Selection Field For Help press F1 3 From the Serial Ports dialog click the Registers F3 button or press the F3 key GC Serial Port and Cable Configurations AUG 2005 MON2000 EE Reg Variable 1 Avg Molecular eight 2 12 Avg Molecular Weight 22 Avg Molecular Weight 33 Gas Density kg m3 3b Heating Value Gross BTU Dry 344 Gallons1000 SCF 0 coo oO oOo ooo OH ENIMS F2 See Sl Deg Denner ea Esso Ere eel Barcel Integer field 0 8990 Registers EN Variable EB 3 Heating Value Inf BENEKE EFI Gal
356. togram contains data for more than one detector a Select Detector menu dialog displays Double click either Detector 1 Detector 2 or Both 3 MON2000 plots the archived chromatogram The corresponding data 1s dynamically displayed in the provided legends Use the Graph and Chromatogram functions to manipulate the display To Viewing a Live Chromatogram 6 4 CHROMATOGRAM VIEWER MON2000 zoom 1n on a particular point click and drag your mouse over that area repeat as necessary Use the Restore State or Zoom Out options from the right click menu see Section 6 9 to return to the original display You can display up to 8 chromatograms at one time Each chromatogram 1s color coded use the Chromatogram pull down menu to select a specific bed did Chromatogram Edit Results Desc Save Remove Forced Cal Curt Save E Model 500 22 Det 2 2 27 2001 8 47 08 AM today cam Model S00 Tom 1 Dele 1 8 5 2001 10 T AN S61 emm cm Model 500 Stream 3 Det 1 5 13 2002 2 12 58 PM com red6 l3 02 com Model 500 SMGL Stream 1 Det 1 8 10 2001 12 47 36 PM 8100 com Model 500 22 Det 2 2 27 2001 8 47 08 AM today com 6 2 3 From File on Disk To view a chromatogram trace from a file previously saved to disk 1 Click the FtFie button The Open Chromatogram File dialog appears Open Chromatogram File BE 2 x Look in E SAVE EIFr EN D22701 cgm 551 60501 com o30901 c
357. tor Calculation NOTICE ARE Area HRF Ht Or Equation C 1 uses an external Cat Cat standard where ARF area response factor for component n in area per mole percent HRF height response factor for component n Area area associated with component n in cal ibration gas Ht height associated with component n in mole percent in calibration gas Cal amount of component n in mole percent of calibration gas AUG 2005 Analysis Computations C 6 DATA COMPUTATIONS MON2000 Calculated response factors are stored by the controller for use 1n the concentration calculations and are printed out in the configuration and calibration reports Equation C 2 Average Response Factor y RF RFAVG Ld D k where RFAVG area or height average response factor for 66 29 component n RF area or height response factor for 66 99 component n from the calibration run k number of calibration runs actually used to calculate the response factors The percent deviation of new RF average from old RF average is calculated in the following manner Equation C 3 Percent Deviation TOT us co deviation Rfold 100 where the absolute value of percent deviation for alarm has been previously entered by the operator Analysis Computations AUG 2005 MON2000 AUG 2005 CONC AREA ARF Ht HRF DATA COMPUTATIONS C 7 Calc in Mole Percent w o Normal
358. ts Report Display menu to uunc access this function 2 The Report Display dialog appears per GC type Report Display EN Report Display E X Report Stream Update Method Report Stream Update Method Detector Haw Data 1 Stream 1 Cal 1 Stream 1 Cal esa Calibration 2 Stream 2 Final Cal 2 Stream 2 Final Cal Final Calib 3 Stream 3 Mane 3 Stream 3 Mane Hourly Ayo 4 Stream 4 4 Stream 4 24 Hour Avg 5 Stream 5 Weekly Avg B Stream 6 Monthly Avg Stream Variable Avg Variable Aug B Stream 6 File Viewer F3 Start F2 Cancel Report Display dialog for 23504 GC Controllers AUG 2005 File Viewer Fa Start F2 Cancel Report Display dialog for Model 700 GC Report Display 7 2 REPORTS MON2000 3 Select the report type stream and update setting from the lists provided Table 7 1 Description of Report Display Settings NOTI CE Setting Description The contents of the GC analysis reports are defined by Reports list of pre defined reports Shows report e the GC application type Analysis Raw Data Calibration etc e functions such as Calculations User Defined Select Stream list of available streams Limit Alarms and Streams For a single detector GC 0 Current last stream analyzed For a dual detector GC 0 Current Det1 last stream analyzed Detector 1 0 Current Det2 last stream analyzed Detector 2 Update Method list of update options that dete
359. turn to the last topic viewed e Click the Print button to print the current topic Use the scroll bars and arrows to display more of a topic You can also resize and or move the topic window for better viewing convenience When applicable a topic will contain links to other related topics Use these links as you need Using Modbus Test Online Help AUG 2005 MON2000 Output data for the PC Config Report depends on the GC Controller and its application File Application Reports Logs Chron Connect Disconnect Download Upgrade Flash PC Config Report Offline Edit ac Directory Users Change Administrator Password Modbus Test Program Settings Print Setup Register MONZOOO Update MON2000 Recent File Exit AUG 2005 PC CONFIG REPORT A 1 APPENDIX A PC CONFIG REPORT This appendix explains how to print a PC Config Report and provides an example for reference HOW TO PRINT Use the following instructions to print the current application settings for the online GC To view a PC Config Report already saved to disk see Section 7 1 2 1 Use the File gt PC Config Report menu to access this function The PC Config Report window appears 2 Click the check boxes see Select column to choose the option you want included in the configuration report Option Ce Printer with formfeeds C Printer without Formfeeds Screen v Use default pri
360. uirements 2 1 Installing MON2000 Software 2 3 Copying MON2000 to Disks 2 3 Uninstalling MON20OOO 2 5 Starting MON2000 2 7 Performing Your First Logon 2 8 The Initial Logon enn 2 8 Registering MON2O0OO 2 9 Update MON2OOO 2 11 Introduction ii Y TABLE OF CONTENTS Installation and Setup 2 7 2 8 2 8 1 2 8 2 2 9 2 9 1 LE 2 9 3 2 9 4 2 13 2 13 1 Ed NES 13 4 13 5 14 2 2 2 14 1 2 2 14 3 MON2000 Checklist for Setting Up MON2000 2 12 Communications 2 12 Connect to the GC Unit 2 12 Disconnect from GC Un 2 13 Customizing MON200G 2 14 Configure Users 2 14 oet Up GC Directory SNE AE ens vx vec ow E A 2 17 Dial up Connection cccs ve 2 20 Modem Initialization Strings Setup 2 25 Black Box Modem 325 2 26 L5 HODOTIEB St uoo oen ne e e eee 2 27 GVC MaxTech 28 8 Kbps Modem 2 29 2350 to 2350A Retrofit Instructions 2 30 Conversion Process
361. ull Scale value see Step 2 Analog Outputs 5 48 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 10 Click the button to accept your changes and exit from the Analog Outputs dialog 11 Return to the Analog Outputs dialog Wait until the Current Value of the analog output 1s equal to the Full Scale value see Step 2 12 Record the value in engineering units read by the receiving device e g a voltmeter 13 Set Zero Adjustment to the value recorded in Step 8 14 Set Full Adjustment to the value recorded in Step 12 15 Set the Fixed Var parameter to Var 16 Click the button to complete the calibration and return to the main window 5 10 5 Performing an Automated Calibration To perform an automated analog output calibration 1 Select the desired analog output by clicking anywhere 1n the corresponding row 2 Click the uto Cal F button or press the F8 key You can abort this process at any time by button Cancel clicking the 3 The Zero Scale Adjustment dialog appears Current device value in engineering units Analog Outputs MON2000 To determine the uncalibrated Zero Scale and Full Scale analog output levels see Section 5 10 1 To prevent scale adjustment set both adjustment values to zero 0 0 See Appendix D for additional Instructions on calibrating analog outputs Appendix D also includes a calibration example for an output scale of O to 1200 AUG 2
362. um number of archive records per average V without an extended memory card 1 128 Application Revision non edit revision level of the current application Application Base Name non edit base name of the application Archive Days non edit maximum number of days that archive V records are kept 1 400 BOS Revision non edit revision level of the BOS AUG 2005 System 5 6 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 2 COMPONENT DATA MON2000 Application System Use this function to view and or edit the ER Component Data Tables CDTs for a given GC Weer Defined 1 1 Calculations application Limit Alarms Discrete Alarms 1 Use the Application gt Component Data iu Analog Inputs menu or press the F6 key to access this Lea GURUS function Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Valves 2 The Component Data Tables menu appears Temperature Control Serial Ports listing the CDTs available per associated TCP IP stream s Component Data Tables x Table Associated Streams 1 Cancel Choose the desired CDT The number of available CDTs depends on the GC unit configuration The standard GC application contains 4 CDTs MON2000 can operate GC applications with up to 5 CDTs To assign a CDT to a stream see Section 5 8 3 Click the button to accept your selection The Component Data Table dialog appears Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window Co
363. unications AUG 2005 MON2000 RTS On Off settings are required only when line settling is needed before data transmission begins Record the true Device ID number for future use AUG 2005 MODBUS TEST 10 5 Typical settings are Table 10 2 Typical GC Communications Parameters Parameter RTU Setting ASCII Setting Data Bits 8 7 Stop Bits 1 1 Parity None Even Handshake None None RTS On 0 0 RTS Off 0 0 Ptrcl RTU ASCII Note that the RTU protocol permits a more efficient data transmission for it uses significantly less bits than ASCII 5 Check the Com ID setting The Com ID is the slave address defined by MON2000 6 Verify that the RW setting 1s either R or RW 7 Click the button to accept your input and return to the main screen 10 2 3 Set Up Port via WinMB To determine or reset the communications parameters used by WinMB Establishing Communications 10 6 MODBUS TEST 1 Click the Port Setup Port Setup function The Port Setup dialog appears Local Connection Port Baud Rate 600 Data Bits l H Parity EVEN sl Stop Bits hoo H Flow Control C RTSACTS None ATS Toggle Protocol ASCII Modbus C ATU Modbus Register Mode C PLC HL C PLC LH GG DANIEL Control Options Read TimeOut DUU ms 2 OF Cancel 2 Define the WinMB serial port setup options Table 10 8 Typical WinMB Port Parameters
364. used by the 2350A GC Controller Description of Manual 1 6 INTRODUCTION 1 2 DESCRIPTION OF ONLINE HELP Use the User Guide online help file to quickly access information regarding any MON2000 function See Section 3 8 for more detailed information 1 3 DESCRIPTION OF MON2000 MON2000 is a menu driven Windows based software program designed to operate the gas chromatograph GCs MON2000 runs on an IBM compatible personal computer PC and serves as an interface between you and the GC unit MON2000 can run on a Windowsg 95 Windowsg 98 Windowsg 2000 Windowsg XP or Windowsg NT operating system MON2000 combined with the GC applica tion s offers a complete software package for operating and monitoring one or more GC systems from a single PC MON2000 includes security features to help prevent unauthorized access to GC data or control MON2000 also includes for trouble shooting purposes an auxiliary program WinMB to selectively poll the GC Modbus registers see Section 10 for more information GC functions that can be initiated or controlled by MON2000 include alarm parameters alarm and event processing analog scale adjustments analyses baseline runs calculation assignments and configurations calibrations component assignments and configurations Description of Online Help MON2000 When configured for RS 485 multi drop networking MON2000 can interface with up to 32 GC units either
365. uts Valves Temperature Control Serial Ports TCPHP AUG 2005 5 5 3 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 5 25 To save this archive to disk right click the archive table and select the Save Sheet option from the pop up menu To copy the stream settings from a highlighted row and apply them to the next row click the Cope 5 F7 button or press the F7 key This feature also increments the Stream value to the next available stream e g incrementing from Stream 2 to Stream 8 per the GC application To copy the component settings from a highlighted row and apply them to the next row click the Copy C F8 button or press the F8 key This feature also increments the Component value to the next available component e g incrementing from Ammonia to Benzene per the GC application To copy the Restart setting from a highlighted row and apply it to the next row click the Copy Restart F3 button or press the F9 key Click the button to accept your selections and return to the main window Click the Cancel button to abort and return to the main window User Defined Use this function to create and edit customized calculations on GC analysis data MON2000 will allow up to 20 user defined calculations 1 Use the Application gt Calculations gt User Defined menu to access this function Calculations 5 26 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS 2 The User Defined Calculat
366. vg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel avg_archivel maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum 1 5 1 6 T 1 d 20 Sai 22 Bo 24 25 2 6 Eat 28 2 30 Sa 32 33 34 35 36 10 dek Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used Used 7426 PAST T4218 7429 7430 TA e 12892 PASO 7434 7435 7436 7437 7438 7439 7440 7341 442 7443 7444 144
367. ware when the values are known at the receiving end It is possible to calibrate the analog outputs using different engineering units Two examples are described below using both volts and percentages CALIBRATING BY VOLTS This example assumes that an analog output channel needs to calibrated to a span of 1 5 V To calibrate an analog output by adjusting the voltage 1 Use the Application gt Analog Outputs menu to access this function 2 The Analog Outputs dialog appears Calibrating by Volts D 2 ANALOG OUTPUT CAL FOR 2350A MON2000 Analog Outputs EN Variable Stream Component Current Value zer Scale Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Stream 1 LE 47 35 17 Stream 1 PROPANE Ral Stream LE 47 35 17 h Stream 1 Stream 1 E FS Auto Cal F8 Canech 3 Select the channel to be calibrated Output channels 1 and 2 can be scaled from either 4 20 mA or 1 5 V Channels 3 to 10 are scaled from 4 20 mA Although output channels for direct voltage measurement exist for analog output channels 1 and 2 it is recommended that they not be used for calibration purposes Instead use the current out terminals and the 250 ohm resistor as described Calibrating by Volts AUG 2005 MON2000 Your Voltmeter reading should be close to 1 0 V but does not have to be exactly 1 0 V If the reading Is negative reverse the leads AUG 2005 ANALOG OUTPUT CAL FOR 2350A q D 3 4
368. when the keylock switch 1s closed The Users dialog cannot be downloaded to the GC Controller when the keylock switch 1s closed A GC application cannot be downloaded to the GC Controller when the keylock switch 1s closed Since most of the GC Controller s parameters are protected by the keylock switch 1t 1s easiest to list the operations that are available when the keylock switch 1s closed The following operations are available when the keylock switch 1s closed Keylock Switch Control 3 16 GETTING STARTED The stream sequences can be changed 1n the System dialog box GC applications version 1 7 and above Automatic calibration in the Analog Outputs dialog box e Report display GC report request GC applications version 1 7 and above e MON2000 printer control GC applications version 1 7 and above e View archive data Trend data Maintenance Log editing GC applications version 1 7 and above Alarms except clear ack all active alarms Event log Chromatogram viewer including forced calibration using archived chromatograms Start Auto Sequencing Start single stream e Halt analysis Start calibration View and set GC time GC applications version 1 7 and above 3 7 CONFIGURING YOUR PRINTER Use this function to configure the settings for the printer connected to your PC This configuration will apply to any print job queued from MON2000 The settings available depend on the printer
369. wnload the latest versions of the software File Application Reports Logs Chron 1 Use the computer on which MON2000 lS Connect Disconnect Download Upgrade Flash PL Confia Report OfFline Edit ac Directory Users Change Administrator Password Modbus Test Program Settings Print Setup Register MONZOOO Update MONZODO AUG 2005 installed and connect to the Internet Minimize the Internet window 2 From MON2000 select the File Update MON2000 menu This opens the Emerson Chromatograph Controllers website www emersonprocess com daniel products GC Controllers Productdetail htm 3 From the Emerson Chromatograph Controller website you can download the latest MON2000 and BOS updates view and or download catalogs brochures equipment specification sheets product manuals drawings application notes and white papers Other links to products and services are also available Performing Your First Logon 2 12 INSTALLATION AND SETUP 2 7 CHECKLIST FOR SETTING UP MON2000 To ensure optimum performance Configure your system security see Section 2 9 1 Verify that you have assigned a password to the super user and or created a secure system Admin account Configure how MON2000 will save your analytic and diagnostic information see Section 2 14 2 Establish communications between MON2000 and the GC unit see Section 2 8 and Section 5 15 2 8 COMMUNICATION
370. y the Retention Time from the Raw Data screen to the CDT as follows a Before pulling up the Raw Data screen click Component 1 of the CDT b Click the Raw Data button or press the F4 key to access the Raw Data screen c Press the ENTER key to copy the Retention Time the next component s Component Data AUG 2005 MON2000 Some methods are a combination of the above types e g 103 is LAST OF FUSED GROUP 3 and INHIBIT ON 100 AUG 2005 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS q 5 13 RT is automatically targeted by MON2000 Then press the DOWN ARROW key to advance to the next Raw Data value d Repeat Step c until all Retention Times have been copied to the CDT Click the C button to clear the Raw Data screen Following is an example of a Raw Data Table Table 5 3 Raw Data Table Description Baseline Resolved Fused Last of Fused Group Tangent Skimmed Resolved Rider Peak Fused Rider Last of Fused Rider Tailing Peak Forward Horizontal Backward Horizontal Baseline Forced at Valley Inhibit On Forced Integrate On Forced Integrate End Plateau Detect Summation Method 1 2 Al el t a 40 60 100 200 300 400 500 Component Data 5 14 APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MON2000 5 2 5 Sort Retention Time To sort the components listed in the displayed N OTI CE 5 3 CDT by their retention times MON2000 sorts components by the Click the Sot AT FB button o
371. y the configuration changes MON2000 PLUS returns you to the Configuration for Data Collection window AUG 2005 Data Collection Configuration 9 22 MON2000 PLUS DATA COLLECTION AUTO POLLING MON2000 For each entry in the event log which satisfies the selection criteria a record containing the following information is stored User ID of user initiating the change or SYSTEM e Date time of occurrence Description of the event Parameter value prior to the event old value Parameter value after the event new value 8 From the Event Log Selection use the pull down menu and choose Start End Time Event Lag Configuratian End Date End Time 05 19 2004 11 53 PM Event Lag Selection Start Date Start Time Start End Time el 5 13 2014 12 00 AM Start End Time Most Recent n Days Since Last Collected Entire Log MON2000 PLUS automatically inserts the current date and a default start and end date in the appropriate fields You make edit these fields for your configuration preferences by double clicking 1n each field and using the up and down arrows to change the settings Start Date Start Time BE 05 19 2004 05 15 2004 1 59 PM Another Event configurations 1s Most Recent nDays NOTICE Event Log Configuration Since you are configuring EventLogSelection StatDate Start Time the data to be collected for a new file the Since Last Collected command is not Select the number of days to
372. you are working in off line mode the Report Display dialog will appear blank Report Display EN Report Stream Update Method Stab Fey Cancel ou Report Display AUG 2005 REPORTS 7 5 gt MON2000 3 Click the _ File Viewer F3 button or press the F8 key to access the File Viewer dialog File Viewer 4 Click the o Open button The Open dialog appears a 23501501 par AvqMolekwt trd tt alten tet CalRep2 t Config tst G apa CT TC NOTIC E 5 Use the provided directory tree to select the desired report file Click the Open button By default the Open dialog displays the 6 MON2000 opens the file and displays it in c GC Save directory the File Viewer dialog Use the scroll bars to see other areas of the report Use the Font button to increase or decrease the font size displayed AUG 2005 Report Display 7 6 7 1 3 7 1 4 REPORTS MON2000 Use the Bach and Foward buttons to browse through multiple report files 7 Click the Close button or press the ESC key to return to the Report Display dialog Print Report To print a report The refresh function displays a newly generated report and deletes the currently displayed report see Section 7 1 1 for details You should print or save the current report immediately after it is displayed 1 Display a live report or open a report file from disk See Section 7 1 1 or Section 7

MON2000 Software for Gas Chromatographs User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents